Disclaimer: 6G RAN HOW provides this collection for informational purposes only. We do not guarantee completeness or accuracy — some agreements may be missing or contain errors. Always refer to the official 3GPP meeting reports for authoritative records.

Meeting:

Other aspects (10.5.3.3)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604076 — FL summary #4 on other aspects of CSI acquisition and report — Moderator (Lenovo)
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study and evaluation on the time domain factors for RS for finer time and frequency tracking
    • Regarding the periodicity for periodic and semi-persistent RS, consider the following candidate values:
      • Y∈{10, 20, 40, 80, 160}ms
    • Regarding the time interval Ssymb between RS symbols in a slot, consider the following candidate values:
      • Ssymb∈{2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
    • Regarding the number of symbols in a slot N, consider the following candidate values:
      • N∈{2,3,4}
    • Regarding the number of consecutive slots Sslot, consider the following candidate values:
      • Sslot∈{1,2}
    • The applicable FR should be considered.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study and evaluate the following assistance information for joint DL/UL based CSI acquisition use case 2
    • SINR
    • Non-PMI CSI feedback, e.g., CRI-RI-CQI
    • RSRP + interference-plus-noise
    • Note: The information can be wideband or subband, if applicable
    • Note: How to calculate, use and report the information shall be reported by companies.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study and evaluate the following assistance information for joint DL/UL based CSI acquisition use case 1
    • Channel covariance matrix related information
      • E.g., spatial/beam, frequency, or joint spatial frequency domain channel covariance matrix
    • Multipath components (MPC) related information
      • E.g., Power Angular Spectrum (PAS), Power Delay Profile (PDP), Doppler shift/spread, Power Delay Angular and Doppler profile
    • Channel matrix related information
      • E.g., Precoding matrix, channel eigenvector and eigenvalue, explicit channel matrix, etc.
      • Full or partial channel matrix related information may be used
    • Received power difference between UE Rx ports
    • L1-RSRPs with finer granularity in frequency (e.g., subband level) and/or spatial (e.g., Rx ports group)
  • Note 1: When the information is needed, how to report the information will be discussed in 10.5.3.1.
  • Note 2: How to calculate, use and report the information shall be reported by companies.
  • Note 3: The feasibility to obtain and report the information should be considered.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Regarding the minimal bandwidth (BRS) of RS spanning continuous RBs for finer time and frequency tracking, study and evaluate the following candidate values
    • Full BWP bandwidth
    • 52RBs
    • 24RBs
    • PDSCH bandwidth if DMRS is used for finer time and frequency tracking,
    • SSB or other types of 6GR sync signals/channel structure or reference signal bandwidth (if applicable) when it is used for finer time and frequency tracking
    • Other values are not precluded
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study and evaluate the following options on the candidate RS(s) for finer time and frequency tracking for connected and/or idle mode, if applicable
    • Option 1: Dedicated RS for finer time and frequency tracking
      • Periodic/semi-persistent RS, standalone aperiodic RS or combination of them can be considered for finer timing and frequency tracking
    • Option 2: DMRS
      • PDSCH DMRS, PDCCH DMRS can be considered
    • Option 3: Synchronization signals
      • SSB and other types of signals/channel structure or reference signal, if applicable
    • Combination of different options can also be considered, e.g., SS + dedicated RS for finer time and frequency tracking, dedicated RS for finer time and frequency tracking + DMRS, SS+DMRS etc.
    • Note 1: Periodic TRS in 5G NR is taken as the baseline for evaluation.
    • Note 2: For comprehensive comparison, companies are encouraged to provide simulation results at least considering the following assumptions for all the options in addition to the agreed simulation assumptions, if applicable
      • DRX configuration, including DRX periodicity, on duration, etc.
      • PDSCH is not scheduled in every slot
        • Provide details on the interval and arrive rate of PDSCH
          • E.g., PDSCH scheduled in burst of X slots, where X can be as low as 1.
      • Assumptions for PDSCH DMRS including
        • Precoding granularity: subband precoding, PRG size is reported by companies
        • DMRS
          • When DMRS is used for tracking, at least one additional DMRS symbol should be configured
          • The frequency domain location of DMRS may be changed across slots
          • The DMRS has a same bandwidth with PDSCH
      • SNR range: Low, media, high
      • Other aspects can be reported by companies
Overview of 6GR air interface (11.1)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506618 FL summary#3 on overview of 6GR air interface Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508141 FL summary#4 on overview of 6GR air interface Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2509292 FL summary#5 on overview of 6GR air interface Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and identify the lessons learned from NR BWP framework

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Identify the high-level aspects which impact on the 6GR sync signal structure and associated periodicity.

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On enhanced overall coverage, identify coverage target(s) considering diverse use cases and device types

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the device types from physical layer perspective to be supported by 6GR, subject to further discussion and confirmation in RAN

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study a scalable 6GR design for diverse device types, considering aspects:

  • What should be commonly applicable to all 6G device types
  • FFS: add-on features dedicated to specific device types, if any
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Identify the high-level aspects which impact on the NR-6GR MRSS support

  • Including the lessons learned from LTE-NR DSS
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of RAN1 6GR design, consider the minimum spectrum allocation in which 6G can operate, subject to further discussion and confirmation in RAN.

  • Note: RAN4 involvement is necessary.
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the following smallest maximum supported RF and BB UE BW without spectrum aggregation for at least one low-tier device type supported by 6GR framework from physical layer perspective, subject to further discussion and confirmation in RAN

  • Opt1: 3MHz
  • Opt2: 5MHz
  • Opt3: 10MHz
  • Opt4: 20MHz
  • FFS: the UL bandwidth may be different to the DL bandwidth
  • FFS: the bandwidth value may be different for different SCS, duplex modes, and bands.
  • FFS: whether RF and BB UE BW are same or different
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and identify the lessons learned from NR duplex modes On 6GR duplexing study, RAN1 considers at least following duplex types

  • FD-FDD
  • Semi-static TDD
  • gNB semi-static SBFD
  • HD-FDD on UE side
  • Dynamic TDD

Study whether to consider following duplexing types

  • gNB dynamic SBFD
  • UE SBFD
  • gNB FD
  • Note: Other duplex modes are not precluded
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and identify the lessons learned from NR spectrum utilization and aggregation framework

  • DC is subject to RANP decision in June 2026
  • Note: MRSS aspects are separate discussion
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For harmonized 6GR design for TN and NTN, RAN1 studies to identify the technical aspects affected by NTN characteristics, as well as lessons learned from NR/IoT NTN

RAN1#122bis Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Note: High-level aspects to consider to enable lower CAPEX/OPEX with respect to current networks include, but not limited to

  • UE/NW implementation complexity
  • UE/NW energy efficiency
  • MRSS
  • Spectrum efficiency
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 provides methodology and corresponding initial analysis of potentially achievable coverage to RAN#110 to determine the coverage target(s)

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

High-level aspects to consider for the 6GR sync signal structure include, but not limited to

  • Sync raster design
  • Spectrum allocation
  • smallest maximum supported RF and BB UE BW without spectrum aggregation
  • mobile broadband service requirements as high priority
  • Energy efficiency for both BS and UE
  • Detection/tracking performance, latency, and complexity
    • Including initial cell search
  • Coverage target
  • Common design for diverse device types
  • Consideration of the supported deployment
  • Consideration on whether the single sync signal structure is sufficient
  • Note: Aspects impacting on the periodicity is to be discussed under AI11.5
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The aspects to consider for supporting NTN include, but not limited to

  • Initial access, including cell search and SSB periodicity
  • Coverage
  • Duplexing
  • Capacity
  • Signalling overhead
  • GNSS-less/resilient/based operation
  • Large/varying doppler and propagation delay
  • Beamforming / beam management / beam hopping
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Skeleton for TR 38.760-1 “Study on 6G Radio RAN1 aspects” v0.0.3 in R1-2509569 is endorsed.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For scalable 6GR design for diverse device types, RAN1 can at least consider the following, targeting applicable to all 6G device types,

  • Basic initial access procedures from RAN1 perspective
  • Other PHY features after initial access procedure, e.g., Other DL/UL control, scheduling/HARQ
  • Coverage features to meet the identified coverage target
  • Energy saving both at BS and UE sides
  • MRSS
  • Note: whether these features are supported, mandatory or optional is separate discussion
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the smallest maximum supported RF and BB UE BW without spectrum aggregation for at least one low-tier device type supported by 6GR framework, from physical layer perspective, RAN1 to consider at least

  • Overall device complexity
  • Overall system performance impact
  • Energy efficiency for both BS and UE
  • Aim at a single common signals/channels design in idle mode and initial access for diverse device types, as well as meeting mobile broadband service requirements as high priority
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

If the minimum spectrum allocation is 3MHz with 15kHz SCS for 6GR,

  • Opt1: Design of the common signals/channels (at least for SSB) for initial access by assuming bandwidth larger than 3MHz, which is applicable to any spectrum allocations with adjustment, if applicable
  • Opt2: A single design of the common signals/channels (at least for SSB) for initial access by assuming minimum spectrum allocation as target bandwidth 3MHz, which is applicable to any spectrum allocations
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of “Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band”,

  • The link budget template candidates 1 and 2 are used to calculate the metric(s) as starting point to compare existing 5G mid-band and 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz, with potential future update.
  • During initial access/random access
    • Coverage target is referring the bottleneck channel (i.e. Rel-15 NR Msg3) during initial access/random access for existing 5G mid-band
    • FFS target value(s) of data rate for data channels relative to 5G mid-band
  • Following deployment scenarios are considered
    • Urban macro (both O2I and outdoor)
    • Sub-urban macro (both O2I and outdoor)
  • Following carrier frequencies are considered to calculate the metric(s)
    • [4 GHz] as the existing 5G mid-band
    • 7 GHz as 6G deployment
  • Template in R1-2509615 is to be used for collecting inputs on the values from companies.
Evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface (10.1, 11.2)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506581 FLS#3 on evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface Moderator (Huawei)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2507957 FLS#5 on evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface Moderator (Huawei)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2509390 FLS#6 on evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface Moderator (Huawei)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601415 FLS#2 on evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface Moderator (Huawei)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study which of the following traffic models are to be used for 6G evaluations, e.g.,

  • Full buffer
  • FTP Model 1 (in TR 36.814)
  • FTP Model 2 (in TR 36.814)
  • FTP Model 3 (in TR 36.872)
  • XR Traffic models (in TR 38.838)
  • VoIP model (as in TR 36.814)

Study whether to introduce the following traffic models for 6G evaluations considering, e.g.,

  • FTP-3 variant with packet delay budget requirement
    • Details FFS
  • New traffic model considering a mixed/variable packet size and the associated time domain behaviors (e.g., time between adjacent packet arrivals, packet delay budget)
    • Details FFS
  • New traffic model(s) considering the new use cases or services, e.g., AI/ML services, immersive communication services, etc.
    • Details FFS
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • The deployment scenarios in TR38.914 should be considered for evaluation assumption
  • The common evaluation assumptions including the antenna modelling, general system-level simulation assumptions (including the carrier frequency, bandwidth and subcarrier spacing used for link-level simulation) for the deployment scenarios in TR38.914, link budget and traffic models will be discussed in AI 11.2
    • Other assumptions including for link-level simulation specific to each technical topic will be separately discussed under each individual agenda.
    • Note: Subcarrier spacing decision is up to AI 11.3.2.
RAN1#122 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion

  • Template in R1-2506582 is to be used for collecting inputs from companies.
  • Additional NTN or TN assumptions, if any, or any necessary change of the parameters, are to be incorporated into the updated one of R1-2506582.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For around 700MHz, 32 for total number of antenna element at base station, 4 for total number of TXRU at base station, (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2) for (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp, Np), and (0.5, 0.5)λ for (dH,dV) are assumed as the baseline combination.
  • For around 700MHz, 64 for total number of antenna element at base station, 8 for total number of TXRU at base station, (8, 4, 2, 1, 1; x, y) for (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp, Np), and (0.5, 0.5)λ for (dH,dV) are assumed as the optional combination. Note: Other values/combinations are up to company to report
RAN1#122bis Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion The following existing traffic models could be used for 6GR performance evaluations,

  • Full buffer
  • FTP Model 1 (in TR 36.814)
  • FTP Model 3 (in TR 36.872)
  • XR Traffic models (in TR 38.838)
  • VoIP model (as in TR 36.814)
  • Instant message (as in TR 38.840)
  • Note that which model(s) will be used can be further decided when performing simulations in each individual topic.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study traffic model(s) for 6GR AI/ML services:

  • A representative AI/ML service is the generative AI, e.g., as defined in TR22.870. Send LS to SA4 (cc RAN2, SA1, SA2) requesting input if any on traffic characteristics for AI/ML services.

Note: RAN1 is discussing the following options for the model:

  • Option-1a: The model is parameterized by Token, e.g., Token size, Token arrival rate, and Token delay budget.
    • Token is the minimum unit of data generated in the application layer.
    • How to associate Tokens to PHY layer packets.
    • How to reflect the variable importance of tokens.
    • Whether other parameters are additionally needed when tokens are encapsulated together into a packet, e.g., packet arrival rate, packet success rate, and packet delay.
  • Option-1b: The model is characterized by the parameters of PHY layer packet, including e.g., packet size, arrival rates, latency requirement, reliability requirement, etc.
  • Option-1c: reusing or extending the FTP-3/XR traffic model.
  • FFS other models/options need to be defined for other AI/ML services.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2508183 is endorsed in principle.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study traffic modelling for evaluations related to immersive communication services including but not limited to advanced XR [e.g., TR22.870] and haptics services,

  • XR traffic models (in TR 38.838) are considered as starting point.
    • FFS the detailed modifications on the parameters to the XR traffic model, e.g., higher packet size, higher packet arrival rate, higher packet size deviation, PDB, etc.
  • FFS how many models need to be defined and the corresponding representative use cases.
  • FFS how to incorporate haptics traffic (TR26.854).

Send LS to SA4 requesting input if any on the relevant traffic characteristics, RAN1 can continue the study before SA4 potential response.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least the following carrier frequencies could be considered (from RAN1 perspective) for 6GR NTN evaluations:

  • L-band (i.e., 1.5GHz)
  • S-band (i.e. 2 GHz)
  • Ku-band (FFS detailed frequency range)
  • Ka-band (i.e. 30 GHz for UL, 20GHz for DL)
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For around 4GHz carrier frequency:

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) (dH,dV)
Indoor Combination 1 32 32 (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 4, 4) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 128 32 (8, 8, 2, 1, 1; 2, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 3 256 64 (16, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Outdoor Combination 1 192 64 (12, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 2 256 64 (16, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 3 512 128 (16, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16) (0.5, 0.5)λ

Note1: A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization as mandatory option. Companies can provide results optionally, assuming fully connected TXRU mapping within a panel per polarization. Note2: Other combinations used in the simulation results are up to company to report.

For around 7GHz carrier frequency:

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) (dH,dV)
Indoor Combination 1 64 32 (4, 8, 2, 1, 1; 2, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 256 64 (16, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 3 512 128 (16, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Outdoor Combination 1 768 128 TBD (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 2 1024 256 (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16) (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 3 1536 256 TBD (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 4 2048 256 (32, 32, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 5 2048 512 (64, 16, 2, 1, 1; 16, 16) (0.5, 0.5)λ

Note1: A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization as mandatory option. Companies can provide results optionally, assuming fully connected TXRU mapping within a panel per polarization. Note2: Other combinations used in the simulation results are up to company to report.

For around 30GHz carrier frequency:

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) (dH,dV)
Indoor Combination 1 128 8 (4, 4, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 512 8 (8, 8, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 3 1024 8 (16, 8, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 4 768 2 (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Outdoor Combination 1 2048 16 (16, 8, 2, 4, 2; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 4096 32 (16, 8, 2, 4, 4; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 3 1024 4 (16, 16, 2, 2, 1; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ

Note1: A single TXRU is mapped per panel per polarization as mandatory option. Companies can provide results optionally, assuming a single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization as mandatory option. Note2: Other combinations used in the simulation results are up to company to report.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study extensions to FTP Model 1/FTP Model 3 to incorporate the following:

  • Multiple packet sizes and associated time-domain behaviors (e.g., inter arrival time)
    • FFS number of packet sizes (e.g., 2 or 3).
    • FFS whether to have fixed or variable packet size and packet arrival rate for a given UE.
    • FFS applicability of multiple packet sizes to only one or both of FTP Model 1/FTP Model 3.
    • FFS packet size and arrival rate characteristics.
  • Packet delay budget (PDB) related parameters
    • FFS PDB applicability to packets (e.g., one PDB parameter for only one traffic flow or different PDB parameters for different traffic flows).
    • FFS how to consider the PDB, e.g., whether to drop packets when exceeding the budget, PDB aware metric.
  • Note consider the following for PDB:
    • Applicability to the extension to FTP Model 1/ FTP Model 3 with one packet size.
    • Applicability or not to the extension to FTP Model 1/ FTP Model 3 with multiple packet sizes.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For link budget template, consider the following candidates:

  • Candidate 1: Reusing the link budget template from TR38.830, i.e., the following table with notes as follows:
    • The values of the parameters are TBD.
    • MCL in row (22bis) is TBD.
    • FFS: whether/how/why to update
System configuration
Channel for evaluation
Scenarios and Carrier frequency (GHz)
BS antenna heights (m)
UT antenna heights (m)
Cell area reliability (%)
Lognormal shadow fading std deviation (dB)
Tx Diversity
Number of SSB
Transmitter
(1) Number of transmit antenna elements
(2) Number of transmit TxRUs
(2a) Number of transmit chains modelled in LLS
(3) Total transmit power (dBm)
Note: total transmit power for system bandwidth
(3a) System bandwidth for downlink, or occupied bandwidth for uplink (Hz)
(3b) Power spectral density = (3) - 10 log ((3a)) (dBm/Hz)
(3c) Transmission bandwidth used for the evaluated channel (Hz)
(3bis) Transmit power = (3b) + 10 log ((3c)) (dBm)
(4) Tx antenna gain (dBi)
Note: assume omni antenna elements
(5) e.i.r.p. = (3bis) + (4) (dBm)
(6) Penetration margin (dB)
(7) Transmit implementation margin (dB)
(8) Available power = (5) – (6) – (7) (dBm)
Note: penetration margin (6) is accounted for in available pathloss (29) instead
Receiver
(9) Required SNR (dB)
(10) Interference margin (dB)
(11) Receiver noise figure (dB)
(11bis) Receiver antenna gain = (11bis-a) + (11bis-b) (dBi)
Note: For downlink, (11bis-a) = 0 and (11bis-b) = 0, and (11bis) is replaced by (10c) in the calculation.
(10a) Antenna gain at receiver, main beam (dBi)
Note: Assume omni antenna elements.
(10b) Minimum antenna gain at receiver (dBi)
Note: Used to capture minimum requirements for spherical coverage in RAN4 specifications.
(10c) Antenna gain component 1 of receiver = (10a) (dB)
Note: For downlink, this applies for FR1 and FR2. For uplink, this applies for FR1, and this row is void (left empty) for FR2 uplink.
(10d) Antenna gain component 2 of receiver = (11bis-a) - (11bis b) (dB)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver = 10 log((10a)/(10b)) (dB)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of receiver (dB)
Note: zero for downlink
(12) Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc. (enumerate sources) (dB)
(feeder loss must be included for and only for uplink)
(13) Receiver noise figure (dB)
(14) Thermal noise density (dBm/Hz)
(15) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz)
(16) Total noise plus interference density = 10 log (10^(( (13) + (14))/10) + 10^((15)/10)) (dBm/Hz)
(18) Effective noise power = (16) + 10 log ((3c)) (dBm)
(19) Required SNR (dB)
(20) Receiver implementation margin (dB)
(21) H-ARQ gain (dB)
Note: Only applicable if HARQ is not considered in LLS
(22) Receiver sensitivity = (18) + (19) + (20) – (21) (dBm)
(22bis) MCL = (3bis) – (22) + (5) + (11bis) (dB)
(23) Hardware link budget, a.k.a. MIL = (9) + (11) + (11bis) − (12) − (22) (dB)
Note: MIL can also be derived by (22bis) + (4) – (8) + (11) − (12)
Calculation of available pathloss
(25) Shadow fading margin (function of the cell area reliability and lognormal shadow fading std deviation) (dB)
(26) BS selection/macro-diversity gain (dB)
(27) Penetration margin (dB)
(28) Other gains (dB) (if any please specify)
(29) Available path loss = (23) – (25) + (26) – (27) + (28) (dB)
Range/coverage efficiency calculation
FFS: (30) Maximum range (based on (29) and according to the system configuration section of the link budget) (m)
  • Candidate 2: Template as Table 7.10.1-1 from TR38.913.
    • FFS: whether/how/why to update.
Item Value
Transmitter
(1) Tx power (dBm)
Receiver
(2) Thermal noise density (dBm/Hz)
(3) Receiver noise figure (dB)
(4) Interference margin (dB)
(5) Occupied channel bandwidth (Hz)
(6) Effective noise power = (2) + (3) + (4) + 10 log(5) (dBm)
(7) Required SINR (dB)
(8) Receiver sensitivity = (6) + (7) (dBm)
(9) MaxCL = (1) - (8) (dB)
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2508184 is endorsed.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following configurations for system-level simulations could be used for 6GR evaluation:

Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Sub-urban macro
Carrier frequency Around 2 GHz
Around 4 GHz
Around 7 GHz
Around 15 GHz
Around 30 GHz
Around 700 MHz
Around 2 GHz
Around 4 GHz
Around 7 GHz
Around 15 GHz
Around 30 GHz
Around 700 MHz
Around 2 GHz
Around 4 GHz
Around 7 GHz
Around 700 MHz
Around 2 GHz
Around 4 GHz
Around 7 GHz
Around 15 GHz
Around 30 GHz
Around 700 MHz
Around 2 GHz
Around 4 GHz
Around 7 GHz
Around 15 GHz
Around 30 GHz
Aggregated BW Follow system bandwidth per carrier frequency in TR 38.914 as
1) Around 700 MHz: Up to 60 MHz
2) Around 2GHz: Up to 200 MHz
3) Around 4GHz: Up to 300 MHz
4) Around 7GHz: Up to 400MHz
5) Around 15GHz: Up to 400MHz
6) Around 30GHz: Up to 1GHz
Simulation BW Around 700 MHz: 20MHz, 60MHz
Around 2 GHz: 20MHz, 100MHz, 200MHz
Around 4 GHz: 20MHz, 100MHz, 200MHz, 300MHz
Around 7 GHz: 20MHz, 100MHz, 200MHz, 400MHz
Around 15 GHz: 20MHz, 100MHz, 200MHz, 400MHz
Around 30GHz: 100MHz, 400MHz, 800MHz

Note: other simulation BW could be considered. Note: The layout for each scenario will be separately discussed, including the carrier frequency combination for single layer and/or two layers.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The attached templates for NTN in R1-2507956 are endorsed in principle.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For around 2GHz carrier frequency, for BS antenna modelling

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU
(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)
(dH,dV)
Indoor Combination 1(Optional) 8 4 (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 (Baseline) 32 8 (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Outdoor Combination 1(Optional) 32 4 (0.5, 0.8)λ
Combination 2 (Baseline) 192 64 (12, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ

Note1: A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization as mandatory option. Companies can provide results optionally, assuming fully connected TXRU mapping within a panel per polarization. Note2: Other combinations used in the simulation results are up to company to report.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For around 700MHz, for TXRU mapping at base station, it is adopted as mandatory option for simulation campaign that a single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization. Note: Companies can provide results optionally, assuming fully connected TXRU mapping within a panel per polarization.

RAN1#123 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluations related to immersive communications services, the following two amended XR models based on the existing XR traffic model (in TR 38.838) can be considered:

  • Model-1: eXR model without Haptics
    • Regarding the statistical parameters for single stream CG traffic model defined in Table 5.4.1-1 TR 38.838, add values for immersive gaming regarding the data rate and the frame generation rate as in red:
Parameters unit Baseline values for evaluation Optional values for evaluation Values for immersive gaming
data rate: R Mbps 30, 8 45 100, 300, 500
frame generation rate: F fps or Hz 60 90, 120
PDB ms 15 10, 30 15, or 10, 30
- Regarding the statistical parameters for packet size following truncated Gaussian distribution in Table 5.1.1.1-1 TR 38.838, add values for immersive gaming regarding STD, Max, and Min values as in red:
Parameter unit Baseline values for evaluation Optional values for evaluation for single eye buffer Values for immersive gaming
Mean: M byte R×1e6 / F / 8 R×1e6 / F / 8 R×1e6 / F / 8
STD byte 10.5% of M 3 % of M [25 %] of M
Max byte 150% of M 109% of M 300% of M
Min byte 50% of M 91% of M 25% of M
R: data rate of the flow in Mbps.
F: frame generation rate of the flow in fps.
Note that the mean and STD apply before truncation applies.
Note that the value of R, F depend on application.
- Regarding the statistical parameters for AR UL Model 1 defined in Table 5.5.2.1-1 TR 38.838, add values for UL-heavy video uploading regarding packet size, generate rate, data rate, and PDB values as in red:
Parameters unit value Values for UL video uploading
Packet size byte Follows clause 5.1.1.1 (i.e., mean packet size = R×1e6 / F / 8, STD/Min/Max=10.5/50/150%) 1st candidate: Follows clause 5.1.1.1 (i.e., mean packet size = R×1e6 / F / 8, STD/Min/Max=10.5/50/150%)
2nd candidate: Follows clause 5.1.1.1 (i.e., mean packet size = R×1e6 / F / 8, STD/Min/Max=[25]/25/300%)
packet generation rate: F Hz 60 15, 30
Jitter ms Optional, follows the description in clause 5.1.1.2 Optional, follows the description in clause 5.1.1.2
Data rate: R Mbps 10 (baseline), 20 (optional) 20, 60, 100
PDB ms 30 (baseline), 10 or 15 or 60 (optional) 10, 15
- The jitter is modelled the same as XR traffic model.
  • Model-2: eXR model with Haptics
    • Haptics traffic is defined as XR traffic packet generation with co-generated haptics packets.
      • FFS on how to generate the multi-channel haptics packet including how to handle silent periods of haptics and the haptics packet sizes.
      • FFS on how to co-generate haptics packets and the XR traffic packets.
    • Haptics packets has packet delay budget (PDB) of either 12 msec or 30 msec, which can be selected as a traffic model parameter.
  • Send LS to SA4 to inform about the above agreement and check if SA4 has related inputs for the model.

Note: whether the working assumption can be confirmed relies on SA4’s response

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN evaluations, the carrier frequency for Ku-band is 14GHz for UL and 11GHz for DL.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2509596 is endorsed.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2509595 is endorsed in principle by adding TSG SA for CC.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, the UE power class for system-level simulation is assumed as follows:

  • FFS: 29dBm for 1 Tx..
  • FFS: 31dBm, or 35 dBm or 43dBm with EIRP <55 dBm
UE power class Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Sub-urban macro
Around 700MHz NA 23dBm 23dBm 23dBm 23dBm
Around 2GHz 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm
Around 4GHz 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm
Around 7GHz 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm, 29dBm
Around 15GHz 23dB, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dB, 26dBm, 29dBm NA 23dB, 26dBm, 29dBm 23dBm, 26dBm,29dBm
Around 30GHz Minimum peak EIRP: 23dB, [26dBm, 29dBm]
Note: EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm
Minimum peak EIRP: 23dB, [26dBm, 29dBm]
Note: EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm
NA Minimum peak EIRP: 23dB, [26dBm, 29dBm]
Note: EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm
Minimum peak EIRP: 23dBm, [26dBm, 29dBm]
EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluations, RAN1 to consider BS antenna modelling for around 15GHz carrier frequency as follows:

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) (dH,dV)
Indoor Combination 1 512 128 (16, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 8) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 128 8 (4, 4, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Outdoor Combination 1 2048 256 (32, 32, 2, 1, 1; 4, 32) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 2 2048 128 (32, 32, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16) (0.5, 0.5)λ
Combination 3 2048 32 (8, 8, 2, 4, 4; 1, 1) (0.5, 0.5)λ

Note1: A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization for Indoor combination 1 and Outdoor combination 1 and combination 2. A single TXRU is mapped per panel per polarization for Indoor combination 2 and outdoor combination 3. Note2: Other combinations used in the simulation results are up to company to report.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For traffic model(s) for AI/ML services, the following can be considered:

  • Packet size:
    • How to model the packet size, a fixed one or multiple values, or modelled as a random variable.
  • Packet arrival:
    • FFS the details to determine the packet arrival rate, e.g.,
      • N multiple packets arrive together as a burst. The burst interval time is modelled as a random variable.
        • Within the burst, the N packets arrive according to a statistical distribution.
      • Packets arrive separately.
    • FFS whether/how to model the Jitter and the relation with the packet arrival.
  • FFS: Whether the packet importance is known. Whether/how to reflect the packet importance.
  • Whether/How to consider the PDB, e.g., Packet delay budget: The latency characteristic of the traffic in RAN side (i.e., air interface) is modelled as packet delay budget (PDB). The PDB is a limited time budget for a packet to be transmitted over the air from a base station to a UE, or from a UE to a base station
  • FFS Whether/how to consider the Packet success rate requirement: [xx%] and the relation with the PDB.
  • FFS how to model different cases, e.g., image-based GenAI, video-based GenAI, and chatbot, etc.
  • FFS: Whether/how other traffic models (e.g., XR, FTP1/3) can be used to reflect above characteristics.

Note: input from SA4 if any will be considered.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For FTP3 extension with multiple packet sizes (the number of packet size X =FFS: 2 or 3), FTP 3-extension 1
    • For each packet size S_i, the packets arrive according to Poisson distribution (as FTP 3) with mean inter-arrival time T_i (or arrival rate λ_i where T_i = 1/ λ_i)
    • Y packet sizes are simulated for each UE
  • Down-select one from following
  • Alt1: Y=1; X=e.g., 2 or 3
  • Alt2: Y=X; X=e.g., 2 or 3
  • Alt3: Either Alt1 or Alt2 can be used depending on the evaluation purpose
    • FFS: values of S_i and T_i, and their inter-relation (if any)
    • FFS: change “packet size” to “File size” (terminology)
    • FFS timing relationship for different packet sizes if Y=X.
    • FFS the number of UEs for each of X different sizes in a drop if Y=1.
  • Note: PDB can be considered separately if needed
  • Note: modeling sessions with multiple packets in each session can be discussed separately if needed.
  • Down-selection between X=2 and 3.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, the following are assumed for system-level simulation:

Parameters Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Suburban Macro
ISD 20m, equivalent to 12TRxPs per 120m x 50m Macro layer: 200m ISD 1: 1732m
ISD 2: 5000m
Macro: 500m ISD 1: 1299m
ISD 2: 1732m
BS antenna height 3m 25m for macro cells and 10m for micro cells 35 m 25m for macro cells and 10m for micro cells Alt 1: 35m(baseline)
Alt 2: 25m(optional)
BS noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 5dB
Around 15GHz and above: 7dB
UE antenna height TR38.901 Indoor-Office Table 7.2-2 TR38.901 UMi/UMa Table 7.2-1 TR38.901 RMa Table 7.2-3 TR38.901 UMa Table 7.2-1 TR38.901 SMa Table 7.2-5
UE noise figure Around 7GHz and below: [7, 9]dB
Around 15GHz and above: 13dB, 10dB
UE Receiver MMSE-IRC as the baseline
R-ML Receiver as optional (FFS modelling)
UE Power control parameter for UL Company report
Channel model TR 38.901 v19.1.0 Indoor-Office TR 38.901 v19.1.0 UMa/UMi TR 38.901 v19.1.0 RMa TR 38.901 v19.1.0 UMa TR 38.901 v19.1.0 SMa,
0% vegetation.
Numerology In line with AI 11.3
Scheduling Proportional fairness (PF)
Inter-cell interference model Explicitly and realistically modelled
Inter-cell interference estimation model Alt 1: Ideal, calculated by ground truth channel matrix
Alt 2: Realistic model, Company report, e.g., Wishart distribution-based model; retain only diagonal elements of interference Cov. Matrix.
Channel estimation assumption Alt 1: Ideal for benchmark
Alt 2: Realistic, company report, e.g., direct/explicit RS estimation, apply gauss noise to real channel matrix, or random
Feedback assumption Alt 1: Ideal
Alt 2: Realistic, company report, e.g., consider feedback delay and overhead; codebook;
O2I penetration loss (X% high loss, Y% low loss) NA Two options are supported:
Option 1: 80% low loss, 20% high loss;
Option 2: 50% low loss, 50% high loss
100% low loss Two options are supported:
Option 1: 80% low loss, 20% high loss;
Option 2: 50% low loss, 50% high loss
Option 1: 100% Low-loss A Model as TR38.901.

Option 2: 50% Low-loss A 50% Low-loss Model as TR38.901.
Mechanic tilt 180° in GCS (pointing to the ground) as baseline 90° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) as baseline.

Company can report if not follow the baseline.
90° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) as baseline.

Company can report if not follow the baseline.
90° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) as baseline.

Company can report if not follow the baseline.
Baseline:
95° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) for ISD = 1299m;
92° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) for ISD = 1732m;

Company can report if not follow the baseline.
Electrical tilt Company can report other values for evaluations. Company can report other values for evaluations. Company can report other values for evaluations. Company can report other values for evaluations. Company can report other values for evaluations.
Handover margin (dB) 1dB as baseline.
0dB and 3dB as optional configuration.
1dB as baseline.
0dB and 3dB as optional configuration.
1dB as baseline.
0dB and 3dB as optional configuration.
1dB as baseline.
0dB and 3dB as optional configuration.
1dB as baseline.
0dB and 3dB as optional configuration.
UE attachment Based on RSRP from BS
Wrapping around method No wrapping around Geographical distance-based wrapping
Multi-TRP operation, e.g., ideal or non-ideal backhaul/sync Backhaul: ideal or non-ideal;
sync: ideal or non-ideal;
Company reports the assumptions of the non-ideal backhaul/non-ideal sync.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, the UE distribution and UE speed for system-level simulation is assumed as follows:

  • UE number per TRxP will be dependent on the used traffic model. Other values can also be considered in the future evaluations.
  • Other velocities and/or other outdoor/indoor ratio will be dependent on the used traffic model or use cases. Other values can also be considered in each of other topics.
Parameters Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Suburban Macro
UE distribution and UE speed 10 users per TRxP.
100% Indoor, 3km/h
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRxP
Two layers: Uniform/macro TRxP + Clustered/micro TRxP
UE number per TRxP is [10, 30, 50].
Opt1: 80% indoor (3km/h); 20% outdoor(30km/h).
Opt2: 40% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (3km/h)
20% outdoor (30km/h)
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRxP
UE number per TRxP is [10, 30, 50].
Opt1: 50% indoor (3km/h); 50% outdoor(120km/h).
Opt2: 20% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (60km/h)
40% outdoor (120km/h)
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRxP
Two layers: Uniform/macro TRxP + Clustered/micro TRxP
UE number per TRxP is [10, 30, 50].
Opt1: 80% indoor (3km/h); 20% outdoor(30km/h).
Opt2: 40% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (3km/h)
20% outdoor (30km/h)
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRxP
UE number per TRxP is [10, 30, 50].
Opt1: 10% Outdoor pedestrian: 3km/h; 10% Outdoor in cars: 40km/h; 80% Indoor in houses: 3km/h.
Opt2: 20% outdoor in cars: 40km/h 80% indoor in houses: 3km/h
FFS: Applicability for FWA
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluations related to Massive Communication (IoT),

  • For comparability with 5G results and verify that 6G can meet the IMT-2030 connection density requirements, the mMTC traffic model from IMT-2020 (TR 37.910) may be used as a starting point. This traffic model can be applied in UL or DL.
  • FFS: necessity of new traffic model(s) for 6GR evaluation in RAN1, e.g., for the following traffic types.
    • Triggered/polled reporting
    • Autonomous reporting (event-driven or periodic)
    • Remote actuation
    • Firmware/software upgrade
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For FTP Model 3, the packet delay budget (PDB) can be additionally considered,

  • The latency characteristic of the traffic in RAN side (i.e., air interface) is modelled as packet delay budget (PDB). The PDB is a limited time budget for a packet to be transmitted over the air from a BS to a UE for DL, or from a UE to a BS for UL.
  • For a given packet, the delay of the packet incurred in air interface is measured from the time that the packet arrives at the BS to the time that it is successfully transferred to the UE for DL, or from a UE to a BS for UL. If the delay is larger than a given PDB for the packet, the packet is said to violate PDB, otherwise the packet is said to be successfully delivered.
  • Values for PDB, e.g., {10ms, 20ms, 30ms, 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, 1000ms, 2000ms} can be considered.
  • Which values will be used will consider the use case for the evaluations.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, the total transmit power per BS for system-level simulation is assumed as follows:

Total transmit power per BS Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Sub-urban macro
Around 700MHz NA Macro BS:
- Option1: 44 dBm per 20 MHz
- Option2: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
Around 2GHz 24 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS:
- Option1: 44 dBm per 20 MHz
- Option2: 46 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS:
- Option1: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
- Option2: 46 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
Around 4GHz 24 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS:
- Option1: 44 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS:
- Option1: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
- Option2: 44 dBm per 20 MHz
- Option3: 46 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS: 49 dBm per 20 MHz
Micro BS: 33 dBm per 20 MHz
Around 7GHz 24 dBm per 20 MHz Macro BS:

-   Option1: 44 dBm per 20 MHz

-   Option2: 43 dBm per 20 MHz

Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

49 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

-   Option1: 49 dBm per 20 MHz

-   Option2: 43 dBm per 20 MHz

-   Option3: 46 dBm per 20 MHz


Micro BS:
33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

49 dBm per 20 MHz
Around 15GHz 23dBm per 20MHz Macro BS:

43dBm per 20MHz

Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
NA - Macro BS:
43dBm per 20MHz


- Micro BS:
33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

43dBm per 20MHz
Around 30GHz - Option1: 23 dBm per 20 MHz

- Option2: 16dBm per 20MHz
Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
NA Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
Note: For evaluation purpose, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56dBm for outdoor and 33dBm for indoor for the above carrier frequencies.

Note: The values defined in option1 refer to the Report ITU-R M. [IMT-2030. EVAL]. The values defined in option2 is calculated based on the proportional scaling with simulation bandwidth under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power of 56dBm.

Around 30GHz - Option1: 23 dBm per 20 MHz

- Option2: 16dBm per 20MHz
Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
NA Micro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
Macro BS:

33 dBm per 20 MHz
Note: For evaluation purpose, for around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, the layout for system-level simulation is assumed as follows:

  • Note: Single layer will be prioritized for the evaluations.
  • Note: The carrier frequency for the corresponding layout for the two layers will be reported by companies for the evaluations.
  • FFS the minimum distance for random drop in two layers.
  • Note: for system-level simulation of MIMO schemes, specific assumptions could be discussed under MIMO discussion
Parameters Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Suburban Macro
Layout Single layer
- Indoor floor (Open office), (Room size: 120m x 50m)
Single layer:
- Hex. Grid
Two layers:
- Macro layer: Hex. Grid
- Micro layer: Random drop
Single layer:
- Hex. Grid
Single layer:
- Hex. Grid
Two layers:
- Macro layer: Hex. Grid
- Micro layer: Random drop
Single layer:
- Hex. Grid
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Updating the BS antenna modelling agreed in the last meeting as follows:

  • For around 700MHz carrier frequency, for BS antenna modelling,
    • update the (8, 4, 2, 1, 1; x, y) to be (8, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4).
  • For around 2GHz carrier frequency, for BS antenna modelling,
    • for outdoor combination 1 (i.e., 32AE/4TXRU), update the (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp,Np) to be (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2)
  • For around 7GHz carrier frequency, for BS antenna modelling,
    • for outdoor combination 1 (i.e., 768AE/128TXRU), update the (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp,Np) to be (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16).
    • for outdoor combination 3 (i.e., 1536AE/256TXRU), update the (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp,Np) to be (48, 16 ,2, 1, 1; 8, 16).
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluations related to Massive Communication (IoT),

  • In addition to the IMT-2030 L2 PDU message size of [32] bytes, evaluation of higher traffic loads can be used, e.g., evaluation with a larger L2 PDU message size of [320] bytes
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding FTP3 extension with multiple packet sizes:

  • The number of packet sizes \(X=2\);
  • For each packet size \(S_i\), the packets arrive according to Poisson distribution (as FTP 3) with mean inter-arrival time \(T_i\) (or arrival rate \(\lambda_i\) where \(T_i=1/\lambda_i\));
  • For Alt1: \(Y=1\) packet size is simulated for each UE
    • For FTP3-extension with \(X=2\), \(K\) is the ratio between arrival rates of the packet sizes, i.e., \(\lambda_1 = K \cdot \lambda_2\), with \(K>=1\), assuming \(S_1 < S_2\),
    • \(G>=1\) is the ratio between the number of UEs with packet size \(S_1\) and \(S_2\), respectively.
    • Values of \(S_i\), \(\lambda_i\), \(i=1, 2\), and \(G\) can be decided in evaluation phase.
    • Note: The following table is an illustration of the traffic configurations.
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
Packet Type Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\) Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\) Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\)
\(S_i\) 4KB 400KB 10KB 500KB 10KB 100KB
\(\lambda_i\) \(\lambda_1 = K \cdot \lambda_2\), e.g., \(K=[3,5,8,10]\)
\(G\) \(N_1 = G \cdot N_2\), e.g., \(G=[2,4,9]\)
\(N_1\) is the number of UEs with small packet size \(S_1\); \(N_2\) is the number of UEs with large packet size \(S_2\).
  • For Alt2: \(Y=X=2\) packet sizes are simulated for each UE
    • The packet of each size is generated following the independent Poisson Process \((S_i, \lambda_i)\) with \(i=1,2\).
    • \(K\) is the ratio between arrival rates of the packet sizes, i.e., \(\lambda_1 = K \cdot \lambda_2\), with \(K>=1\) assuming \(S_1 < S_2\).
    • Values of \((S_i, \lambda_i)\) with \(i=1,2\) can be decided in evaluation phase.
    • Note: The following table is an illustration of the traffic configurations.
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
Packet Type Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\) Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\) Small size, \(i=1\) Large size, \(i=2\)
\(S_i\) [4]KB [800]KB 100KB 500KB 10KB 100KB
\(\lambda_i\) \(\lambda_1 = K \cdot \lambda_2\), e.g., \(K=[3,5,8,10]\)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to assume the UE antenna height and UE distribution for CPE for 6GR evaluations as follows: Note: Indoor and outdoor CPE pre-selection criterion or mechanism could be further discussed in the evaluation phase.

Parameters Rural Urban Macro Suburban Macro
Antenna height for CPE only Indoor CPES: follow the heights in 38.901 for RMa.

Outdoor CPES: 1m above rooftop. Building heights modeled as 3m or 6m, equally likely.
Indoor CPES: follow the heights in 38.901 for UMa.

Outdoor CPES: 1m above building height in 38.901 for UMa
Indoor CPES: follow the heights in 38.901 for SMa.

Outdoor CPES: 1m above building height in 38.901 for SMa
UE distribution and UE speed for CPE only Profile 1 (mixed deployment):
80% Indoor CPE: (0, 0.3] km/h;
20% Outdoor rooftop mounted CPE: (0, 0.3] km/h.

Profile 2 (Indoor CPE only):
100% Indoor: (0, 0.3] km/h.

Profile 3 (Outdoor mounted CPE only):
Rooftop mounted;
100% Outdoor: (0, 0.3] km/h.

Conclusion: Evaluation assumptions for 6GR air interface (10.1)

The scenarios captured in TR38.914 but are not discussed in RAN1 are also candidate scenarios for RAN1 evaluations for 6GR.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The agreed table for UE distribution and UE speed for system-level simulation, the further update is highlighted in cyan as follows:

Parameters Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Suburban Macro
UE distribution and UE speed 10 users per TRxP.

Opt1: 100% Indoor, 3km/h
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRXP
Two layers: Uniform/macro TRXP + Clustered/micro TRXP

UE number per TRXP is [10, 30, 50] NOTE1.

Opt1: 80% indoor (3km/h); 20% outdoor in cars (30km/h).

Opt2:
40% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (3km/h)
20% outdoor in cars (30km/h).
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRXP

UE number per TRXP is [10, 30, 50].

Opt1: 50% indoor (3km/h); 50% outdoor in cars (120km/h).

Opt2:
20% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (60km/h) in cars
40% outdoor in cars (120km/h).
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRXP
Two layers: Uniform/macro TRXP + Clustered/micro TRXP

UE number per TRxP is [10, 30, 50] NOTE1.

Opt1: 80% indoor (3km/h); 20% outdoor in cars (30km/h).

Opt2:
40% indoor (3km/h)
40% outdoor (3km/h)
20% outdoor in cars (30km/h).
Single layer: Uniform/macro TRXP

UE number per TRXP is [10, 30, 50].

Opt1:
10% Outdoor pedestrian: 3km/h
10% Outdoor in cars: 40 km/h
80% Indoor in houses: 3km/h.

Opt2:
20% outdoor in cars: 40 km/h
80% indoor in houses: 3km/h

FFS: Applicability for FWA

~~FFS: Applicability for FWA~~ NOTE1: Regarding the number of UEs per TRXP, a smaller or the same number of UEs is assumed for each micro TRXPs compared to each macro TRXPs.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding the gNB transmission power assumptions in the evaluations, update the second note of the agreement as follows:

  • Note: For evaluation purpose, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56dBm for outdoor and 33dBm for indoor for the above carrier frequencies.
  • Note: The values defined in option1 refer to the Report ITU-R M. [IMT-2030. EVAL]. T~~he values defined in option2 is calculated based on the proportional scaling with simulation bandwidth under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power of 56dBm.~~
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding the agreement on UE transmission power assumptions in system-level simulation, the further update is highlighted as follows in red:

  • Transmission power of 35dBm is assumed for CPE only for below 30GHz.
    • Note: EIRP limit could be considered
UE power class Indoor Hotspot Dense Urban Rural Urban Macro Sub-urban macro
Around 30GHz Minimum peak EIRP: 23dBm.
EIRP should not exceed 43dBm.

For CPE only (NOTE1):
35dBm <= peak EIRP < 55dBm.
Minimum peak EIRP: 23dBm.
EIRP should not exceed 43dBm.

For CPE only (NOTE1):
35dBm <= peak EIRP < 55dBm.
NA Minimum peak EIRP: 23dBm.
EIRP should not exceed 43dBm.

For CPE only (NOTE1):
35dBm <= peak EIRP < 55dBm.
Minimum peak EIRP: 23dBm.
EIRP should not exceed 43dBm.

For CPE only (NOTE1):
35dBm <= peak EIRP < 55dBm.

NOTE1: It is up to company to report the simulated transmission power confined within the define peak EIRP range.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Define a 4 TXRU outdoor BS antenna configuration for about 4GHz carrier frequency as below.

BS antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)\) \((d_H,d_V)\)
Combination 0 (Optional) 32 4 (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2) \((0.5, 0.8)\lambda\)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, RAN1 to model the radiation pattern of a single antenna element for FWA/CPE including,

  • Candidate1: Isotropic,
  • Candidate2: Directional with different half power beamwidth and maximum directional gains as described in Table 1 below,
    • CPE can be equipped with 1 to 3 antenna panels, each following Alt 1 \(((M,N,P, M_g,N_g; M_p,N_p), (d_H, d_v))\) configuration.
  • Candidate3: Omnidirectional as described in Table 2 below.
  • Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.

Table 1: Directional radiation power pattern of a single antenna element for CPE

Parameter Values
Vertical cut of the radiation power pattern (dB) \(A_{dB}''(\theta'',\phi''=0^\circ)=-\min \left\{ 12 \left( \frac{\theta''-90^\circ}{\theta_{3dB}} \right)^2, SLA_V \right\}\)
with \(SLA_V=22.5 \text{ dB}\) and \(\theta'' \in [0^\circ,180^\circ]\)
Horizontal cut of the radiation power pattern (dB) \(A_{dB}''(\theta''=90^\circ,\phi'')=-\min \left\{ 12 \left( \frac{\phi''}{\phi_{3dB}} \right)^2, A_{max} \right\}\)
with \(A_{max}=22.5 \text{ dB}\) and \(\phi'' \in [-180^\circ,180^\circ]\)
3D radiation power pattern (dB)

Maximum directional gain of an antenna element
\(A_{dB}''(\theta'',\phi'')=-\min \{ -(A_{dB}''(\theta'',\phi''=0^\circ) + A_{dB}''(\theta''=90^\circ,\phi'')), A_{max} \}\)

\(G_{E,max} \text{ dBi}\)
Company reports, e.g., \(\theta_{3dB}, \phi_{3dB}, G_{E,max} = \{32^\circ, 32^\circ, 14\}, \{65^\circ, 50^\circ, 9\}, \{90^\circ, 90^\circ, 5\}\)

Table 2: Omnidirectional radiation power pattern of a single antenna element for CPE

Parameter Values
Vertical cut of the radiation power pattern (dB) \(A_V''(\theta'')=-\min \left\{ 12 \left( \frac{\theta''-90^\circ}{\theta_{3dB}} \right)^2, SLA_V \right\}\)
with \(\theta_{3dB} = 22.5^\circ, SLA_V = 22.5 \text{ dB}\) and \(\theta'' \in [0^\circ,180^\circ]\)
3D radiation power pattern (dB) \(A_{dB}''(\theta'',\phi'')=A_V''(\theta'')\) for any \(\phi'' \in [-180^\circ,180^\circ]\)
Maximum directional gain of an antenna element, \(G_{E,max}\) 5 dBi
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, RAN1 to model the UE antenna as follows for around 30GHz carrier frequency,

  • UE antenna configuration follows Table 1 below.
  • UE antenna radiation pattern follows Table 2 below.
  • Other antenna configuration can be considered and up to companies to report.

Table 1: UE antenna configuration for around 30GHz

UE antenna configuration Values
# of antenna elements per panel 8 elements per panel \((M,N,P)=(2,2,2)\) for Config 1 and Config 2.
\((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p,N_p)=(4,1,2,1,1;1,1,1)\) for Config 0.
\((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)\) for CPE only for Config 0.
# of panels Config 0: 1 panel.
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back;
Config 2: 4 panels on 4 edges.
# of TXRUS 2T2R per panel
The antenna elements of the same polarization of the same panel is virtualized into one TXRU

Table 2: UE antenna radiation pattern for around 30GHz [see Table A.2.1-8 TR38.802]

Parameter Values
Antenna element radiation pattern in \(\theta''\) dim (dB) \(A_{E,V}(\theta'') = -\min \left[ 12 \left( \frac{\theta'' - 90^\circ}{\theta_{3dB}} \right)^2, SLA_V \right]\)
\(\theta_{3dB}=90^\circ, SLA_V=25\)
Antenna element radiation pattern in \(\varphi''\) dim (dB) \(A_{E,H}(\varphi'')=-\min \left[ 12 \left( \frac{\varphi''}{\varphi_{3dB}} \right)^2, A_m \right], \varphi_{3dB}=90^\circ, A_m=25\)
Combining method for 3D antenna element pattern (dB) \(A''(\theta'',\varphi'')=-\min \{ -[A_{E,V}(\theta'') + A_{E,H}(\varphi'')], A_m \}\)
Maximum directional gain of an antenna element \(G_{E,max}\) 5dBi
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR evaluation, RAN1 to model the UE antenna as follows for below 30GHz carrier frequency,

  • Note: Each of other topics could further decide to use which combination(s) for the evaluations.
  • Other combinations are not precluded for evaluations, e.g., 2T6R, 3T6R, 6T6R, 6T8R.
  • Note: The antenna locations in Alt1 and Alt 2 in the following table are considered as examples and used for performance calibration.
  • Any antenna array structures and/or antenna locations in section 7.3 in TR38.901 is possible for evaluations and up to companies to report.
  • Note: The antenna locations in Alt 2 not included in section 7.3 in TR38.901 are up to companies to report.
  • Note: The antenna element-wise power variation at the UE in TR 38.901 section 7.6.14.2 can be optionally considered for Alt2 for handheld devices.
  • Note: The radiation power pattern of a single antenna element in Table 7.3-2 TR38.901 is assumed for Alt2.
  • The isotropic radiation power pattern is assumed for Alt1 at least for handheld devices.
  • Note: The antenna element/location of T is a subset of the element/locations for R.
  • Note: The mapping between the combination and the device types might be separately discussed.
UE antenna modelling for RAN1 evaluations Total number of antenna elements Alt 1: \((M,N,P,M_g, N_g; M_p,N_p)\), \((d_H, d_v)\), \((d_{g,H},d_{g,V})\) if any, or
Alt 2: UT device antenna model using candidate antenna locations as described in section 7.3 in TR38.901
Total number of TXRU Applicable carrier frequency
Combination0 NOTE1 1 Alt 1:
1T: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(1,1,1,1,1;1, 1)\)
1R: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(1,1,1,1,1;1, 1)\)

Alt 2:
1T
1R
1T1R 700MHz, 2GHz
Combination1 2 Alt 1:
2R: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(1,2,1,1,1; 1, 2)\) for single polarization or \((1, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)\) for dual polarization, \((d_H,d_v)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)

Alt 2:
2R: [(1, 5), or (4, 8)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901.
1T2R 700MHz, 2GHz, 4GHz
Combination2 4 Alt 1:
4R: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(1,2,2,1,1; 1, 2)\) for dual polarization or \((2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2)\) for single polarization, \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)

Alt 2:
4R: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
1T4R,
2T4R,
4T4R
700MHz, 2GHz, 4GHz, 7GHz, 15GHz NOTE3
Combination3 8 Alt 1:
\((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(1,4,2,1,1; 1, 4)\), or \((2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2)\) for dual polarization or \((2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4)\) for single polarization, \((d_H,d_v)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)

Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR38.901
1T8R
2T8R
4T8R
8T8R
2GHz, 4GHz, 7GHz, 15GHz NOTE3
Combination4 NOTE2 16 Alt 1:
16R: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(2,4,2,1, 1; 2,4)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)

Alt 2:
Company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
4T16R
8T16R
7GHz, 15GHz

NOTE1: This combination is for IoT UE only. NOTE2: This combination is for CPE UE only. NOTE3: If number of TXRU and frequency combination is applicable.

Waveform (10.2.1, 11.3.1)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506595 Feature Lead summary #2 on 6GR waveform Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508043 Feature Lead summary #3 on 6G waveform Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2509531 Feature Lead summary #4 on 6G waveform Nokia ## Conclusion: Frame structure (11.3.2) Extended CP will not be further studied for TN communication.
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2600789 Feature Lead summary #4 on 6G waveform Nokia
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603315 — Feature Lead summary #6 on 6G waveform — Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603730 — Feature Lead summary #6 on 6G waveform — Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

CP-OFDM waveform as defined in 5G NR is supported as the basis for 6GR for downlink

  • Enhancements/modifications on CP-OFDM will be studied as potential additions
  • DFT-s-OFDM or any other OFDM-based waveform will be studied as a potential additional waveform for downlink

Note: proponents to identify at least the target use cases, signals/channels to use the waveform, and how the proposal is intended (if applicable) to support multiplexing with CP-OFDM, including MRSS, and how multi-user multiplexing is supported, etc.

Note: Proponents are encouraged to provide more detailed information on their proposals for the next meeting, e.g.:

Proponents to characterize the main motivation for modification/additional waveform proposals:

  • Targeted link direction, i.e. DL, UL or both
  • Targeted use case (e.g. NTN, specific frequency range, etc.), if any
  • Potential motivations metrics used, and quantified gains for a proposal, e.g.
    • Coverage
    • Network energy efficiency
    • UE energy efficiency
    • Spectral efficiency
    • High speed tolerance
    • Scheduling flexibility
    • Integration with ISAC

Proponents provide information on the following aspects, if applicable

  • MRSS compatibility
  • Target channels/signals, e.g. all channels, PxSCH only, etc.
  • MIMO (SU and MU-MIMO) compatibility
  • Target modulations, and impact to other modulations, if applicable
  • Multi-user multiplexing/scheduling flexibility
  • Multiplexing/coexistence with baseline waveforms
  • Impact on synchronization and initial access
  • Expected specification impact
  • Transmitter/receiver complexity and impact to power consumption.
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM waveforms as defined in 5G NR are supported as the basis for 6GR for uplink

  • Enhancements/modifications on CP-OFDM/DFT-s-OFDM will be studied as potential additions
  • Other OFDM based waveforms are not precluded.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2508069 is endorsed.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2508068 is endorsed with following revision:

  1. removing “Additionally, if time permits, any feedback for CP-OFDM PAPR reduction/MPR values achievable by implementation is also appreciated.”
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the evaluation method for evaluating DFT-s-OFDM for UL with number of layers > 1.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For uplink low-PAPR proposals, the link level performance evaluation criterion is Net Gain assuming same spectrum efficiency as the reference
    • Net Gain [dB] = Tx power gain relative to the reference – SNR degradation relative to the reference @10% BLER
      • A realistic PA model should be used
      • When calculating the Tx power gain, the RAN4 metrics on the Tx power should be taken into account.
      • For SNR degradation, fading channel and non-ideal channel estimation, including DMRS configuration, and equalization is encouraged.
      • FFS: Other evaluation metrics
      • Note: Companies to report how to calculate the Tx power gain, modulation and coding
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For single user evaluation assumption for MCS and subcarriers UL low-PAPR proposals with spectrum extension

MCS No Spectrum Extension With Spectrum Extension
#subcarriers #SCs before extension (\(A\)) Occupied BW:
#SCs after extension (\(B\))
Spectrum extension
Extension: \(\alpha = \frac{B-A}{B}\)
NR MCS \(B\) \((1 - \alpha)B\) \(B\) \(\alpha \in \{\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{7}, \frac{1}{3}, \frac{3}{8}, \frac{2}{5}, \frac{7}{16}, \frac{1}{2}\}\)

For single user evaluation assumption for MCS and subcarriers UL low-PAPR proposals with spectrum truncation

MCS No Spectrum Truncation With Spectrum Truncation
#subcarriers #SCs before truncation (\(A\)) Occupied BW:
#SCs after truncation (\(B\))
Spectrum truncation factor
Truncation: \(\alpha = \frac{A-B}{A}\)
NR MCS \(B\) \(A\) \(B\) \(\alpha \in \{\frac{1}{10}, \frac{2}{10}, \frac{3}{10}, \frac{4}{10}\}\)

Note: other values for extension or truncation are not precluded.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

General evaluation assumptions for UL low-PAPR proposals

Parameters Values
3GPP 6GR Carrier frequency and scenario 4GHz
Channel BW At least 100MHz for Urban (4GHz)
Occupied BW To be discussed with detailed simulation assumptions
SCS 30 kHz for 4GHz
Channel model TDL-C 300ns for 4GHz
UE speed 3km/h
Number of Tx antennas for TDL channel 1
Number of Rx antennas for TDL channel 1 and 4 for 4GHz
Number of DMRS symbols/slot (location as defined in NR) 2
Number of PUSCH data symbols/slot 12
HARQ configuration No retransmissions
Frequency hopping Disabled
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

General evaluation assumptions for UL low-PAPR proposals

Parameters Values
3GPP 6GR Carrier frequency and scenario 4GHz
Channel BW At least 100MHz for Urban (4GHz)
Occupied BW To be discussed with detailed simulation assumptions
SCS 30 kHz for 4GHz
Channel model TDL-C 300ns for 4GHz
UE speed 3km/h
Number of Tx antennas for TDL channel 1
Number of Rx antennas for TDL channel 1 and 4 for 4GHz
Number of DMRS symbols/slot (location as defined in NR) 2
Number of PUSCH data symbols/slot 12
HARQ configuration No retransmissions
Frequency hopping Disabled
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Add the following metrics for UL PAPR reduction to the existing agreement (made in RAN1#122b)

  • Net gain@10% BLER assuming similar spectral efficiency and same occupied bandwidth for each compared method
  • ACLR, EVM, IBE
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL PAPR reduction, values for occupied BW B: - {2, 4, 8, 16, 24, 30, 32, 64, 128, 240, 256} PRBs. - Other PRB allocations are not precluded. - Edge, outer and inner PRB allocations as defined in TS 38.101 should be considered. ## Agreement: Waveform (11.3.1) - Performance benefit to be evaluated using both link level and system level simulation. - FFS: metrics - Link level configuration for multi-layer UL waveforms study. 

 
Parameters Values
Carrier frequency 4 GHz
Subcarrier spacing 30 kHz
UE antenna ports 2, 4
BS antenna ports 64, port reduction is not precluded
FDRA 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Waveforms CP-OFDM
DFT-s-OFDM
MCS/modulation NR UL MCS table with 256 QAM
Number of layers 2 layers, 4 layers
Channel model CDL-A30, TDL-C300, CDL-C300,
UE speed 3km/h, 30 km/h
Channel est. Practical
SRS periodicity To be reported by the company
Receiver LMMSE
HARQ retransmission Disabled
DMRS configuration Configuration type 1
2 DMRS symbols per slot
Number of PUSCH data 12 symbols
Waveform and MIMO configuration 5G codebook, to be reported by the company
BLER target 10%
Frequency hopping Disabled
Power class and power mode Option 1: PC2, total power limited to 26 dBm.
    - MaxRank 2: Each PA is limited to 23 dBm
    - MaxRank 4: Each PA is limited to 20 dBm
Option2: PC3, total power limited to 23 dBm.
    - MaxRank 2: Each PA is limited to 20 dBm
    - MaxRank 4: Each PA is limited to 17 dBm

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Table is endorsed to characterize each proposal as a potential RAN1 observation. Characterization of each waveform proposal 

  
Description Name of the proposal
Motivation of the proposal E.g. TN, NTN, ISAC, etc…
Applicable link direction DL/UL/both
Enhancement to CP-OFDM? No/Yes
Enhancement to DFT-s-OFDM? No/Yes
Additional OFDM-compatible waveform? No/Yes
Target channel(s)/signal(s) PDCCH/PDSCH/PUCCH/PUSCH/xxx
Target modulation
Motivation / use case Improved spectral efficiency, …
Key Metric / KPI Spectral efficiency, …
Key spec impact foreseen
MRSS compatibility Please explain
Multiplexing/coexistence with other waveforms Please explain
Multi-user multiplexing Please explain
MIMO compatibility Please explain

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Table: System level configuration for multi-layer UL CP-OFDM/DFT-s-OFDM study: 

 
Parameters Values
System configuration UMa, 21 cells, 10, 30 or 50 UEs/cell
    - Detailed parameters not listed in this table according to UMa as defined in AI 11.2
Traffic model FTP model 3,
    - 0.5 Mbyte packet sizes
    - Network load up to companies to report
Full buffer (optional, for calibration)
Carrier frequency 4 GHz
Channel bandwidth/Subcarrier spacing At least 100 MHz, 30KHz
Frame structure TDD (DDDSU), S-slot D:G:U as 10:2:2
UE antenna ports Same as link level
BS antenna ports Outdoor Combination 2 for UMa as agreed in 11.2
UE antenna model The UE handheld model as agreed in AI 11.2, companies to report the used model.
ISD 500 m
Maximum Number of layers (maxRank) per UE Adaptive rank, maxRank 2 or 4 SU-MIMO
Receiver Same as link level, port reduction mapping to be reported
Waveform and MIMO configuration Same as link level
Power class and power mode Same as link level
UL Maximum power MPR based Pcmax according to modulation/FDRA/waveform/coherency/etc.
    - Option 1: 38.101-1 section 6.2D definition
    - Option 2: Based on a realistic PA model
UL Power Control Settings P0 and Alpha to be reported by the company
SRS periodicity To be reported by the company
  Table: Link level multi-user evaluation assumption for UL low-PAPR proposals   
Parameters Values
User # 2 users
RB allocation X RBs per UE, with Y RB overlap. I.e. 2X-Y RBs as the total occupied BW
Per user configuration As in the single user sim assumptions agreed earlier.
Multi-user overlap RBs Reported by companies
Baseline scheme No spectrum extension/truncation.
(2X-Y)/2 RB as the occupied BW for each simulated UE.
Per UE MCS Chosen to align with the spectral efficiency
Receiver type The receiver type/algorithm to be reported by the proponent

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For both CP-OFDM and DFT-S-OFDM, for single user evaluation assumption for MCS and subcarriers UL low-PAPR proposals with tone reservation.

MCS Occupied BW:
#subcarriers
#reserved tones
(inband/sideband)
Ratio of reserve
NR MCS \(B\) \(A\) \(A/B\)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

R1-2601512 Session Notes of AI 10.2.1 Ad-Hoc Chair (NTT DOCOMO, INC.) Session notes are endorsed and incorporated the session notes below.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following UL low-PAPR proposals for DFT-s-OFDM are for further consideration:

  • Non-AI-ML-based
    • FDSS (R1-2601092, R1-2600751, R1-2600801, R1-2600823, R1-2600914, R1-2601156)
    • FDSS - spectrum extension (R1-2600027, R1-2601092, R1-2600823, R1-2600751, R1-2600914, R1-2601156, R1-2600261)
    • FDSS - spectrum truncation for \(\pi/2\) BPSK (R1-2601268, R1-2601212, R1-2601092, R1-2601156)
    • Tone Reservation (R1-2600261, R1-2600716, R1-2601268)
      • For \(\pi/2\) BPSK or other modulation orders
    • GMSK-Approximation based FDSS (R1-2600823)
    • 3-tap filter based FDSS (R1-2508684)
    • CFR-SE (R1-2600499)
    • Offset-QAM or \(\pi/2\)-PAM with FDSS-spectrum truncation (R1-2600909, R1-2600138, R1-2601268, R1-2600751)
    • Offset-QAM or \(\pi/2\)-PAM with FDSS-spectrum extension (R1-2600909, R1-2600138, R1-2600751, R1-2600823)
    • Interpolation-based modulation (R1-2600261)
    • AFDM based on DFT-s-OFDM (R1-2600999, R1-2601019)
  • AI-ML-based
    • AI/ML-based waveform (R1-2600499, R1-2600751)

Note: tdoc numbers described in each proposal provide information on the proposal for further consideration, and it does not mean these tdocs support the proposal.

Conclusion: Waveform (10.2.1)

Further clarifications on evaluations of UL low-PAPR proposals for DFT-s-OFDM:

  • In the evaluation assumptions, companies should disclose the necessary knowledge (e.g., filter coefficients, extention scheme, ...) of the waveform at the receiver to process if any.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL DFT-s-OFDM rank-2 transmission, only non-coherent precoder option is allowed. For the multi-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM studies, the NR reference should be evaluated assuming the Release 16 full power mode 1 to be enabled.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Extend the RAN1#123 endorsed table to characterize each (waveform) proposal as a potential RAN1 observation as follows to cover also impacts to transmitter and receiver processing operation:

Description Name of the proposal
Motivation of the proposal E.g. TN, NTN, ISAC, etc...
Applicable link direction DL/UL/both/
Enhancement to CP-OFDM? No/Yes
Enhancement to DFT-s-OFDM? No/Yes
Additional OFDM-compatible waveform? No/Yes
Target channel(s)/signal(s) PDCCH/PDSCH/PUCCH/PUSCH/xxx
Target modulation
Motivation / use case Improved spectral efficiency, ...
Key Metric / KPI Spectral efficiency, ...
Key spec impact foreseen
MRSS compatibility Please explain
Multiplexing/coexistence with other waveforms Please explain
Multi-user multiplexing Please explain
MIMO compatibility Please explain
Implementation/operation impacts on transmitter processing Please explain
Implementation/operation impacts on receiver processing Please explain

Conclusion: Waveform (10.2.1)

DFT-s-OFDM waveform including related enhancements for 6GR Downlink will be no further discussed as part of AI 10.2.1.

  • Note: for DL signal (e.g., SS, WUS, sensing), it may or may not be separately discussed in corresponding AI.

Conclusion: Waveform (10.2.1)

Studies on UL coverage improvements through low UL PAPR enhancement for DFT-s-OFDM are to be handled with high priority in AI 10.2.1.

Conclusion: Waveform (10.2.1)

Studies on DFT-s-OFDM for multi-rank UL MIMO are to be handled with high priority in AI 10.2.1.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 2-layer/2Tx UL DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM studies, following two cases are considered.

  • UE capable of only non-coherent precoder
    • For UL CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM rank-2 transmission, only non-coherent precoder option is allowed.
  • UE capable of fully-coherent precoder
    • For UL CP-OFDM rank-2 transmission, all NR precoder options are allowed.
    • For UL DFT-s-OFDM rank-2 transmission, only non-coherent precoder option is allowed.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Following metrics are used for LLS evaluation for multi-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM studies.

  • BLER curves (for a subset of NR MCS (covering whole range with spanning), HARQ re-transmissions disabled) for same transmission rank, for same resource allocation and same transmission power for DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM
    • Companies may derive Link-level throughput vs SNR based on BLER curves
  • Netgain
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Following metrics are used for SLS evaluations for multi-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM studies.

  • User perceived throughput (UPT), including:
    • High percentile (90%)
    • mean
    • median
    • cell edge (5 & 10-percentile)
  • Optional for full buffer traffic only: cell average throughput
  • Companies are encouraged to report the CDF of instantaneous UL TX power across all UEs
  • Companies are encouraged to report the statistics on the UL TX rank.
  • Companies are encouraged to report the statistics on the applied MCS.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

NR Rel-15 DFT-s-OFDM should be used as the baseline reference when evaluating the gains of UL low-PAPR proposals.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the evaluations of spectrum extension and spectrum truncation for UL low-PAPR solutions, the number of subcarriers A before extension / truncation is

  • Option 1: \(12 * 2^x * 3^y * 5^z\) subcarriers
  • Option 2: \(2^x * 3^y * 5^z\) subcarriers
  • FFS: whether the maximum value for A is needed Note: Companies are encouraged to investigate above options and bring inputs to RAN1#124bis. Note: the occupied bandwidth B is given in terms of number of RBs.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Prioritize the following cases in the RAN1 study on UL coverage improvements through low UL PAPR enhancement for DFT-s-OFDM, based on Table in 5.3.1 of R1-2603312:

FDSS [for π/2 BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM]

  • Opt1: Transparent filter
    • Filter defined through transmitter requirement such as spectrum flatness by RAN4
  • Opt2: non-transparent filter
    • Filter coefficients specified in RAN1
    • Note: This includes all the listed FDSS filtering variants

FDSS for [π/2 BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM] with spectral extension

  • For FDSS part,
    • Opt1: Transparent filter
      • Filter defined through transmitter requirement such as spectrum flatness by RAN4
    • Opt2: non-transparent filter
      • Filter coefficients specified in RAN1
      • Note: This includes all the listed variants of the spectrum extension

FDSS for π/2 BPSK with spectral truncation

  • For FDSS part,
    • Opt1: Transparent filter
      • Filter defined through transmitter requirement such as spectrum flatness by RAN4
    • Opt2: non-transparent filter
      • Filter coefficients specified in RAN1
      • Note: This includes all the listed variants of the spectrum truncation
  • Note: At least one variant of spectral extension, offset-QPSK with smaller DFT size can result in the same signal as the FDSS for π/2 BPSK-ST
  • Note: companies are encouraged to report whether transparent CFR is used or not

Conclusion: Waveform (10.2.1)

The study on the following listed proposals is noted. Further discussion on these is not planned under the waveform agenda item in RAN1 unless tasked by RAN at or after RAN#112.

Observations:

  • Max-rank = 2 for UL DFT-s-OFDM
  • Companies report negligible SNR loss from DFT-s-OFDM with larger number of aNB Rx antenna elements, such as at least 16 or 32. Link level loss with 4 layers has not been studied. A lower number of aNB antenna elements may result with SNR loss at the receiver
  • All companies acknowledge that when the UE is Tx power limited, there is a Tx power gain from DFT-s-OFDM, highest reported gain of around 2.5 dB.
  • The system level impact depends on scenario and scheduling strategy due to vastly differing probabilities for UE to be power limited and use rank=2, as well as the used traffic model and the assumed number of aNB Rx antenna elements. The reference setup to compare with varied and had also an impact to the findings, including also system loading, link adaptation, scheduling strategy, the used UE antenna model and the number of aNB Rx antenna elements.
  • Two companies reported cases with average system level throughput loss [R1-2601827, R1-2602177], of which one company indicated cell edge throughput loss [R1-2602177]. One company reported no average and cell-edge system level throughput gain [R1-2602254], while 6 companies reported cases with average system level throughput gains and/or cell edge throughput gains [R1-2602004, R1-2603056, R1-2602468, R1-2603008, R1-2603286, R1-2601921].
  • Codebook for multi-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM
    • The lower PAPR property of DFT-s-OFDM is diminished with coherent precoders due to mixing of two (or more) layers for each power amplifier.
    • RAN1#124 agreed to focus the DFT-s-OFDM studies to non-coherent CB only (with the exception of lower number of layers than Tx antennas) for 2Tx UE for waveform evaluation purposes.
    • Four companies report moderate system level gains for DFT-s-OFDM non-coherent codebook only relative to CP-OFDM non-coherent codebook [R1-2603056, R1-2602468, R1-2603008, R1-2603286], while two companies report system level loss for DFT-s-OFDM non-coherent codebook only relative to CP-OFDM non-coherent codebook [R1-2601827, R1-2602177].
    • One company reports system level gains also for DFT-s-OFDM with coherent codebook relative to CP-OFDM with coherent codebook [R1-2602468].
    • Six companies report system level gains for DFT-s-OFDM with non-coherent multi-layer codebook and coherent single-layer codebook relative to CP-OFDM with coherent single/multi-layer codebook [R1-2602426, R1-2602468, R1-2602004, R1-2603008, R1-2603286, R1-2601921], while one company reports no system level gain for DFT-s-OFDM with non-coherent multi-layer codebook and coherent single-layer codebook relative to CP-OFDM with coherent single/multi-layer codebook [R1-2602254].
  • Dynamic waveform switching
    • One company observes comparable system level performance for DWS among DFT-s-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer and CP-OFDM with both 1-layer and 2-layer compared to DWS among DFT-s-OFDM for only 1-layer and CP-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer for full buffer traffic only and observes gain for non-full buffer traffic [R1-2603286].
    • One company observes system level loss of DFT-s-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer compared to DFT-s-OFDM for only 1-layer and CP-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer with waveform switching [R1-2601827].
    • One company observes comparable system level performance for DWS among DFT-s-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer and CP-OFDM with both 1-layer and 2-layer compared to DWS among DFT-s-OFDM for only 1-layer and CP-OFDM for both 1- and 2-layer [R1-2602254].
    • One company observes system level performance loss of DFT-s-OFDM for 1-layer and DFT-s-OFDM/CP-OFDM for 2-layer compared to DFT-s-OFDM for only 1-layer and CP-OFDM for both 1-layer and 2-layer with waveform switching [R1-2602177].
    • Note: this observation is not intended to be captured as it is in TR.
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

Based on the net gain of π/2-BPSK with transparent FDSS over QPSK under certain conditions, π/2-BPSK with transparent FDSS can be useful for higher spectral efficiency than those allowed in Rel-15 5G NR, as Rel-20 5G-A supports this.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Following RAN1 report contents on waveform for communication to RAN are endorsed. Waveform for communication

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed RAN1 agreed to support CP-OFDM for DL and CP-OFDM/DFT-s-OFDM for UL as defined in 5G NR for 6GR.
RAN1 has prioritized the studies on “UL coverage improvement through low UL PAPR enhancement for DFT-s-OFDM” and “multi-rank UL-MIMO for DFT-s-OFDM”.
RAN1 agreed to support maximum rank = 2 for multi-rank UL-MIMO for DFT-s-OFDM.
RAN1 agreed to support semi-static and dynamic UL waveform switching
RAN1 agreed for low UL PAPR enhancement for DFT-s-OFDM that for pi/2 BPSK, Frequency Domain Spectrum Shaping (FDSS) with transparent filtering is beneficial to be supported, and liaised RAN4 accordingly.
RAN1 has captured interim observations on other PAPR enhancement techniques for UL DFT-s-OFDM
RAN1 noted the study on other waveforms, and RAN1 concluded that further discussion is not planned in waveform agenda item in RAN1 unless tasked by RAN.
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June On low UL PAPR enhancement for DFT-s-OFDM: Further work after June 2026 is required in order to draw definite conclusions on the benefits and potential RAN1 spec impacts of spectral extension/truncation techniques with transparent/non-transparent filtering, the benefits and potential RAN1 spec impacts of non-transparent filtering with no spectral extension/truncation techniques.
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June RAN1 plans not to pursue the study on other waveforms than CP-OFDM for DL and CP-OFDM/DFT-s-OFDM for UL in waveform agenda item in RAN1 unless tasked by RAN.
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS in R1-2605068 is endorsed in principle with following updates. Final LS in R1-2605069 is endorsed.

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

The contents in section 9 of R1-2603728 collects interim observations on the investigations different companies have provided to RAN1 during the study item prior to the June 2026 interim milestone. Further work after June 2026 is required in order to draw definite conclusions on the benefits of spectral extension/truncation techniques with transparent/non-transparent filtering and the benefits of non-transparent filtering with no spectral extension/truncation techniques.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Followings are used as comparison baseline for further study
    • Net gain compared with legacy pi/2 BPSK with Rel-15 5G NR transparent FDSS and legacy QPSK/16QAM without FDSS
    • target spectral efficiency points provided by Rel-15 5G NR MCS table for UL DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • Companies are encouraged to report PA model used in the evaluation and whether transparent CFR is applied to the baseline
  • Note: when enhancement technique applies transparent FDSS with ST, companies are encouraged to report at least the result using same transparent FDSS without ST when same modulation is used
  • FFS: Support for FDSS-SE and corresponding spectral efficiency range
  • FFS: Support for FDSS-ST and corresponding spectral efficiency range
  • FFS: transparent/non-transparent filtering
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • FDSS with transparent filtering is beneficial to be supported for π/2-BPSK from RAN1 perspective
    • FFS: QPSK, 16QAM
  • Draft LS to RAN4
    • FFS: contents e.g., “the exact filter requirements are up to RAN4 discussions.”
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM waveforms as defined in 5G NR are supported for 6GR for uplink
    • Enhancements/modifications on DFT-s-OFDM for uplink are not precluded as potential additions
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Max rank for multi-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM:
    • Max rank = 2
  • Codebook for two-layer UL DFT-s-OFDM:
    • For each precoder, each Tx port transmits at most one layer
    • Final decision is to be done in UL transmission agenda
  • Relation of UE’s support of MaxRank for DFT-s-OFDM and CP-OFDM in the uplink:
    • An UE supporting MaxRank = X (X=1 or 2) with DFT-s-OFDM supports at least the same MaxRank with CP-OFDM
  • Waveform Switching
    • Support semi-static (RRC configured) PUSCH waveform determination for all RRC states operation
      • FFS: details
    • Support Dynamic PUSCH waveform determination for RRC connected mode operation
      • FFS: details
  • Note: UE capability for above features can be discussed later once 6G UE capability framework is decided
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

CP-OFDM waveform as defined in 5G NR is supported for 6GR for downlink

Frame structure (11.3.2)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506603 FL summary for Frame Structure (round 2) Moderator (CMCC)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508138 FL summary for Frame Structure (5th round) Moderator (CMCC)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2509554 FL summary for Frame Structure (1st round) Moderator (CMCC)
RAN1#122 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion

  • Numerologies for sensing is up to sensing agenda discussion.
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • 6GR takes the following SCS as start point for discussion for all the signals/channels except PRACH.
  • For sub 6GHz
    • The following subcarrier spacing is at least supported
    • 15kHz SCS for FDD, 30kHz SCS for TDD
    • FFS: 30kHz SCS for FDD for around e.g., 1-2.5GHz
    • FFS: 7.5kHz SCS for sub1GHz (FDD)
    • Whether to discuss the FFS will be subject to RANP decision.
  • For around 7GHz
    • The following subcarrier spacing options can be studied
    • 30kHz, 60kHz
  • FFS: For around 15GHz
    • The following subcarrier spacing options can be studied
    • 30kHz, 60kHz, 120kHz
    • Whether to discuss it will be subject to RANP decision
  • For between 24.25GHz - 52.6GHz
    • Subcarrier spacing 120kHz is supported
    • FFS whether to allow using additional subcarrier spacing for SSB
  • FFS subcarrier spacing for PRACH and up to initial access discussion.
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • 6GR supports normal cyclic prefix, i.e., same as the normal CP defined in NR.
    • FFS potential need for other CP
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR study assumes same SCS between 6GR Sync signals and other channels/signals (except PRACH) for a given band.

  • FFS: same/different SCS between 6GR sync signal and other channels/signals (except PRACH) for FR2- 1.
  • Note: ISAC is separately discussed in ISAC session.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 assumes 400MHz maximum channel bandwidth at network side and 30kHz SCS around 7GHz
    • Study whether and how to enable UE to support 400MHz bandwidth
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For communication, 6GR considers NR frame structure used as a starting point for the study item,

  • Resource defined by one subcarrier and one symbol is called as resource element (RE).
  • Resource block (RB) is defined where the number of consecutive subcarriers per RB is the same for all numerologies and the number of subcarriers per RB is 12
  • Radio Frame length is 10ms
  • Each radio frame is split into 10 subframes, each with a duration of 1 ms
  • For given SCS and for given symbol, the symbol duration, normal CP length and boundary is same as NR design.
  • A slot is defined as supporting 14 consecutive symbols for normal CP case and all subcarrier spacings.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For how to enable UE to support 400MHz bandwidth when a network supports 400 MHz Channel Bandwidth (CBW), the following options 1/2/3/4/5 are considered from RAN1 understanding for studying

6G HOW NOTE: IMAGES ARE NOT SUPPORTED YET. CHECK THE NOTES.

  • Option 5: Variance of Option 3 by assuming single FFT and 2 RF chain.
  • FFS which aspects of the BB processor in option 3 and 4 should be separated/parallelled.
  • Note: DL and UL design options may be considered independently.
  • To provide potential specification impact of each option.
  • To provide investigations on performance/energy efficiency/cost/complexity for the above options.
  • Inform RAN4 about the above information.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2509578 is endorsed.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2509577 is endorsed in principle

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 assumes maximum channel bandwidth 800MHz or 400MHz at network side for FR2-1
    • 800MHz or 400MHz, to be down-selected in the future
  • FFS: 800MHz or 400MHz at UE side.
Channel coding (10.3.1, 11.4.1)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506611 FL summary#3 for control channel coding Moderator (Apple)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508012 FL summary#3 for 6G channel coding Moderator (ZTE, Apple)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601666 FL summary#4 for 6G channel coding Moderator (ZTE)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603411 — FL summary #4 for 6G channel coding — Moderator (ZTE)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2605018 — FL summary#5 for 6G channel coding — Moderator (ZTE)
RAN1#122 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Chairman Guidance For 6GR data channel coding,

  • Evaluations can be provided in form of BLER results.
  • Evaluation/analysis on throughput, complexity, and decoding latency can be provided
    • Other metrics are not precluded.
  • Proponent companies to provide their target scenarios and requirements, evaluation assumptions and methodologies for respective evaluation/analysis, e.g., decoding algorithm and details, information sizes, code rates, HARQ scheme, channel type, modulation order, target BLER, etc.
  • Proponent companies to provide details of channel coding extension compared with NR channel coding.
  • Proponent companies to provide justification for the channel coding extension, and how to satisfy 6G requirements and characteristics with acceptable performance/complexity trade-off, compared with data channel codes as defined in 5G NR.
RAN1#122 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Chairman Guidance For 6GR control channel coding,

  • Evaluations can be provided in form of BLER and FAR results.
  • Evaluations/analysis can be provided for complexity, decoding latency,
    • Other metrics are not precluded.
  • Proponent companies to provide evaluation assumptions and methodologies for respective evaluation.
  • Proponent companies to provide details of channel coding extension compared with NR channel coding
  • Proponent companies to provide justification for the channel coding extension, compared with control channel codes as defined in 5G NR.
RAN1#122bis Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study 6G data channel coding for higher throughput than 5G with acceptable performance-complexity tradeoff for both NW side and UE side,
    • Target peak data rate is assumed to be 2 times of the target peak data rate defined in TR38.913 Note: The other target throughput is up to company to report. Note: Applicability of the potential channel code will be further discussed.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6G channel coding, LDPC is used for data (including SIBs) and Polar code is used for L1 control information (larger than 11 bits, including PBCH)
  • For 6G LDPC
    • Working assumption: For data rate within NR range, reuse of NR LDPC design is supported
    • For data rate beyond NR range, study LDPC extension with acceptable performance-complexity tradeoff for both NW side and UE side
      • Note: Applicability of the potential LDPC extension to data rate within NR range will be further discussed
  • For 6G Polar code
    • Working assumption: For control information within NR range (larger than 11 bits), reuse of NR Polar code design is supported
    • For control information beyond NR range, study Polar code extension with acceptable performance-complexity tradeoff for both NW side and UE side
      • Note: Necessity for control information beyond NR range is to be further discussed
      • Polar code maximum mother code length is kept as 1024.
  • FFS: further motivation(s) for potential extension/enhancement until RAN1#123
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension for data rate beyond NR range with acceptable performance-complexity tradeoff,

  • To provide the initial version of LDPC BG(s) and PCM(s) in the excel spreadsheet by RAN1#124
  • To provide the required SNR and complexity for target BLER, and the evaluation assumptions of the decoding algorithm
    • The definition of complexity will be further discussed
  • FFS: other metrics
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Polar code design for UCI with payload size larger than NR range (i.e., larger than 1706 bits), at least the following option is identified for further study

  • More than 2 segments Note: The necessity of UCI payload size larger than NR range needs to be confirmed by other agenda(s)
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of channel coding for small UCI with payload size of 3~11bits, at least considering:
    • 5G RM code
  • Identify the justifiable drawbacks of 5G RM code, if exists, study potential solution(s).
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of BG(s) and PCM(s) for LDPC extension for data rate beyond NR range, at least the following evaluation assumptions will be considered.

Parameters Values or assumptions
Channel AWGN
Modulation and code rate Uniform QAM modulations and corresponding code rates (i.e., (8,682.5/1024), (8, 797/1024), (8, 885/1024), (8, 948/1024)) in NR MCS Table 5.1.3.1-4 as starting point. Other modulation order, if used, can be reported.
Interleaver Same as 5G NR.
Other interleaver scheme (intra-CB level), if used, can be reported.
Code block size (bits with CRC) CB size: same as 5G NR (8448 as baseline, other values less than 8448 can be reported).

CB size: other value(s) larger than 8448 and no larger than 8448*2, e.g.,16k.

Company to report the TBS.
Target CB BLER BLER=10^-2, 10^-4
Decoding algorithm of LDPC Layered BP or min-sum(offset, normalized or adjusted min-sum)
- Company to report the details of offset, normalized or adjusted min-sum decoding algorithm, if used.

Max number of iteration times: 5:1:20
- Other iteration times can be reported.

Decoding order: reversed order
- Other decoding order, if used, can be reported.
Demodulation algorithm Demodulation algorithm
Note: For any comparison among 5G BG and BG(s)/PCM(s) proposed by companies, the BLER performance is compared at least under the same CB size.
Note: all evaluation assumptions above are for simulation only and have no implication on the final design of BG(s)/PCM(s).
For candidate comparison, both performance and complexity should be considered.
The comparison of BLER performance is under the same computation complexity,
  • Computation complexity is defined as (the number of iteration times for required BLER) *(the number of ones in the lifted parity check matrix)/ (CB size)
RAN1#123 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion: No consensus on motivation(s) for potential extension/enhancement for Polar code design with payload size within NR range (larger than 11bits).

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, at least the following metrics are considered for the performance comparison among BG1 and \(BG(s)/PCM(s)\) proposed by companies

  • Computational complexity difference to achieve the same BLER performance as BG1 under the reference maximum number of iterations of BG1.
  • SNR performance difference with the same computation complexity as BG1 under the reference maximum number of iterations of BG1.
  • The reference maximum number of iterations is 5, 7, 10, 15 based on BG1.
  • Other values can be also reported by companies Note: Companies can report the average number of iterations difference to achieve the same performance as BG1 under the reference maximum number of iterations of BG1.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the maximum lifting size is not larger than 384

  • FFS: the exact value of the maximum lifting size
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the base graph of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the following is identified in RAN1#124 for further study:

  • The LDPC extension is quasi-cyclic LDPC codes, the parity check matrix of quasi-cyclic LDPC Codes is defined at least by a matrix \(H\) of size \((mb \times z) \times (nb \times z)\), which consists of sub-block matrices of size \(z \times z\), where each sub-block matrix is composed by circularly shifted matrices or zero matrices. Wherein, \(mb\), \(nb\) and \(z\) are integers larger than 1.
    • The values of \(mb\), \(nb\) and \(z\) are FFS.
  • The row weight of circularly shifted matrices is less than or equal to 2.
    • FFS: Whether row weight of all circularly shifted matrices is 1, or the row weight of some circularly shifted matrices is 1 and the row weight of some circularly shifted matrices is 2.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the following options of the maximum code block size are identified in RAN1#124 for further study

  • Option 1: 8448
  • Option 2: 8448 * 2
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For performance evaluation purposes, the corresponding evaluation assumptions for study the Polar code segmentation enhancement used for L1 uplink control information with payload size beyond NR range and larger than 1706 bits, following evaluation assumptions are considered.

Channel AWGN
Modulation QPSK
other modulation orders can be reported by companies
UL Code rate: 1/8, 1/6, 1/5, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, 2/3, 3/4
Information bit length (bits w/o CRC) \(A\): 1706 + S : S : X
\(E = \left\lceil \frac{A}{Q_m \cdot R} \right\rceil \cdot Q_m\)
Coded bit length
\(X\) is up to companies to report.
S: 16
Decoding algorithm for Polar code CRC-aided SCL decoding
Companies to report the list sizes either 8 or 16.
Target BLER of UCI payload \(10^{-2}, 10^{-3}\)

Note: 11 bits CRC per segment, rate matching, channel interleaver and code-block concatenation follow NR. Note: Companies to report other values that are used in their evaluations.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the following options of puncturing before rate matching are identified in RAN1#124 for further study

  • Option 1: no puncturing
  • Option 2: puncture 1 column
  • Option 3: puncture 2 columns
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the following options of the number of information columns in BG are identified in RAN1#124 for further study

  • Option 1: 22
  • Option 2: 44
  • Option 3: 33
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the mother code rate of approximately 2/3 is assumed for further study.

  • The above agreement is only applicable for study of the new BG.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, the maximum code block size of 8448 is assumed for further study with the following two options:

  • Option 1: 44 information columns in BG and a maximum lifting size of 192
  • Option 2: 22 information columns in BG and a maximum lifting size of 384

Note: Aim to decide between option 1 and option 2 during this week.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, for the maximum information block size of 8448 bits, the total number of ones in the lifted parity check matrix under mother code rate is no larger than N, where N is determined by the total number of ones in the lifted parity check matrix of BG1 under the code rate of X.

  • X is not lower than 1/2.
  • FFS: Value of X.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, for the study of new BG, assume the parity check matrix for encoder consists of five sub-matrices (A, B, C, D, E) for further study, wherein:

  • Sub-matrix A contains columns that correspond to information bits.
  • Sub-matrix C is a zero matrix.
  • Sub-matrix D: the number of columns of sub-matrix D equals to (the number of columns of Sub-matrix A) + (the number of columns of Sub-matrix B).
  • Sub-matrix B contains columns that correspond to core parity check bits.
  • For sub-matrix B, consider the following options for further study, and strive for down-selection in RAN1#125:
    • Option B1: A weight-3 column with corresponding shifting values of [0, X, 0] or [X, 0, X], followed by a dual-diagonal structure with corresponding shifting values of [0,0]
    • Option B2: At most 2 weight-3 columns and dual-diagonal structure(s) with comparable number of XOR and cyclic shift operations with Option B1, e.g.,
      • Option B2-1: Sub-matrix B has a weight-3 column with corresponding shifting values of [a, b, c], followed by a dual-diagonal structure
      • Option B2-2: Sub-matrix B can be decomposed into two sets: set 1 and set 2. Each set follows Option B1/Option B2-1, with additional pair-wise orthogonality across sets
  • For sub-matrix E, the following options are identified for further study, and strive for down-selection in RAN1#125:
    • Option E1: An identity matrix
    • Option E2: A lower triangular matrix
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of LDPC extension beyond NR range, for study of the new BG, consider a single edge BG with 44 information columns and a maximum lifting size of 192, with the following options identified for further study, and strive for down-selection among the options in RAN1#125:

  • Option 1: Row splitting, wherein one or more rows outside the core matrix (i.e., sub matrix A and sub matrix B) are split from at least some rows inside the core matrix, and the core column indices of the non-zero entries of the original row are a superset of those of the corresponding split row.
    • The core matrix contains Y1 rows, and all elements of Y2 rows in sub-matrix A are ones.
    • Y1 = 3 or 4
    • Y1 ≥ Y2 ≥ 1
    • Sub-option 1-1: With at least the first row in sub-matrix A included in the Y2 rows
    • Sub-option 1-2: The first row in sub-matrix A is not included in the Y2 rows.
    • No puncturing before rate matching
  • Option 2: The single edge BG with 44 information columns and a maximum lifting size of 192 can be convertible to a BG with 22 information columns and a maximum lifting size of 384. More specifically, each 2x2 submatrix at column 2j, 2j+1, and row 2k, 2k+1 of the BG can only take one of the following forms:
    • No puncturing or puncturing one or two columns before rate matching, wherein the puncturing (if any) is applied within the first two information columns and/or any core parity columns
  • Option 3: Quasi-row orthogonality in core matrix (i.e., sub matrix A and sub matrix B) and/or sub matrix D, i.e., in which except for certain columns, the row 2k, 2k+1 do not share non-zero entries in the same column in the sub-matrix A and/or sub-matrix D
    • No puncturing or puncturing one or two columns before rate matching, wherein the puncturing (if any) is applied within the first two information columns and/or any core parity columns
  • The options above are not mutually exclusive and can be combined.
  • Other options that have a single edge BG with 44 information columns and a maximum lifting size of 192 are not precluded.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of LDPC extension, to determine the application condition of new BG (i.e., BG3), if introduced, the following is considered for DL

    • For a UE configured with N CCs, the reference data rate for the UE is X=n=1NYn
      • where for n-th CC, the higher layer configured CC bandwidth is BWn, configured maximum number of layers is vn, and configured maximum modulation order is Qn, code rate R = 948/1024, and Yn=BWn∙vn∙Qn∙R, overhead
    • Alt1-1:
      • XThreshold= [14812] Mbps (e.g. 400 MHz, 4 layers, 1024QAM, 0.08 overhead)
      • YThreshold = [7406] Mbps (e.g., 200 MHz, 4 layers, 1024QAM, 0.08 overhead)
    • Alt1-2:
      • XThreshold = [6200] Mbps (e.g., 200 MHz, 4 layers, 1024QAM, 0.18 overhead)
      • YThreshold = [3100] Mbps (e.g., 100 MHz, 4 layers, 1024QAM, 0.18 overhead)
  • For n-th CC, the application condition of new BG, if introduced, consider the following direction

X ≤XThreshold X >XThreshold
Yn≤ YThreshold Case 1:
Alt2-1:BG1/BG2
Alt2-2: NW configured
BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3
Case 2:
Alt 3-1: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3
BG1/BG2/BG3 is configured on at least M CC(s) where M is at least 1, and the aggregated data rate (i.e. summation of Yn) on the remaining (N-M) CC(s) using BG1/BG2 is ≤ XThreshold.
Note: it is up to NW configuration on the selection of M CC(s)
Alt 3-2: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3 per CC
Alt 3-3: BG1/BG2/BG3
Yn> YThreshold Case 3:
Alt4-1: NW configured
BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3
Alt4-2: BG1/BG2/BG3
Case 4:
Alt5-1: BG1/BG2/BG3
Alt5-2: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3
  • Based on the above, focus on the following directions for discussion:
  • Direction A:

    • Alt 1-1,
    • Case 1: BG1/BG2
    • case 2, case 3: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3 per CC
    • Case 4: BG1/BG2/BG3
  • Direction B:

    • Alt 1-2,
    • Case 1/2/3/4: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3 per CC
    • FFS: whether apply configurability in spectrum around 7GHz, e.g., BG1/BG2/BG3
  • Direction C:

    • Alt 1-2
    • Case 1: NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3 per CC
    • Case 3:
      • NW configured BG1/BG2 or BG1/BG2/BG3 per CC for existing band
      • Alt 4-2 for spectrum around 7 GHz
    • Case 2: Alt 3-1
    • Case 4: BG1/BG2/BG3
  • FFS on BG selection criteria when BG1/BG2/BG3 is used on a CC

  • FFS: BG3 applicability for FR2 (single CC, multi-CC), FR1/(around 7 GHz) -FR2 aggregation
  • FFS: UE capability for BG3 (optional, mandatory, other details, etc.)
  • FFS: details on application condition of new BG for UL, if introduced
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

The evaluation result for potential LDPC extension beyond NR range are captured in R1-2605123.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of the new BG(s) and its corresponding PCM(s) for LDPC extension beyond NR range,
    • Assume option B1 as agreed in RAN1#124bis for sub-matrix B, i.e., - A weight-3 column with corresponding shifting values of [0, X, 0] or [X, 0, X], followed by a dual-diagonal structure with corresponding shifting values of [0,0]
    • Assume option 1 agreed in RAN1#124bis with modification as below: - Row splitting, wherein one or more rows outside the core matrix (i.e., sub matrix A and sub matrix B) are split from at least some rows inside the core matrix, and the core column indices of the non-zero entries of the original row are a superset of those of the corresponding split row, - The core matrix contains Y1 rows, and all elements of Y2 rows in sub-matrix A are ones. - Y1= 3 or 4 - Y1≥Y2≥1 - With at least the first row in sub-matrix A included in the Y2 rows - Quasi-row orthogonality in sub-matrix D, i.e., in which except for certain columns, the row 2k, 2k+1 do not share non-zero entries in the same column in the sub-matrix D - No puncturing before rate matching as starting point.
    • Note: The design of new BG considers performance and computational complexity benefits for all applicable modulation order (e.g. 256 QAM and above) and code rates no less than approximately 2/3 at iterations (5, 7,10, 15) compared to BG1
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

Report the following for interim RAN1 report on Coding check point.

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed RAN1 agreed for 6G channel coding, LDPC is used for data (including SIBs) and Polar code is used for L1 control information (larger than 11 bits, including PBCH).
RAN1 agreed for 6G data channel coding: 1) working assumption is that reuse of NR LDPC design is supported for data rate within NR range; 2) study LDPC extension for data rate beyond NR range. In addition, RAN1 studied and identified the structure and parameters of potential LDPC extension. The evaluation results of LDPC code extension beyond NR range have been captured in R1-2605123. RAN1 agreed on the framework of application condition of potential LDPC extension, if introduced.
RAN1 agreed for 6G control channel coding: 1) RAN1 working assumption is that for control information within NR range (larger than 11 bits), reuse of NR Polar code design is supported. RAN1 concluded there is no consensus on motivation(s) for potential extension/enhancement for Polar code design for payload size within NR range (larger than 11bits). 2) study Polar code extension for payload size beyond NR range based on the evaluation assumptions in RAN1#124. In addition, RAN1 agreed to study more than 2 segments for Polar code with UCI payload size larger than 1706 bits.
RAN1 agreed for 6G small UCI with 3~11 bits: 1) RAN1 agreed to at least consider 5G RM code for small UCI with payload size of 3~11 bits, identify the justifiable drawback of 5G RM code, if exists, study potential solution(s).
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June RAN1 plans to continue to study Polar code extension for payload size beyond NR range (larger than 11bits).
RAN1 plans to continue to identify the justifiable drawbacks of 5G RM code, if exists, study potential solution(s).
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June RAN1 plans not to pursue Polar code extension for payload size within NR range (larger than 11bits) after June.
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any RAN1 needs RAN guidance on if and how to proceed on the remaining study for LDPC code extension.
Modulation, Joint channel coding and modulation (10.3.2, 11.4.2)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506579 FL summary #2 on modulation, joint channel coding and modulation Modulator (Qualcomm Incorporated)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508089 FL summary #3 on modulation, joint channel coding and modulation Modulator (Qualcomm Incorporated)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR DL, 5G NR uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 256QAM and 1024QAM are supported as basis for study for data channel
    • FFS: Enhancements and other modulation schemes
  • For 6GR UL, 5G NR uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, and 256QAM are supported as basis for study for CP-OFDM for data channel
    • FFS: Enhancements and other modulation schemes
  • For 6GR UL, 5G NR pi/2 BPSK, uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, and 256QAM are supported as basis for study for DFT-s-OFDM for data channel
    • FFS: Enhancements and other modulation schemes
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR constellation shaping evaluation for DFT-s-OFDM, and improved MCS table, the proposed scheme will be compared with non-shaping with NR MCS table. In addition to what has been agreed for CP-OFDM in earlier agreement, the evaluation and comparison should further consider at least the following:

  • PAPR/CM of the resulting waveform
  • EVM, MPR/A-MPR
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR constellation shaping evaluation for CP-OFDM, and improved MCS table, the proposed scheme will be compared with non-shaping with NR MCS table. The evaluation and comparison should consider at least the following:

  • BLER performance under AWGN channel (at least for performance calibration)
    • 1st transmission (baseline) and with HARQ re-transmission
  • BLER performance under fading channel with fixed MCS
    • 1st transmission (baseline) and with HARQ re-transmission
  • Throughput performance with link adaptation (adaptive MCS and rank) under fading channel
    • Needs to provide assumptions on rate adaptation (e.g., target BLER for 1st transmission, maximum # of retransmissions)
  • Transmitter and receiver complexity (e.g., shaping/deshaping, demapper), latency, parallelism implementation, and storage requirements,
  • Other KPI not excluded, such as PAPR, EVM, MPR/A-MPR
  • Expected spec impact
  • FFS detailed assumption of constellation shaping and improved MCS table
  • System level evaluation can be done after link level evaluation.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR constellation shaping study, proponent is encouraged to provide details for the PS/GS schemes considered for evaluation and comparison, including at least the following

  • Probabilistic shaping for CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM
    • Use the list of spectrum efficiencies in NR MCS table as starting point, and provide constellation (including normalization), coding rate and target probabilistic distribution for each SE
      • If multiple coding rate and target probabilistic distribution pairs are provided for each SE, how to switch between them
    • Relationship between shaping and FEC, coded bits to modulation symbol mapping, and other modules (such as scrambling, interleaving), in transmit and receive chains. How to handle HARQ retransmission
      • PS algorithm details (for example, source coding based, channel coding based, etc) and parameters (such as block length, rate loss)
  • Geometric shaping for CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM
    • Use the list of spectrum efficiencies in NR MCS table as starting point, and provide target constellation shape (including normalization) (1D-NUC, 2D-NUC, QAM-CS, etc) for each SE
      • If multiple constellation shapes are provided for each SE, how to switch between them
    • GS mapping details, such as bit to constellation point mapping and shape
    • Relationship with other blocks (such as scrambling, interleaving). How to handle HARQ retransmission
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For link level simulation for modulation evaluation, companies are encouraged to evaluate with the following assumptions and should report the exact scheme evaluated.

  • channel configuration, including Channel profiles,Tx/RX antenna settings
  • For MIMO scenario: SU-MIMO or MU-MIMO, follow agenda item 11.2 for MIMO when available.
  • Precoder assumption
    • Close loop MIMO (reciprocal beamforming (e.g., SVD, SLR/RZF, etc.), codebook based)
      • Realistic CSI/SRS/AP-SRS periodicity and delay, and SRS chanEst assumptions,
      • or genie beamforming
    • Open loop MIMO
  • Receiver assumption (for MIMO): LMMSE (baseline) for UL, rML or LMMSE for DL
  • LLR demapper: Max-log (baseline) or Log-MAP
  • Channel estimation: Realistic (baseline) or ideal
  • Other assumptions: Channel coding NR-LDPC (baseline), PxSCH bandwidth, SCS, FD interleaver used or not, 5GNR BICM interleaver usage
  • Note: For MIMO, SIMO, MISO and SISO are included when possible
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of uniform 4096QAM for DL and uniform 1024QAM for UL, need to study performance (assuming realistic channel estimation, time/freq synchronization assumption, phase noise assumption, etc), complexity/power consumption, requirements, benefit/necessity under applicable scenarios, associated restrictions, and challenges (such as EVM requirement, PAPR increase, MPR or A-MPR increase under realistic PA model).

  • FFS: How to involve RAN4 early
  • FFS: Shaping of higher order modulation
  • System level evaluation can be done after link level evaluation.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For PS/GS fixed MCS performance reporting for 10% BLER (other target x% BLER can also be reported), adopt the following format for simulation as a starting point for result reporting.

NR reference Scheme A (e.g, PS, 1D-NUC, 2D-NUC etc)
SE (Mod order, coding rate) SE point specific parameters Baseline (uniform QAM) SNR to reach target BLER Gain/loss in dB wrt NR baseline at target BLER x%
SE x (modOrder, coding rate)
SE y (modOrder, coding rate)
SE z (modOrder, coding rate)
SE point independent assumptions Common assumptions for the scheme simulated, including channel type (AWGN, SISO, SIMO, MIMO) and antenna configuration, number of spatial layers, number of RB allocated, TB size, shaping algorithm used (including block length), freq domain interleaver applied or not, receiver assumption, precoding assumption, realistic channel estimation, etc

Note: For NR MCS reference, since NR has multiple MCS tables, it is not enough to provide the MCS index. Instead, need to provide the (modulation order, coding rate) pair for the simulated SE Note: For SE point specific parameters:

  • For GS, this can be a pointer to the constellation used for this SE point
  • For PS, this can be a constellation size, coding rate and shaping parameter used for this SE point Note: Other metrics (at least complexity) will be merged into the same table with other columns, if details of the metrics are agreeable. Note: For AMC study, if possible, we can use the same table format
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For DFT-s-OFDM, further study how/whether Net Gain over uniform QAM can be achieved by PS/GS.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

To evaluate the proposal to allow a single spectrum efficiency point to be supported by multiple MCS entries (with different modulation order and coding rate combinations with uniform QAM or with different shaping parameters, coding rate, and constellation size combinations for PS and different coding rate and constellation combinations for GS).

  • When providing results, to provide the following information
    • Details on the design of MCS table with overlapping MCS entries and expected size of MCS table, including performance comparison of designs with the same expected size of MCS table
    • Performance benefit under different channel and rank assumptions
      • As baseline, provide performance with legacy MCS table up to 256 QAM
        • Can additionally provide performance with legacy MCS table up to 1K QAM
      • For PS/GS, provide performance allowing each SE point to be mapped to one or more MCS entries
        • For PS/GS, provide performance allowing each SE point to be mapped to only one MCS entry (from the set of one or more MCS entries)
      • For uniform QAM, provide performance allowing each SE point to be mapped to one or more MCS entries
    • MCS selection mechanism across multiple MCS corresponding to the same spectrum efficiency.
      • If UE feedback is needed for gNB to select between multiple MCS entries corresponding to the same SE, provide details on what is to be fed back
  • FFS: How different MPR for different modulation order is captured in the simulation for uplink
  • FFS: How different EVM for different modulation order is captured in the simulation
  • For the purpose of this study, the same set of SE points as in legacy uniform QAM table will be used as starting point.
  • When reporting performance, also report other assumptions, including channel type (AWGN, SISO, SIMO, MIMO) and antenna configuration, number of spatial layers, number of RB allocated, TB size, shaping algorithm used (including block length), freq domain interleaver applied or not, receiver assumption, precoding assumption, realistic channel estimation, etc
  • To propose how to align shaping parameters or how to align coding rate for facilitating comparison.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On how to evaluate complexity, storage requirement, delay and parallelism/serialism for PS and GS compared with uniform QAM.

  • For PS
    • The demapper complexity is compared with uniform QAM demapper complexity
      • Can report the demapper complexity with PS and the demapper complexity of NR MCS with the same spectrum efficiency, and the ratio of the complexities
        • Also report the number of spatial layers, dm-algorithm used and the receiver type (e.g., LMMSE or rML), and fixed point assumed or floating point assumed.
    • The Distribution Matcher (DM)/Distribution De-Matcher (DDM) complexity and/or storage requirement as a function of the DM algorithm used (ESS, CCDM, etc), precision of fixed point implementation, block length, and the number of bit levels shaped per symbol
      • For complexity, can report the complexity normalized by the number of information bits
        • As a reference, can also report the computation complexity of LDPC decoding with 10 iterations.
      • For storage requirement, can report the overall storage needed for DM/DDM for supporting all MCS in the MCS table and all shaping related parameters
      • DM and DDM complexity and storage will be counted separately
    • The DM/DDM processing delay, parallelism/serialism, as a function of DM design and block length, and their impact to throughput
  • For GS,
    • The demapper complexity is compared with uniform QAM demapper complexity
      • Can report the ratio of GS demapper complexity over the uniform QAM demapper complexity
        • Also report if 1D-NUC or 2D-NUC is used, # of spatial layers, and the receiver type (e.g., LMMSE or rML)
      • Also need to report the assumption on complexity counting, e.g, fixed point assumed or floating point assumed
    • The storage requirement for storing all the constellations corresponding to the MCS indices in the MCS table, as a function of precision of constellation point storage
    • Processing delay and parallelism/serialism, if applicable, and their impact to throughput

Note: the complexity is represented by the numbers of comparison, addition/subtraction, and multiplication/division operations, normalized by the number of information bits. Note: For complexity as a function of SE point, will add a column in the already agreed performance reporting table. Note: For complexity/storage not as a function of SE point, will add a row in the already agreed performance reporting table. Note: Spec impact will be separately evaluated, include BICM, scrambling, etc

Note: For 4K uniform QAM DL and 1K uniform QAM UL link level performance study, the following format can be used for performance reporting.

(modOrder, coding rate*1024, SE) Assumed TX/RX EVM Channel 1
SNR to achieve target BLER
Channel 2
SNR to achieve target BLER
Channel 3
SNR to achieve target BLER
(10, 900.5, 8.7939) for DL evaluation
(8, 916.5, 7.1602) for UL evaluation
Legacy EVM for 1K QAM for DL and 256QAM for UL respectively
(10, 948, 9.2578) for DL evaluation
(8, 948, 7.4063) for UL evaluation
Legacy EVM for 1K QAM for DL and 256 QAM for UL respectively
SE1
SE2
SE3
Other parameters
  • For assumed TX/RX EVM, before we receive any concrete numbers from RAN4, companies can provide their assumptions. One example can be 6dB tighter than the EVM of 1K QAM for DL and 256QAM for UL.
  • Other parameters include: Channel estimation assumption (genie or realistic), channel configurations (AWGN, SISO, SIMO, MIMO and TX/RX antenna configurations, channel types, number of spatial layers,), assumed residual freq offset range, number of allocated RBs, etc
  • Two highest MCS points in DL 1K QAM and UL 256QAM in NR added in the table for comparison.
  • This is preliminary result and not intended for TR

Note: For high order uniform QAM for DL 4K QAM and UL 1K QAM, to provide the UPT with the high order QAM (DL 4K QAM and UL 1K QAM) over the UPT without the high order QAM under the assumed deployment scenario.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For PS/GS fixed MCS performance reporting for 10% BLER (other target x% BLER can also be reported), adopt the following format for simulation as a starting point for result reporting.

NR reference Scheme A (e.g, PS, 1D-NUC, 2D-NUC etc)
SE (Mod order, coding rate) SE point specific parameters Baseline (uniform QAM) SNR to reach target BLER Gain/loss in dB wrt NR baseline at target BLER x%
SE x (modOrder, coding rate)
SE y (modOrder, coding rate)
SE z (modOrder, coding rate)
SE point independent assumptions Common assumptions for the scheme simulated, including channel type (AWGN, SISO, SIMO, MIMO) and antenna configuration, number of spatial layers, number of RB allocated, TB size, shaping algorithm used (including block length), freq domain interleaver applied or not, receiver assumption, precoding assumption, realistic channel estimation, etc

Note: For NR MCS reference, since NR has multiple MCS tables, it is not enough to provide the MCS index. Instead, need to provide the (modulation order, coding rate) pair for the simulated SE Note: For SE point specific parameters:

  • For GS, this can be a pointer to the constellation used for this SE point
  • For PS, this can be a constellation size, coding rate and shaping parameter used for this SE point Note: Other metrics (at least complexity) will be merged into the same table with other columns, if details of the metrics are agreeable. Note: For AMC study, if possible, we can use the same table format
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For PS, potential impact to the TX/RX chain functionality blocks are identified as follows:

  • TX chain
    • (Modified) TBS calculation
    • (Modified) CB segmentation
    • (New) DM functionalities
      • Bit splitting: Split to shaped bits and unshaped bits
      • DM
      • Bit concatenation/multiplexing: Concatenate/multiplex DM output and unshaped bits
    • (Modified) Bit interleaver and Bit selection
    • (Modified) Scrambling: shaped bits should not be scrambled to keep the target distribution
    • (Modified) Modulation: Power normalization needed for shaped constellation
  • RX chain
    • (Modified) TBS calculation
    • (New) DM functionalities
      • Bit splitting: Split to shaped bits and unshaped bits
      • DDM
      • Bit concatenation/demultiplexing: Concatenate/demultiplex DDM output with unshaped bits
    • (Modified) Bit de-interleaver and Bit selection
    • (Modified) Descrambling:
    • (Modified) Demodulation: Prior probability used in demodulation
    • (Modified) CB concatenation

Companies are encouraged to provide design details for the modification needed for above functionalities. Companies are encouraged to explain the reason if a functionality block is not impacted.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Send LS to RAN4 to kindly provide the EVM and MPR values for DL 4K uniform QAM without shaping and UL 1K uniform QAM without shaping.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of introducing DL 4K uniform QAM and UL 1K uniform QAM, focus on the following use cases:

  • FWA deployed outdoor
  • FWA deployed indoor
  • FFS: In-door hot-spot.

For SLS of DL 4K uniform QAM and UL 1K uniform QAM for CPE under FWA scenarios, assume the following:

  • For layout
    • Dense Urban
    • UMA
  • FFS: Other SLS parameters
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Parameters affect the PS complexity/storage/latency and BLER and throughput performance trade-off are at least:

  • DM output length in unit of I/Q symbol,
  • /# of bits shaped per I/Q,
  • /# of shaping parameters
  • /# of DM blocks needed to support the target throughput of 6GR
  • DM algorithm and bit-width of variables in the DM algorithm
  • Impact of mismatch on the quantization bitwidth between DM and DDM.

Parameters affect the GS complexity/storage/latency and BLER and throughput performance trade-off are at least:

  • 1D-NUC or 2D-NUC
  • Constellations and # of constellations
  • Bitwidth for describing the constellation
  • Bits to constellation mapping

The values of these parameters used in evaluations shall be submitted together with performance results. Companies are encouraged to provide evaluations for different combination parameters to study different performance and complexity/storage/latency trade-offs to provide proper assessment including feasibility.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

R1-2601514 Session Notes of AI 10.3.2 Ad-Hoc Chair (Ericsson) Session notes are endorsed and incorporated the session notes below.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For GS, potential impact to the TX/RX chain functionality blocks compared to NR are identified as follows:

  • TX chain
    • Mapper
      • Bit to constellation symbol mapping
      • Modulation symbol generation
  • RX chain
    • Demodulation of received symbols
    • Demapper

Companies are encouraged to identify potential impact on TX, RX chains if both NUC and uniform QAM are supported. Companies are encouraged to provide design details for the modification needed for above functionalities. Companies are encouraged to explain the reason if a functionality block is not impacted.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The draft LS in R1-2601663 is endorsed. The final LS in R1-2601664 is endorsed.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For SLS study for DL 4K uniform QAM without shaping and UL 1K uniform QAM without shaping for CPE in FWA scenario, focus on the following subset of parameters for Dense Urban and Urban Macro:

  • Layout: Single layer
  • Frequency: Around 4GHz and/or Around 7GHz
  • BS antenna model: Outdoor Combination 2 for around 4GHz and Outdoor Combination 2 for around 7GHz
  • BS power: 44dBm/20MHz for around 4GHz, and 43dBm/20MHz for around 7GHz
  • O2I penetration loss: Option 2: 50% low loss, 50% high loss
  • Traffic model: FTP3
  • UE distribution and UE speed:
    • Profile 1 (mixed deployment): 80% Indoor CPE: (0, 0.3] km/h; 20% Outdoor rooftop mounted CPE: (0, 0.3]km/h.
    • Profile 3 (Outdoor mounted CPE only): Roof-top mounted, 100% outdoor (0,0.3] km/h
    • For outdoor rooftop mounted CPE, consider uniform distributed in 4-8 floors for building height.
  • UE antenna panel: Combination 3 Alt 1 for around 4GHz, combination 4 for around 7GHz
  • Tx configuration of UE antenna panel for UL 1024QAM
    • Companies to report antenna orientation
  • UE power class: 31dBm, 35dBm (Other values can be reported by companies)
  • Simulation BW: 100MHz, 20MHz
  • Maximum rank per CPE UE: 2, 4, 8 (optional)
  • Channel estimation: Realistic channel estimation
  • Assume MU-MIMO capability is available at gNB
  • MCS table including the additional MCS entries for DL 4K QAM and UL 1K QAM provided by company
  • Other parameter setting not precluded and company can report

For SLS result reporting, also include:

  • Rank distribution (for indoor CPE and outdoor LOS CPE and outdoor non-LOS CPE separately and jointly)
  • Rank distribution when 4KQAM DL and 1KQAM UL is selected.
  • Modulation order (MCS) distribution (for indoor CPE and outdoor LOS CPE and outdoor non-LOS CPE separately and jointly)
  • Note: RAN4 input is needed for the following parameters:
    • EVM assumption and modelling
    • MPR assumption
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the evaluation of PS/GS schemes under fading channel, companies are encouraged to provide evaluation results for the following:

  • SIMO 1x4: CDL-A 100ns, CDL-B 30ns, CDL-C 300ns, TDL-C 100ns
  • MIMO: Open loop for high speed UE with identity precoding, at least 200 Hz Doppler
  • MIMO: Closed loop precoding, Rank 4
  • MIMO 4x4 CDL-A 100ns, MIMO 4x4 CDL-B 30ns, MIMO 4x4 CDL-C 300ns,
  • MIMO 32x4 CDL-A 100ns, MIMO 32x4 CDL-B 30ns, MIMO 32x4 CDL-C 300ns

Observations: Modulation, Joint channel coding and modulation (10.3.2)

For GS schemes, at least the following are observed:

  • For 1D-NUC, if MMSE receiver is used, the demodulation/demapper complexity is [1 to 1.6] times that of uniform QAM assuming [6 to 10] quantization bit-width per I/Q for 1D-NUC.
    • Further observations will be worked on demodulation/demapper complexity of 1D-NUC with rML receiver
  • For 1D-NUC, if MMSE receiver is used, the demodulation/demapper complexity is [6.45] times that of uniform QAM assuming [14] quantization bit-width per I/Q for 1D-NUC.
    • Further observations will be worked on demodulation/demapper complexity of 1D-NUC with rML receiver
  • For 2D-NUC (except for QAM-CS), if MMSE receiver is used, the demodulation/demapper complexity is [20 to 947] times that of uniform QAM.
    • Further observations will be worked on demodulation/demapper complexity of QAM-CS based 2D-NUC
    • Further observations will be worked on demodulation/demapper complexity of 2D-NUC with rML receiver
  • For NP-NUC, the same demodulation/demapper as uniform QAM is used
  • Further observations are required to be provided for RAN plenary checkpoint to compare the complexity and storage requirements for GS with respect to uniform QAM
  • Further observations of linkage between performance gain/loss under agreed fading channels with the complexity/storage are required for RAN plenary checkpoint

Observations: Modulation, Joint channel coding and modulation (10.3.2)

For PS schemes, at least the following are observed:

  • For ESS based PS, the storage requirement increases approximately quadratically with increasing DM block length, the storage requirement increases exponentially with increasing number of shaped bits per I/Q symbol, and processing delay increases linearly with increasing DM block length
  • For CCDM based PS, the processing delay increases linearly as DM block length increases.
  • Further observations are required to be provided for RAN plenary checkpoint to compare the complexity and storage requirements of different DM algorithm/parameters for PS with respect to uniform QAM
  • Further observations of linkage between performance gain/loss under agreed fading channels with the complexity/storage are required for RAN plenary checkpoint
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least support 5G NR equal probability uniform QAM constellation for 6G:

  • For 6GR DL, 5G NR equal probability uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 256QAM and 1024QAM are supported for CP-OFDM for data channel
  • For 6GR UL, 5G NR equal probability uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, and 256QAM are supported for CP-OFDM for data channel
  • For 6GR UL, 5G NR pi/2 BPSK, equal probability uniform QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, and 256QAM are supported for DFT-s-OFDM for data channel
    • Note: Further enhancements for low PAPR are being discussed in waveform agenda, and will be decided there

Note: The support of equal probability uniform QAM does not have any implication to the study and potential inclusion of shaping based schemes and the study of waveform discussions. Note: Other equal probability uniform modulation schemes and modulation orders, including but not limited to DL 4kQAM and UL 1k QAM, can be separately discussed and can be additionally supported if justified. FFS: Impact on modulation if the waveform agenda item concludes on any waveform enhancements.

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

For interim RAN1 report on Modulation check point, the following changes are applied to R1-2605145:

  • For UL 1K QAM for FWA use cases, UPT performance is captured for some UL FWA UE in SLS
  • Enhancement of MCS table design
  • The updated interim RAN1 report on Modulation check point as following
What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed Agreed
RAN1 agreed to at least support 5G NR equal probability uniform QAM constellation for 6G
PS/GS: For PS, if any, down-selected to ECC-DM and ESS based DM with up to 2 shaped bits per I/Q symbol. For GS, if any, down-selected to 1D-NUC.
Discussed
For DL 4K QAM and UL 1K QAM, RAN1 discussed use cases, and defined SLS evaluation methodology. Multiple sources provided LLS and SLS evaluations.
For constellation shaping, both GS and PS are being considered, with different schemes and parameter choices for each design. The complexity and spec impact for both GS and PS are evaluated and compared.
Observed
For constellation shaping, the fixed SE performance is evaluated across different channels and corresponding observations captured
For constellation shaping, the complexity is evaluated and corresponding observations captured
For UL 1K QAM for FWA use cases, UPT performance is captured for some UL FWA UE in SLS
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June Enhancement of MCS table design
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June PS/GS: PS other than ECC-DM and ESS based DM with up to 2 shaped bits per I/Q symbol. GS other than 1D-NUC
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any RAN1 needs RAN guidance on if and how to proceed on the remaining study for UL 1K QAM, DL 4K QAM, and constellation shaping based enhancements for modulation
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Regarding the proposed geometric shaping or probabilistic shaping for modulation enhancements for 6GR:

    • If any enhancements for modulation based on geometric shaping or probabilistic shaping for 6GR is supported, it can be configured by network in addition to equal probability uniform QAM that is already supported for 6GR.
    • With respect to enhancements for modulation based on geometric shaping or probabilistic shaping, the status is captured under A, B, C as the following:
  • A) Regarding geometric shaping for 6GR, the following options have been considered: - Option 1: 1D-NUC - Option 2: 2D-NUC - Option 2-A: QAM-CS based 2D-NUC where the constellation points are selected from a larger uniform QAM constellation - Option 2-B: NP-NUC where the receiver assumes the constellation is uniform QAM - Option 2-C: Unconstrained constellation 2D-NUC

    • For further study of GS, if any, the following option is considered:
      • Option 1. 1D-NUC for modulation order Qm in the range of: Qm>=4
        • For quantization bit width Y per I/Q: Y<=[10] bits
        • Bit to symbol mapping for 1D-NUC: Gray mapping as in uniform QAM
    • Total number of NUC constellations is no larger than X for one MCS table
      • FFS: Value of X
    • If GS is further studied is a separate discussion
  • B) Regarding probabilistic shaping for 6GR, the following options have been considered:

    • Option1: ESS for PS DM
      • Option 1-A: No limitation on the number of shaped bits per I/Q symbol
      • Option 1-B: The number of shaped bits for each I or Q sample is no more than 2 bits
    • Option2: ECC-DM for PS DM, where the number of shaped bits for each I or Q sample is no more than 2 bits
    • Option3: CCDM for PS DM
      • Option 3-A: No limitation on the number of shaped bits per I/Q symbol
      • Option 3-B: The number of shaped bits for each I or Q sample is no more than 2 bits
    • Option4: Huffman coding-based shaping for PS DM
  • For further study of PS, if any, below options can be considered:
    • Option 1-B
    • Option 2
  • If PS is further studied is a separate discussion
  • For further study of PS schemes for 6GR, consider maximum DM/DDM block length of X I or Q samples
    • 64<=X<=256 for ESS based DM
    • X=1024 for ECC based DM
  • C) Regarding the proposed enhancements for modulation based on geometric shaping and probabilistic shaping for 6GR, none of the enhancements are needed.
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

  • Two sources [vivo, Ericsson] provided SLS evaluations for UL 1K QAM for FWA use case, assuming the EVM value range provided by RAN4 and without consideration of phase noise.
  • Some observations include:
    • One source assumes 31dBm TX power with 8T and MPR is 0 for all modulation orders
      • The source compared max rank 2 and max rank 4 and observed higher UPT gain with max rank 2
      • The source reports higher probability for higher rank scheduling than rank2 for the case of maximum RANK4
      • UMa Scenario
Carrier Traffic Load Max Rank 2 Max Rank 4
4 GHz Low +19.89% -5.22%
4 GHz Medium +14.12% -8.09%
4 GHz High +12.66% -1.32%
7 GHz Low +4.31% +2.99%
7 GHz Medium +7.65% -2.36%
7 GHz High +1.43% +3.91%
- Dense Urban Scenario
Carrier Traffic Load Max Rank 2 Max Rank 4
4 GHz Low +20.33% -1.88%
4 GHz Medium +18.87% -1.93%
4 GHz High +14.32% -1.62%
7 GHz Low +3.75% +3.50%
7 GHz Medium +1.00% -2.86%
7 GHz High +2.10% -4.94%
  • One source assumed 35dBm Tx power with 8 transmit antennas and MPR is 0, maximum RANK8 and observed:
    • UL 1K QAM is selected 30% and 10% for dense urban and urban macro respectively for outdoor UEs. In contrast, UL 1024-QAM is rarely used for indoor UEs;
    • When 1024-QAM is selected in Dense Urban and Urban Macro scenarios, more than 90% scheduling is RANK2;
    • The source observed the following UPT gain in the table for outdoor CPE UEs while the source does not report of UPT gain or loss for indoor UEs;
    • Dense Urban (UMi)
Metric RU = 20% RU = 50% RU = 70%
Mean UPT gain 5.85% 7.26% 15.45%
Cell-edge (5%-tile) UPT gain 13.51% 8.40% 22.48%
Median (50%-tile) UPT gain 11.33% 9.16% 17.14%
High percentile (95%-tile) UPT gain 2.57% 1.05% 11.19%
- Urban Macro (UMa)
Metric RU = 20% RU = 50% RU = 70%
Mean UPT gain 1.84% 2.63% 0.75%
Cell-edge (5%-tile) UPT gain 3.50% 9.17% 0.89%
Median (50%-tile) UPT gain 2.15% 1.92% 1.14%
High percentile (95%-tile) UPT gain 0.65% 1.97% -0.75%
  • Notes: UE TX power of 31dBm and 35dBm are RAN1 simulation assumption.
  • Note: For observation of future evaluation, RAN4 reply LS R1-2603489 should be taken into account.
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

  • Note: Any potential erroneous information can be corrected if needed.

  • Note: Any potential erroneous information can be corrected if needed.

  • Remaining observations are separately endorsed.

Note: The evaluation results submitted by companies for performance and complexity are captured in R1-2605080 and R1-2605081.

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

  • Additional observations from the system level perspective for probabilistic shaping:
  • If probabilistic shaping is supported in addition to 5G NR uniform QAM, that different design choices as listed below may be considered in addition to those for uniform QAM.

    • HARQ support
      • PS is applied for RV0 and/or initial transmission only, and not applied for RV1, RV2 and RV3 for IR-HARQ.
      • Use CC-HARQ
    • TB repetition when RV cycling is applicable.
  • If probabilistic shaping is supported in addition to 5G NR uniform QAM, some companies observed that different design choices listed below may be considered in addition to those for uniform QAM. - CSI enhancement for shaped constellation - MU MIMO with enhanced receiver: indication of co-scheduled MIMO modulation order/shaping information - MIMO codeword to layer mapping: some spatial layers use shaped modulation and other layers use uniform QAM

    • Some companies did not agree with the observations above. Some companies considered these design choices as enhancements.
  • For probabilistic shaping based on ESS, the specification of the algorithm is needed to provide:

    • storage quantization bit width and finite-precision arithmetic operations
  • For probabilistic shaping based on ESS, some companies observed that the specification of the algorithm for Computational quantization bit width is needed. Some companies observed that Computational quantization bit width is not needed to be specified.
  • Note: Additional observations from the system level perspective for geometric shaping, if any, is a separate discussion.
Energy efficiency (10.4, 11.5)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506601 Intermediate Summary of 6GR Energy Efficiency Study
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508186 Summary #7 of 6GR Energy Efficiency Study Moderators (Ericsson, MediaTek)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2509593 Summary #9 of 6GR Energy Efficiency Study Modearators (Ericsson, MediaTek)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601687 Summary #5 of Energy Efficiency Study Moderators (Ericsson, MediaTek)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study metric(s) for UE energy efficiency. Study metric(s) for BS energy efficiency.

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study how/whether to reuse or update the power model in TR 38.864 for evaluating BS power consumption for 6G BS.

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study how to reuse and update reference configurations in TR 38.864 for 6G BS.

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study baseline BS setting(s) for evaluating 6G BS EE improvement/impact, considering NR features and 6G BS reference configuration(s) Study baseline UE setting(s) for evaluating 6G UE EE improvement/impact, considering NR features and 6G UE reference configuration(s)Agreement

RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study reference configurations and power consumption model for 6G UE, considering but not restricted to the following:

  • TR 38.840 (UEPS), TR38.875 (RedCap), TR38.865 (eRedCap), and TR38.869 (LP-WUS/WUR) for reference configurations
  • TR 38.840 (UEPS), TR38.875 (RedCap), and TR38.869 (LP-WUS/WUR) for power consumption models
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation purposes, study extending NR UE power consumption model for UE operation with DL WUS of OFDM-based sequence, regarding the following aspects:

  • Power state(s), sleep and non-sleep, and corresponding characteristics and power value(s)
  • Transition energy and time for each of sleep state(s)
  • Companies to report the assumption(s) for achieving the proposed power value(s), e.g., time/frequency domain detection, noise figure assumption(s), synchronization assumption(s), BW/antenna assumption(s), etc.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate on-demand and/or periodic SIB-1 transmission with respect to

  • NW energy savings potential and UE power consumption impact,
  • SIB-1 acquisition delay,
  • NW and UE complexity,
  • Coverage,
  • Applicable deployment scenarios, e.g.,:
    • Standalone cell/carrier,
    • Multiple TRPs/cells/carriers.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least the following NR metrics,

  • Network energy saving gain relative to baseline for BS
  • UE energy saving gain relative to baseline for UE
  • Impact to UPT (User-Perceived Throughput), if applicable, as well as the metrics
  • Impact to latency, if applicable
  • Impact to QoS/delay budget satisfaction rate, if applicable are used for 6G energy efficiency evaluation.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Apply the following evaluation methodology framework for Quantitative analysis,

  • For NW unloaded/empty load case or UE idle/inactive mode:
    • For energy saving: analytical calculation
    • For performance impact: analytical calculation, LLS
  • For loaded cases and connected-mode UEs
    • For energy saving: SLS
    • For performance impact: LLS, SLS
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR energy efficiency evaluation purposes, reuse the existing UE power consumption model FR1 and FR2 reference configurations in TR 38.840 for operation up to around 7GHz and within 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz, respectively.

  • Scaling rules can be updated, including additional rule(s) for scaling UE power consumption, and including around 7GHz specific update
    • FFS: details.
  • Power value and transition time update, if necessary, including around 7GHz specific update
  • No implication on supported BW, SCS, modulation and antenna setting for 6GR
  • Revisit if SCS for around 7GHz is different with respect to the reference configuration
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation purposes, expand the existing BS power model reference configuration with a set for ~7 GHz operation with the following parameters:

Property Configuration for Set 4 around 7 GHz
Duplex TDD
BW [100, 200, 400] MHz
SCS [30 kHz, 60 kHz]
Number of TRP 1
Total number of DL TX RUs [128, 256]
Total DL power level [56] dBm
Total number of UL Rx RUs [128, 256]

Note: Bracketed values to be confirmed. Other values are not precluded. The above configuration has no implication on supported BW, SCS for 6GR.

RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study whether/how to further update the BS model considering the following aspects, e.g.,

  • Whether to downselect between Cat.1 and Cat.2,
  • Updates of parameter values (including defining a new Cat),
  • Updates of power scaling, power states (including additional PSs)
  • Etc. Note: The defined BS power models does not preclude use case-specific enhancements regarding, e.g., multi-TRP, SBFD, multi-carrier etc
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate NW energy savings and the impact on UE performance and user experience with respect to 20ms and longer periodicities of sync signal(s) at least for initial access with the following consideration, but not limited to: BS assumptions:

  • Cell-common signaling (e.g., sync signal(s), broadcast PDCCH, SIB-1, SIB, paging, PRACH), e.g.,
    • Clustered provisioning of different cell-common signaling,
    • On-demand provisioning of different cell-common signaling,
  • UE-specific signaling (for low, light, medium loads), e.g.,

    • Clustered provisioning with cell-common signaling,
    • Unclustered provisioning with cell-common signaling, UE impact:
  • Cell search complexity and latency, including frequency search latency,

  • UE Power consumption,
  • Sync signal detection, coverage and tracking performance,
  • RRM, mobility,
  • Beam management,
  • Other properties are not precluded,
  • Improvements to address identified impact, e.g.,
    • Additional sync signal needs,
    • Adaptation of sync signal transmission periodicity,
    • Sparser synch raster.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate multi-carrier/cells/TRPs mechanisms for 6GR NES, considering, e.g.,:

  • Sync signal-less carriers/cells/TRPs for at least intra-band and collocated inter-band multi-carrier/cell/TRPs, including potential extensions to additional deployments and scenarios,
  • RRC states,
  • UE energy consumption and complexity,
  • Other mechanisms/aspects/signals/channels are not precluded.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate on-demand sync signal(s) mechanisms for 6GR energy efficiency, considering, e.g.,:

  • On-demand sync signal(s) for single cell/carrier, multi-carrier/cell, multi-TRP,
  • Network-triggered and UE-triggered on-demand sync signal(s),
  • Idle and/or connected modes,
  • Other mechanisms/aspects/signals/channels are not precluded.
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate DL WUS of OFDM based sequence and corresponding mechanisms for 6GR EE improvement, regarding at least the following aspects:

  • Coverage target for DL WUS (e.g., same as PDCCH, common sync signal, or other)
  • Measurements and/or synchronization.
  • System overhead and network energy consumption/UE energy saving for UE operation with the DL WUS.
  • RRC states
  • Other functionalities
RAN1#122bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation purposes, study extending NR UE power consumption scaling w.r.t. at least BW and/or antenna setting, considering at least the different characteristics in RF/BB power consumption and static/dynamic power consumption.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation purposes and relative comparison over different candidate energy saving schemes for 6GR, define the following baseline power saving configurations for UE for evaluation purpose for FR1 (including around 7GHz):

  • 5G NR I-DRX (1.28s cycle) for idle mode
    • Group paging rate (for a PO): TBD
  • 5G NR C-DRX settings of (cycle, on-duration timer, inactivity timer) are assumed for the following 6GR traffic models for connected mode:
    • VoIP: (40 ms, 8 ms, 10 ms)
    • FTP3: (160 ms, 8 ms, 100 ms)
    • Instant message: (320 ms, 8 ms, 100 ms)
    • XR: (16 ms, 10 ms, 4 ms)
  • Companies can evaluate and report other traffic(s) and/or configuration(s) with justification Note: The corresponding evaluation is not intended for energy efficiency comparison with 5G/NR.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GHOW NOTE: SOME FORMULAS IN THESE AGREEMENT IS INCORRECT. NEEDS TO BE FIXED.

For the UE power model, assume:

  • \(\Gamma_B\): The ratio of active bandwidth to the bandwidth of reference configuration (\(B_{ref}\))
  • \(\Gamma_{Tput}\): The ratio of the maximum schedulable PDSCH throughput w.r.t. that of current active bandwidth,
    • FFS: How the maximum schedulable PDSCH throughput ratio \(\Gamma_{Tput}\) is ensured by NW
    • Companies to report the assumed technique to achieve the reduction in the maximum schedulable PDSCH throughput. Current techniques include at least: reduced scheduled maximum bandwidth, reduced scheduled maximum rank, and reduced scheduled duty cycle.
    • No antenna adaptation is assumed simultaneously
  • For evaluation purpose,
    • Company to report \(d\) value for the evaluation
  • \(D > d\) is another relaxed adaptation delay. Company to report \(D\) value for the evaluation.
  • The adaptation delay is applied when adapting \(\Gamma_B\) and/or \(\Gamma_{Tput}\)
  • Companies to report \(S_{offset}\) from one of the two options:
    • Option 1: \(S_{offset} = 0 / Z_1 / Z_2\) for Maximum BW (MaxBW) assumed for the evaluation \(\in {100 \text{ MHz}, 200 \text{ MHz}, 400 \text{ MHz}}\)
    • Option 2: \(S_{offset} = 0\)
  • Note: No implication on which configuration(s) and what adaptation(s) to be supported by 6GR

Include the following scaling for DL bandwidth adaptation for 6GR UE power consumption model:

  • For PDCCH+PDSCH:
\(\Gamma_B\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}\) Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(d\) is assumed Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(D\) is assumed
5% 1 X01 X11 + \(S_{offset}\)
20% 1 X02 X12 + \(S_{offset}\)
100% {1, 1/2} 1 1 + \(S_{offset}\)
200% {1, 1/2} {X03, Y03} {X13, Y13} + \(S_{offset}\)
400% {1, 1/2, 1/4} {X04, Y04, Z04}
  • For PDCCH-only:
\(\Gamma_B\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}\) Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(d\) is assumed Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(D\) is assumed
5% 1 X21 X31 + \(S_{offset}\)
20% 1 X22 X32 + \(S_{offset}\)
100% 1 1 1 + \(S_{offset}\)
200% {1, 1/2} {X23, Y23} {X33, Y33} + \(S_{offset}\)
400% {1, 1/2, 1/4} {X24, Y24, Z24}
  • Other DL signal/channel processing:
\(\Gamma_B\) Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(d\) is assumed Scaling factor when adaptation delay \(D\) is assumed
5% X41 X51 + \(S_{offset}\)
20% X42 X52 + \(S_{offset}\)
100% 1 1 + \(S_{offset}\)
200% X43 X53 + \(S_{offset}\)
400% X44
  • Not applicable to sleep states and EE processing state
  • Further consolidate the table for cases of a same scaling factor
  • FFS: Scaling factor for other value(s) of \(\Gamma_{Tput}\)

  • For UL bandwidth adaptation,

    • No scaling for FR1 and around 7GHz
    • In case scaling is needed for FR2 (including 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz), companies can report the assumed scaling factor
  • Note: The term “bandwidth” used here is reusing the definition as 5GNR, which will be updated according to 6GR discussion
  • Note: All columns and rows of the above tables will be further checked, and corresponding values will be checked and confirmed/extended.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include the following non-sleep states as 6G UE power consumption model.

  • Other power state(s) is not precluded
  • FFS: Configuration and relative power value(s) for EE processing in FR2 (including 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz)
  • Note: Pending agreement in 11.2 whether to evaluate 15 GHz
Power State Characteristics Relative Power in FR1 (including around 7GHz) Relative Power in FR2(including 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz)
EE Processing Processing DL WUS of OFDM-based sequence(s) for at least wake-up indication and, if applicable, other 6GR signal(s) of OFDM-based sequence(s) for synchronization and/or measurement, in an energy efficient manner, based on the following configuration:
FR1 (including around 7GHz)
• 5 MHz BW, 1-RX / 2-RX for reception; FFS: Power values for 2-RX, i.e., X1, X2, X3
• Residue CFO up to [5] ppm and residue timing offset up to [2] us
• Noise Figure (NF) = 6GR UE NF
• Reception time up to one slot
    o Note: Whether/how to scale power values for different reception time setting within one slot to be further discussed/decided
FR2 (including 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz)
• FFS
Note: No implication on which configuration(s) to be supported by 6GR

EE-processing can only be performed during a sleep state with additional relative power value added w.r.t. the sleep state and without triggering UE transition out of the sleep state.

Additional energy overhead [15], in unit of (relative power x ms), is included for each time entering or leaving EE processing during ultra-deep/deep sleep. Ramp-up or ramp-down time for EE processing is [2] ms.
10 / X1 (during micro sleep)

12 / X2 (during light sleep)

15 / X3 (during other sleep)
FFS
PDCCH-only No PDSCH and same-slot scheduling; this includes time for PDCCH decoding and any micro-sleep within the slot. 100 175
SSB or
CSI-RS proc.
SSB can be used for fine time-frequency sync. and RSRP measurement of the serving/camping cell. TRS is the considered CSI-RS for sync. FFS the power scaling for processing other configurations of CSI-RS. 100 175
PDCCH + PDSCH PDCCH + PDSCH. ACK/NACK in long PUCCH is modeled by UL power state. 300 350
UL Long PUCCH or PUSCH or PRACH

FFS: Power values for more Tx power levels, i.e., X4, X5, X6, X7
250 (0 dBm)
X4 (10 dBm)
X5 (15 dBm)
X6 (20 dBm)
700 (23 dBm)
X7 (26 dBm)
350
(FFS Tx power level)
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Add the following as one of reference configurations for BS power consumption

Set 4 around 7** GHz
Duplex TDD
System BW 400 MHz
SCS 30 kHz
Number of TRP 1
Total number of DL TX Rus 256
Total DL power level [62] dBm
Total number of UL Rx Rus 256

**Pending agreement in 11.2 whether to evaluate 15 GHz.

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Total DL power level for Set 4 is 56 dBm. The following relative power levels applies to Set 4 for a CAT 1 BS and a CAT 2 BS:

Power state Set 4
CAT 1 BS
CAT 2 BS
Deep sleep 1 1
Light sleep 31 3.1
Micro sleep 85 7.3
Active DL 530 67
Active UL 175 10
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include the following sleep states for 6G UE power consumption model. Note: Ultra Deep Sleep is not intended for connected mode

Power State Characteristics Relative Power
Ultra Deep Sleep Time interval for the sleep should be larger than the total transition time entering and leaving this state. Accurate timing or frequency may not always be maintained. 0.05 + Y*
Deep Sleep Time interval for the sleep should be larger than the total transition time entering and leaving this state. Accurate timing may not always be maintained. 1 + Y*
(Optional: 1)
Light Sleep Time interval for the sleep should be larger than the total transition time entering and leaving this state. 20
Micro sleep Immediate transition is assumed for power saving study purpose from or to a non-sleep state 45
  • Y value equals to 0.1, if EE processing is assumed for the evaluation; zero, otherwise.
Sleep type Additional transition energy:
(Relative power x ms)
Total transition time**
Ultra deep sleep [40000] [1600] ms***
Deep sleep 450 20 ms***
Light sleep 100 6 ms
Micro sleep 0 0 ms*
  • Immediate transition is assumed for power saving study purpose from or to a non-sleep state ** Ramp-up time is no less than half of the total transition time *** Time for sync/re-sync is not included
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

IF a BS model CAT 2.1 (2-plus) is introduced, it has the following transition energy characteristics for Set 1-3. FFS: Set 4:

Transition Time (Deep Sleep) Transition Time (Light Sleep) Additional Transition Energy (Deep Sleep) Additional Transition Energy (Light Sleep)
2 s 100 ms 3400 170
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For NES evaluation purposes and relative comparison of different candidate energy saving schemes for 6GR, define the following baseline network configurations

  • SSB with 20 ms periodicity, at least for single cell
  • SIB1, if available, company to report assumed periodicity from {20 ms, 160 ms}
  • RO, if available, with 10/20 ms periodicity Furthermore, to assist comparisons

  • Companies to report \(s_{tx}\), \(s_{rx}\) and \(s_{f}\) values for BS processing of the above signal(s)/channel(s)

  • Companies to report the average network load in %
  • Companies can evaluate and report other configuration(s) with justification Note: The corresponding evaluation is not intended for energy efficiency comparison with 5G/NR.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following transition times are adopted for BS models CAT1 and CAT2, if supported, for BS reference configuration Set 4:

Power state BS Category 1, Set 4 BS Category 2, Set 4
Deep sleep 50 ms 10 s
Light sleep 6 ms 640 ms

FFS: whether delta value is needed due to larger number of TXRU

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following relative transition energies are adopted for BS models CAT1 and CAT2, if supported, for BS reference configuration Set 4:

Power state BS Category 1, Set 4 BS Category 2, Set 4
Deep sleep 1075 31500
Light sleep 163 1344

FFS: whether delta value is needed due to larger number of TXRU

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include the following UL long PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH power values in the UE power model: Note: UE reference configuration is 1TX chain

TX Power Relative Power
0 dBm 250 (agreed; reference only)
10 dBm (X4) 340
15 dBm (X5) 410
20 dBm (X6) 560
23 dBm 700 (agreed; reference only)
26 dBm (X7) 1100
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following cross-slot scheduling scaling for evaluation for 6GR UE power consumption model:

Scaling Comment
PDCCH-only Power of cross-slot scheduling is 0.7x same-slot scheduling Applicable for FR1 (including around 7GHz) and FR2 (including 24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz).
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include the following DL antenna scaling factors in 6GR UE power consumption model: Note: Applicable for FR1 (including around 7GHz) and FR2 (including 24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz), where, for FR2, number of DL antenna assumed is up to [4] FFS: Scaling for 8Rx

UE Rx Antenna Configuration Scaling
6Rx \(1.4 \times 4Rx\)
4Rx 1.0
2Rx \(0.7 \times 4Rx\)
1Rx \(0.7 \times 2Rx\)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to further define reference configuration for UEs with 20MHz or smaller bandwidth.

  • FFS: Same scaling rules (without SMaxBW) are applied to both reference configurations.
  • FFS: Reuse/extend the reference configuration and power values from NR TR 38.875
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Update PDCCH+PDSCH bandwidth scaling table in the 6GR UE power model with the following values

  • Subject to adaptation delay \(= T_{min}\) no larger than NR BWP switch delay (Type 2)
    • \(S_{MaxBW}\) can be zero, or the other option: 0.15 and 0.5 for \(MaxBW=200\%\) and 400%, respectively. Company to report which option is assumed in their evaluation.
\(\Gamma_B\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}=1\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}=1/2\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}=1/4\)
\(\le 25\%\) \(0.40 + S_{MaxBW}\)
100% \(1.00 + S_{MaxBW}\)
200% \(2.10 + S_{MaxBW}\) \(1.50 + S_{MaxBW}\)
400% 4.60 3.20 2.40
  • If adaptation delay \([5ms] \le T \le [10 \text{ ms}]\) is allowed, scaling factor for \(\Gamma_B \le 25\%\) can be 0.4 or the other option: 0.3. Company to report which option is assumed in their evaluation.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Update PDCCH-only bandwidth scaling table in the 6GR UE power model with the following values:

  • Subject to adaptation delay \(= T_{min}\), no larger than NR BWP switch delay (Type 2)
    • \(S_{MaxBW}\) can be zero, or the other option: 0.3 and 1.0 for \(MaxBW=200\%\) and 400%, respectively. Company to report which option assumed in their evaluation.
\(\Gamma_B\) \(\Gamma_{Tput}=1\) \(\Gamma_{Tput} \le 1/2\)
\(\le 25\%\) \(0.80 + S_{MaxBW}\)
100% \(1.00 + S_{MaxBW}\)
200% \(1.60 + S_{MaxBW}\) \(1.30 + S_{MaxBW}\)
400% 3.20 2.40
  • If adaptation delay \([5ms] \le T \le [10 \text{ ms}]\) is allowed, scaling factor for \(\Gamma_B \le 25\%\) can be 0.8 or the other option: 0.6. Company to report which option is assumed in their evaluation.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include the following bandwidth scaling table for micro sleep in the 6GR UE power model:

  • Subject to adaptation delay \(= T_{min}\), no larger than NR BWP switch delay (Type 2)
    • \(S_{MaxBW}\) can be zero, or the other option: 0.3 and 1.0 for \(MaxBW=200\%\) and 400%, respectively. Company to report which option assumed in their evaluation.
\(\Gamma_B\) Scaling factor
\(\le 25\%\) \(0.80 + S_{MaxBW}\)
100% \(1.00 + S_{MaxBW}\)
200% \(1.60 + S_{MaxBW}\)
400% 3.20
  • If adaptation delay \([5ms] \le T \le [10 \text{ ms}]\) is allowed, scaling factor for \(\Gamma_B \le 25\%\) can be 0.8 or the other option: 0.6. Company to report which option is assumed in their evaluation.

The following scaling w.r.t. DL antenna number is also applied to micro sleep:

#RX antenna Scaling factor
#RX=1 0.6
#RX=2 0.7
#RX=4 1.0
#RX=6 1.4

FFS: Whether the above scaling rules is applicable to light sleep

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For EE Processing 2-RX in FR1, adopt the following values:

Sleep State 2-RX 1-RX (agreed; reference only)
Micro sleep (X1) 14 10
Light sleep (X2) 17 12
Deep/Ultra-deep (X3) 21 15

If EE processing reception time is X symbols within a slot, the power value is scaled by \((X/14)\).

  • FFS: whether to scale additional energy overhead
  • FFS: Values for 10MHz BW
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

BS model CAT 2.1 is introduced. All BS models CAT 1, CAT 2 and CAT 2.1 may be used for evaluations in 6GR SI.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In EE evaluations, to adapt a BS's number of active antenna TXRU to \({1/2 \text{ and } 1/4}\) of the total number of antenna TXRU and to adapt the associated circuitry. FFS:

  • Power model for BS
    • Power states
    • State transitions
    • Application of scaling of BS for static and/or dynamic parts
  • Coverage, throughput aspects in UL and DL
  • BS models and reference configuration compatibility
  • Applicable signals and channels, related procedures and RRC states
  • Latency aspects
  • UE power consumption and complexity aspects
  • BS complexity
  • Use cases (e.g., UE-initiated on-demand SIB1)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CA reception based on one RF chain, power scaling factor is same as that of bandwidth scaling with the same total bandwidth.

  • Scaling on power consumption assuming all CCs are activated, and no implication on carrier activation/deactivation delay.
  • FFS: Separated scaling for slots with PDCCH-only
  • FFS: Scaling for CA reception based on more than one RF receive chains.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following UL scaling for 6GR UE power consumption model:

Scaling Comment
Short PUCCH

SRS
Short PUCCH power \(= 0.31 \times\) uplink power (Assume short PUCCH of 1-symbol)

SRS power \(= 0.3 \times\) uplink power (Assume SRS of 1-symbol)
Applicable for FR1 (including around 7GHz) and FR2 (including 24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz).
Applicable for FR1 (including around 7GHz) and FR2 (including 24.25 GHz - 52.6 GHz).

FFS: Scaling for different symbol numbers

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Relative transition energy values for CAT 2.1 in Set 4 are:

  • Light sleep: 210
  • Deep sleep: 6300
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt UL CA scaling for 2CC as:

  • For inter-band CA (assuming 2 RFs), power scaling factor w.r.t. 1CC is 1.5
  • For intra-band CA (assuming Single RF), at least the following power scaling factor is applied:
@ 0 dBm @ 23 dBm @ 26 dBm
1.2 1.05 1.05

Scaling on power consumption assuming all CCs are activated, and no implication on carrier activation/deactivation delay.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Power scaling factor for UL 2Tx antennas w.r.t. 1TX is 1.5

  • Note: 2TX antennas are in the same frequency band
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Power scaling for UL BW with 200% BW ratio factor is 1.2 for 0 dBm TX power level.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The relative power values for CAT 2.1 are the same as the relative power values for CAT 2 across all reference configuration sets 1-4.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following column of PDCCH-only BW scaling table for all other DL signal/channel processing:

BW ratio Scaling Factor
≤25% 0.80 + S_MaxBW
100% 1.00 + S_MaxBW
200% 1.60 + S_MaxBW
400% 3.20

For S_MaxBW value, companies to report which option assumed (Option A: S_MaxBW=0; Option B: S_MaxBW={0.3 for MaxBW = 200%, 1.0 for MaxBW = 400%}).

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Transition times for CAT 2.1 in Set 4 are aligned with the agreed values for Sets 1, 2, and 3, i.e.,

  • Light sleep: 100 milliseconds
  • Deep sleep: 2 seconds
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CA reception based on multiple RF chains, overall power scaling factor is defined as:

(Power scaling factor for CA reception based on one RF chain) + Y × (CC number - 1)

where:

  • Y models additional power scaling factor with each extra RF chain
  • Y = [0.3] for reception of PDCCH + PDSCH, PDCCH-only and other signals/channels
  • FFS: Same or different Y value for CC BW different from the reference configuration

The scaling factor assumes the same number of RF chains as the CC number and that all CCs are activated. There is no implication on carrier activation/deactivation delay.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation purpose, EE processing power values for 10 MHz BW is 1.2x of the corresponding power values of 5MHz BW.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Include UE power consumption values for the RRM measurements without EE processing as follows:

  • Serving cell RRM: 100
  • Serving & Neighbor cell RRM:
N: Number of cells for intra-frequency measurement Synchronous case Asynchronous case
FR1 FR2 FR1 FR2
N=8 150 225 170 285
N=4 120 195 140 255
  • The above power values are based on 100MHz reference configuration. BW scaling for other DL signal/channel processing is applied if the active BW is different from the reference.
  • BW and antenna scaling rules can be applied
  • Note: FR1 includes ~7GHz, and FR2 includes 24.25 GHz – 52.6 GHz
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CA reception based on one RF chain, power scaling factor for PDCCH-only is defined as:

(Bandwidth scaling factor for single CC reception with the same total bandwidth) + X × (CC number - 1)

  • X = [0.2] if the above assumes PDCCH monitoring per CC
  • X = 0 if PDCCH monitoring only on one CC
  • FFS: other cases

The scaling factor assumes all CCs are activated. There is no implication on carrier activation/deactivation delay.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The power consumption of SBFD operation in BS, using a factor of its antennas \(\alpha_{DL}\) and \(\alpha_{UL}\), and a fraction of the spectrum \(\beta_{DL}\) and \(\beta_{UL}\) for DL and UL operation, respectively, is modelled according to:

where \(P_{static,SBFD}\) is the static power in SBFD operation in BS, \(\delta_{DL}\) and \(\delta_{UL}\) are factors due to DL and UL SBFD operation.

General aspects and frameworks (10.5.0)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601715 FL summary #5 of General aspects and frameworks Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603457 — FL summary #5 of General aspects and frameworks — Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2605144 — FL summary #6 of General aspects and frameworks — Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study link direction determination for dynamic TDD, considering at least

  • UE PDCCH monitoring efforts and power consumption
  • Signaling overhead
  • Scheduling flexibility
  • Avoid duplicated functionalities
  • Collision handling
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR shall at least be capable of configuring the same TDD slot configurations as TDD slot configurations deployed in 5G NR.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band", the following assumptions are assumed for link budget template candidates 1 for signals/channels in around 7GHz

System configuration
Channel for evaluation Signals/channels during initial access assuming Rel-15 NR design
Scenarios and Carrier frequency (GHz) FFS
BS antenna heights (m) 25m for Urban macro, 35m for sub-urban macro
UT antenna heights (m)
Cell area reliability (%)
TR38.901 UMa Table 7.2-1, SMa Table 7.2-5
95% for control channel, SSB and SIB1, 90% for other data channel can be used as a starting point
Lognormal shadow fading std deviation (dB) 6/8 (Refer to the row of Uma/SMa NLOS in Table 7.4.1-1 of TR 38.901
Tx Diversity 0
Number of SSB 8
Transmitter
(1) Number of transmit antenna elements For BS:
- Urban: 768 antenna elements
1024 antenna elements (optional)
- Suburban: 768 antenna elements
1024 antenna elements (optional)
For UE:
- 1
(2) Number of transmit TxRUs
Note: this row is void (left empty) for uplink
BS:
- 128 TxRUs (for 768 antenna elements)
- 256 TxRUs (optional, for 1024 antenna elements)
(2a) Number of transmit chains modelled in LLS
(3) Total transmit power (dBm)
Note: total transmit power for system bandwidth
Reported by companies

46 dBm per 20 MHz for BS, with total transmit power no larger than 56 dBm (as agreed in RAN1#123 in AI 11.1)

23 dBm, 26dBm for UE
(3a) System bandwidth for downlink, or occupied bandwidth for uplink (Hz)

(3b) Power Spectrum Density \(= (3) - 10 \log((3a)/1000000) \text{ (dBm/MHz)}\)
Note: no PSD constraint for uplink
For downlink:
System bandwidth:
- 200 or 400 MHz

For uplink:
- Occupied bandwidth is reported by companies (same between NR midband and ~7GHz)
(3c) Bandwidth used for the evaluated channel (Hz)
Note: (3c) is identical to the number of PRBs assigned to the channel evaluated.
For uplink, \((3a)=(3c)\)
(3bis) Total transmit power for occupied bandwidth \(= (3b) + 10 \log ((3c)/1000000) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(4) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter \(= (4a) - (4b) \text{ (dB)}\)
(4a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter \(= (4c) + 10 \log ((1)/(2)) \text{ (dB)}\) for downlink, and \(= (4c) + 10 \log ((1)/(2a)) \text{ (dB)}\) for uplink
(4b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter (dB)

(4c) Gain of antenna element (dBi)
Reported by companies

For BS:
- 8 dBi
For UE:
- 0 dBi
(5) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter \(= (5a) - (5b) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for uplink
(5a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter \(= 10 \log((2)/(2a)) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for uplink
(5b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter (dB)
Note: zero for uplink
Reported by companies
(8) Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc. (enumerate sources) (dB) (feeder loss must be included for and only for downlink) Reported by companies (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(9) EIRP \(= (3bis) + (4) + (5) - (8) \text{ dBm}\)
Receiver
(10) Number of receive antenna elements For BS:
- Urban:
- 768 antenna elements
- 1024 antenna elements (optional)
- Suburban:
- 768 antenna elements
- 1024 antenna elements (optional)
For UE:
- 4
(10a) Number of receive TxRUs
Note: this row is void (empty) for downlink
BS:
- 128 TxRUs (for 768 antenna elements)
- 256 TxRUs (optional, for 1024 antenna elements)
(10b) Number of receive chains modelled in LLS Reported by companies (same between two carrier frequencies)
(11) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver \(= (11a) - (11b) \text{ (dB)}\)
(11a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver \(= (11c) + 10 \log((10)/(10a)) \text{ (dB)}\) for uplink
\(= (11c) + 10 \log((10)/(10b)) \text{ (dB)}\) for downlink
(11b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver (dB)
Reported by companies
(11c) Gain of antenna element (dBi) For BS:
- 8 dBi
For UE:
- 0 dBi
(11bis) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver \(= (11bis\text{-}a) - (11bis\text{-}b) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver \(= 10 \log((10a)/(10b)) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of receiver (dB)
Note: zero for downlink
Reported by companies
(12) Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc. (enumerate sources) (dB) (feeder loss must be included for and only for uplink) Reported by companies (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(13) Receiver noise figure (dB) DL: 9, UL: 5
(14) Thermal noise density (dBm/Hz) -174
(15) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) FFS
(16) Total noise plus interference density \(= 10 \log (10^{((13)+(14))/10} + 10^{(15)/10}) \text{ (dBm/Hz)}\)
(18) Effective noise power \(= (16) + 10 \log ((3c)) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(19) Required SNR (dB)
(20) Receiver implementation margin (dB)
(21) H-ARQ gain (dB)
Note: Only applicable if HARQ is not considered in LLS
2 (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(22) Receiver sensitivity \(= (18) + (19) + (20) - (21) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(22bis) MCL \(= (3bis) - (22) + (5) + (11bis) \text{ (dB)}\)
(23) Hardware link budget, a.k.a. MIL \(= (9) + (11) + (11bis) - (12) - (22) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: MIL can also be derived by \((22bis) + (4) - (8) + (11) - (12)\)
Calculation of available pathloss
(25) Shadow fading margin (function of the cell area reliability and lognormal shadow fading std deviation) (dB) calculated by companies with the aforementioned parameters
(26) BS selection/macro-diversity gain (dB) Reported by companies (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(27) Penetration margin (dB) Value based on High-loss Model [Table 7.4.3-2 in TR 38.901]
Value based on Low-loss A Model [Table 7.4.3-2 in TR 38.901] for SMa
(28) Other gains (dB) (if any please specify) Reported by companies
(29) Available path loss \(= (23) - (25) + (26) - (27) + (28) \text{ (dB)}\)
Range/coverage efficiency calculation
FFS: (30) Maximum range (based on (29) and according to the system configuration section of the link budget) (m)

Note: Companies to provide updated link budget results before April 3rd, to be triggered by email thread (March 30th).

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band", the following assumptions are assumed for link budget template candidates 1 for Msg3 PUSCH in 5G mid-band

System configuration
Channel for evaluation Msg3 PUSCH (TBS 56bits with 10% BLER target)
Scenarios and Carrier frequency (GHz) FFS
BS antenna heights (m)
UT antenna heights (m)
25m for Urban macro, 35m for sub-urban macro
TR38.901 UMa Table 7.2-1, SMa Table 7.2-5
Cell area reliability (%) 90%
Lognormal shadow fading std deviation (dB)
Tx Diversity
6 or 8 (Refer to the row of Uma/SMa NLOS in Table 7.4.1-1 of TR 38.901
Number of SSB
Transmitter
(1) Number of transmit antenna elements 1
(2) Number of transmit TxRUs
Note: this row is void (left empty) for uplink
(2a) Number of transmit chains modelled in LLS 1
(3) Total transmit power (dBm)
Note: total transmit power for system bandwidth
23
(3a) System bandwidth for downlink, or occupied bandwidth for uplink (Hz) 720000
(3b) Power Spectrum Density \(= (3) - 10 \log((3a)/1000000) \text{ (dBm/MHz)}\)
Note: no PSD constraint for uplink
(3c) Bandwidth used for the evaluated channel (Hz)
Note: (3c) is identical to the number of PRBs assigned to the channel evaluated.
For uplink, \((3a)=(3c)\)
(3bis) Total transmit power for occupied bandwidth \(= (3b) + 10 \log ((3c)/1000000) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(4) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter \(= (4a) - (4b) \text{ (dB)}\) 0
(4a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter \(= (4c) + 10 \log((1)/(2)) \text{ (dB)}\) for downlink, and \(= (4c) + 10 \log((1)/(2a)) \text{ (dB)}\) for uplink 0
(4b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter (dB) 0
(4c) Gain of antenna element (dBi) 0
(5) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter \(= (5a) - (5b) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for uplink
0
(5a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter \(= 10 \log((2)/(2a)) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for uplink
0
(5b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter (dB)
Note: zero for uplink
0
(8) Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc. (enumerate sources) (dB) (feeder loss must be included for and only for downlink) 0
(9) EIRP \(= (3bis) + (4) + (5) - (8) \text{ dBm}\)
Receiver
(10) Number of receive antenna elements 192
(10a) Number of receive TxRUs
Note: this row is void (empty) for downlink
64
(10b) Number of receive chains modelled in LLS Reported by companies
(11) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver \(= (11a) - (11b) \text{ (dB)}\)
(11a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver \(= (11c) + 10 \log((10)/(10a)) \text{ (dB)}\) for uplink
\(= (11c) + 10 \log ((10)/(10b)) \text{ (dB)}\) for downlink
(11b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver (dB) Reported by companies
(11c) Gain of antenna element (dBi) 8
(11bis) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver \(= (11bis\text{-}a) - (11bis\text{-}b) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-a) Antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver \(= 10 \log((10a)/(10b)) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: zero for downlink
(11bis-b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of receiver (dB)
Note: zero for downlink
Reported by companies
(12) Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc. (enumerate sources) (dB) (feeder loss must be included for and only for uplink) Reported by companies (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(13) Receiver noise figure (dB) 5
(14) Thermal noise density (dBm/Hz) -174
(15) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) FFS
(16) Total noise plus interference density \(= 10 \log (10^{((13)+(14))/10} + 10^{(15)/10}) \text{ (dBm/Hz)}\)
(18) Effective noise power \(= (16) + 10 \log ((3c)) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(19) Required SNR (dB)
(20) Receiver implementation margin (dB)
(21) H-ARQ gain (dB)
Note: Only applicable if HARQ is not considered in LLS
2 (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(22) Receiver sensitivity \(= (18) + (19) + (20) - (21) \text{ (dBm)}\)
(22bis) MCL \(= (3bis) - (22) + (5) + (11bis) \text{ (dB)}\)
(23) Hardware link budget, a.k.a. MIL \(= (9) + (11) + (11bis) - (12) - (22) \text{ (dB)}\)
Note: MIL can also be derived by \((22bis) + (4) - (8) + (11) - (12)\)
Calculation of available pathloss
(25) Shadow fading margin (function of the cell area reliability and lognormal shadow fading std deviation) (dB) Calculated by companies with the aforementioned parameters
(26) BS selection/macro-diversity gain (dB) Reported by companies (same values used for NR midband and ~7GHz)
(27) Penetration margin (dB) Value based on High-loss Model [Table 7.4.3-2 in TR 38.901] for UMa
Value based on Low-loss A Model [Table 7.4.3-2 in TR 38.901] for SMa
(28) Other gains (dB) (if any please specify) 0
(29) Available path loss \(= (23) - (25) + (26) - (27) + (28) \text{ (dB)}\)
Range/coverage efficiency calculation
FFS: (30) Maximum range (based on (29) and according to the system configuration section of the link budget) (m)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR spectrum aggregation operation, study the following methods and their associated application scenarios:

  • Method 1: Multiple physical carriers can be aggregated into single "Gothia cell"
    • Note: the term 'Gothia cell' is for RAN1 discussion purposes, and whether/how to specify the feature / refer to the feature is separate RAN1 discussion.
  • Method 2: "Carrier aggregation" where multiple physical carriers can be aggregated into separate cells For both methods, study them under idle mode and connected mode, and study their pros and cons at both NW and UE side
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5 GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable to same coverage to 5G mid-band",

  • For the link budget evaluation for coverage gap identification in around 7 GHz
    • For initial access, Rel-15 NR signals/channels during initial access are used for identifying the gap of individual signal/channel compared to Rel-15 NR msg3 in 5G mid-band, respectively Note: The candidate coverage enhancement techniques will be separately discussed.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the 6GR smallest maximum UE bandwidth for at least one lower-tier device, RAN1 to further study the following alternatives:

  • Alt 1: 20MHz RF and BB bandwidth for both UL and DL with 15kHz SCS for FDD, and with 30kHz SCS for TDD
  • Alt 2: 5MHz RF and BB bandwidth for FDD with 15kHz SCS for both UL and DL, 10 or 20 MHz RF and BB bandwidth for TDD with 30kHz SCS for both UL and DL
  • Alt 3: 20MHz RF bandwidth for both UL and DL with 15kHz SCS for FDD, and with 30kHz SCS for TDD
    • Narrower bandwidth for BB in UL, and/or Narrower bandwidth for BB in DL
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the 6GR smallest maximum UE bandwidth for at least one lower-tier device, RAN1 agrees the following observations for the alternatives agreed in RAN1#124:

  • According to NR Rel-18 eRedCap study for a device supporting a single FDD band with spectrum allocation no smaller than 20MHz, when comparing on the basis of same PHY peak rate (~10 Mbps), the additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 2 compared with Alt 1 is ~10%, and the additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 3 compared with Alt 1 is ~5%.

HD-FDD 1-Rx UE modem complexity reduction estimates from the eRedCap SI:

Closest RAN1#124 alternative for smallest maximum 6G UE bandwidth Modem complexity reduction option in eRedCap SI TR 38.865 Modem complexity reduction relative to eRedCap Option PR1 (Alt 1)
Alt 1 Option PR1 0%
Alt 2 Option BW1 10%
Alt 3 with 5 MHz BB for all channels Option BW2 7%
Alt 3 with 5 MHz BB for PxSCH only Option BW3 4%

FD-FDD 1-Rx UE modem complexity reduction estimates from the eRedCap SI:

Closest RAN1#124 alternative for smallest maximum 6G UE bandwidth Modem complexity reduction option in eRedCap SI TR 38.865 Modem complexity reduction relative to eRedCap Option PR1 (Alt 1)
Alt 1 Option PR1 0%
Alt 2 Option BW1 8%
Alt 3 with 5 MHz BB for all channels Option BW2 5%
Alt 3 with 5 MHz BB for PxSCH only Option BW3 4%

Placeholder for companies to provide more UE complexity analysis based on inputs to RAN1#125, e.g., multi-band devices.

Conclusion: General aspects and frameworks (10.5.0)

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band", to align the usage of the correction factors of BS antenna gain of common beams in co-site deployment evaluation, the following are observed as the common understanding:

  • The total antenna gain of common beam is assumed to be unchanged/comparable if the beamwidth of SSB beams is unchanged, regardless of whether the number of BS antenna elements or BS TxRUs increases or not.
  • The total BS antenna gain above refers to the sum value of entry (4)+(5)+(11bis) in the link budget table.
  • The total antenna gain of BS UL common beam is expected not to be smaller than that of BS DL common beam if the beamwidth of SSB beams is unchanged.

Note:

  • (4) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter = (4a) – (4b) (dB)
  • (5) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter = (5a) - (5b) (dB) Note: zero for uplink
  • (11bis) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver = (11bis-a) - (11bis-b) (dB) Note: zero for downlink
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to discuss beamforming gain for DL broadcast channel and UL channel and to align the interpretation of the following parameters in link budget template candidate 1:

  • (4b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter (dB)
  • (5b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter (dB)
  • (11b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver (dB)
  • (11bis-b) Antenna gain correction factor at antenna gain component 2 of receiver (dB)
  • (15) Receiver interference density
  • (27) Penetration margin (dB): Whether account for the indoor distance in the pathloss calculation in O2I scenarios
  • (25) Shadow fading margin (function of the cell area reliability and lognormal shadow fading std deviation) (dB): Function definition and whether handoff gain is accounted
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of link direction determination for dynamic TDD, consider the following options:

  • Option 1:
    • TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and flexible symbols
    • TDD pattern is semi-statically configured
    • No dynamic slot format indication as in NR
    • For dynamically scheduled single transmission/reception in flexible symbols, UE link direction is determined only based on scheduling DCI
    • Study transmissions/receptions without associated DCI in flexible symbols (if configured)
  • Option 2:
    • Semi-statically configured TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and flexible symbols
    • Dynamically indicated TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and guard symbols
    • Dynamically indicated TDD pattern indicates DL, UL or guard symbols for flexible symbols according to semi-statically configured TDD pattern
    • The TDD pattern should be provided to the UE with sufficient processing time to apply the TDD pattern change
    • UE link direction is determined based on TDD pattern
  • Option 3:
    • TDD pattern, based on DL, UL and guard symbols (i.e. no flexible symbols)
    • UE is dynamically indicated with a TDD pattern out of predefined/preconfigured TDD pattern
    • The TDD pattern should be provided to the UE with sufficient processing time to apply the TDD pattern change
  • Other options are not precluded
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

From frequency domain resource mapping perspective, study TB/CB/CBG mapping within a PDSCH with frequency domain resource allocation between 200MHz and 400MHz considering the following options:

  • Option A: A TB can span up to 400MHz
  • Option B: A TB can span up to 200MHz
  • FFS details

Note: For both options, whether multiple TBs are time domain multiplexed within a PDSCH due to other restrictions will be separately discussed in agenda item 10.5.2.2.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band", companies are encouraged to at least provide the link budget results for the following signals/channels during initial access in around 7GHz:

  • DL: NR PSS/SSS, SSB, Common PDCCH, SIB1 PDSCH, Msg2/4 PDSCH
  • UL: NR PRACH format C2/B4/0, MSG3 PUSCH, MSG5 PUSCH (companies to report assumption of the payload of actual transmission), MSG4 PUCCH Format 1
  • The simulation assumptions in section A.1 in TR38.830 are used as a starting point.
  • The payload for NR SIB1 PDSCH is 1200 bits.
  • FFS: other parameters
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study of "Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band", if link budget template candidates 1 is used to calculate the metric(s), the coverage gap between ~7GHz and 5G mid-band is calculated as follows:

Coverage gap = MPL1 – MPL2 – PL_diff [– additional margin]

  • [FFS: detailed value of additional margin]

Note:

  • MPL1: MPL of the evaluated signal/channel in ~7GHz
  • MPL2: MPL of the bottleneck channel in 5G mid-band (e.g., Rel-15 NR Msg3 for initial/random access procedure)
  • PL_diff = 20\(\times\)log10(f1 / f2), where f1 and f2 are the carrier frequency for ~7GHz and 5G mid-band, respectively
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For aNB semi-static SBFD, study at least the following aspects
    • SBFD time-frequency resource determination
    • Random access procedure
    • UE transmission, reception and measurement behaviors and procedures within non-SBFD/SBFD symbols, or across SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, including link direction determination in symbols with SBFD operation
      • Note: “non-SBFD symbols” and “SBFD symbols” are only for discussion purpose. Whether to introduce configuration of SBFD symbol type will be separately discussed.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2605138 is endorsed.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2605137 is endorsed in principle.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Following RAN1 report contents on Channel bandwidth (min and max), frame structure, numerology and basic sync signal structure and associated periodicity(ies) to RAN are endorsed. Channel bandwidth (min and max)

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed Maximum channel bandwidth for around 7GHz has been concluded
RAN1 listed two options for max channel bandwidth for FR2-1
RAN1 assumes the discussion on channel bandwidth for around 15 GHz band will be discussed when ITU-R spectrum confirmation is received
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June Channel bandwidth for sub 6GHz and FR2-1
Channel bandwidth for around 15GHz when ITU-R spectrum confirmation is received
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June Null
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any Null

Frame structure

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed RAN1 agreed NR frame structure as a starting point for 6GR for communication
RAN1 agreed 6GR communication frame structure as starting point for 6G ISAC
RAN1 agreed that 6GR shall at least be capable of configuring the same TDD slot configurations as TDD slot configurations deployed in 5G NR
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June Frame structure for ISAC
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June Null
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any Null

Numerology

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed RAN1 agreed subcarrier spacings for all the signals/channels except PRACH for sub 6GHz, around 7GHz, and for between 24.25 – 52.6GHz for 6GR communication
RAN1 assumes same SCS between 6GR Sync signals and other channels/signals (except PRACH) for a given band except for FR2-1
RAN1 assumes the discussion on numerology for around 15 GHz band will be discussed when ITU-R spectrum confirmation is received
RAN1 agreed to support only normal cyclic prefix as defined in NR for 6GR TN communication
RAN1 agreed 6GR communication CP length and SCS as starting point for 6G ISAC
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June Subcarrier spacing(s) for PRACH
Same/different SCS between 6GR sync signal and other channels/signals (except PRACH) for FR2-1
Other CP for NTN
Numerologies for ISAC
Numerology for around 15GHz when ITU-R spectrum confirmation is received
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June Null
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any Null

Basic sync signal structure and associated periodicity(ies)

What RAN1 has discussed/observed/agreed RAN1 agreed that the basic sync signal structure is defined as 6GR SSB consisting of PSS, SSS and PBCH
RAN1 agreed that the 6GR SSB bandwidth is larger than 3MHz with 15kHz SCS
RAN1 agreed the candidate options for 6GR SSB structure for further study
RAN1 agreed the evaluation assumptions for the study of 6GR SSB structure and associated periodicity(ies)
What RAN1 plans to continue studying after June Remaining details of basic sync signal structure and associated periodicity(ies)
What RAN1 plans not to pursue after June Null
What RAN1 requests RAN guidance/decision if any Null
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

  • For the RAN1 study of “Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band”, to align the usage of the correction factors of BS antenna gain of common beams in co-site deployment evaluation, the following are observed as the common understanding
    • the total antenna gain of BS DL common beam is assumed to be unchanged/comparable if the beamwidth of SSB beams is unchanged, regardless of whether the number of BS antenna elements or BS TxRUs increases or not.
      • For DL: The total BS antenna gain above refers to the sum value of entry (4)+(5)) in the link budget table.
    • The total antenna gain of BS UL common beam is expected not to be smaller than that of BS DL common beam if the beamwidth of SSB beams is unchanged.
      • For UL: The total BS antenna gain above refers to the sum value of entry (11)+(11bis) in the link budget table.
  • Note:
    • (4) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of transmitter = (4a) – (4b) (dB)
    • (5) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of transmitter = (5a) - (5b) (dB) Note: zero for uplink
    • (11) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 3 & antenna gain component 4 of receiver = (11a) - (11b) (dB)
    • (11bis) Total antenna gain at antenna gain component 2 of receiver = (11bis-a) - (11bis-b) (dB) Note: zero for downlink
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following template are used to capture the identified coverage gap between ~7GHz and 5G mid-band for different signals and channels during initial access, FFS: where coverage gap is determined as the trimmed mean of all samples, trimmed mean is calculated by discarding the single lowest and highest values. or where coverage gap is determined as the median of all samples, and between these two, down-selection should be done before July 31

Table X: Coverage gap between 7.0 GHz and 5G mid-band (3.5 GHz) for different signals and channels during initial access [Template]

Signals/channels Number of Sample(s) Coverage gap (FFS: trimmed mean/median) Standard Deviation (FFS: trimmed/median)
PSS/SSS
PBCH
SIB1 PDCCH
SIB1 PDSCH
Msg2 PDSCH
Msg4 PDSCH
PRACH format 0
PRACH format B4
PRACH format C2
Msg3 PUSCH
Msg5 PUSCH
PUCCH format 1

Single pair of reference carrier frequencies (i.e. 3.5 GHz and 7.0 GHz) is used to generate the table above. For the coverage results that have been reported by companies for 2.6 GHz carrier, a common gap between 2.6 GHz and 3.5 GHz for all signals/channels is captured as an observation by trimmed mean, or median of the samples of coverage gaps between Msg3@2.6 GHz and Msg3@3.5 GHz.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For support of UEs operating with Maximum CBW of 400MHz in DL (i.e., non-CA single CC) and Maximum CBW of 200MHz in UL in a BS with a maximum CBW of 400MHz for around 7GHz, the frequency location of UL with a maximum CBW of 200MHz should be configured with certain flexibility within the entire configured DL bandwidth.
    • Center frequencies of DL and UL can be different from UE perspective
    • FFS configuration flexibility
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Update agreement for the study of link direction determination for dynamic TDD in RAN1#124bis as follows.
  • For the study of link direction determination for dynamic TDD, consider the following options:
    • Option 1:
      • TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and flexible symbols
      • TDD pattern is semi-statically configured
      • No dynamic slot format indication as in NR
      • For dynamically scheduled single transmission/reception in flexible symbols, UE link direction is determined only based on scheduling DCI
      • Study transmissions/receptions without associated DCI other than the configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols (if configured)
      • For configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols, consider the following alternatives
        • Alt 1: Configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols are valid and the link direction of the flexible symbols are not expected to be overridden by DCI
          • FFS exceptions
        • Alt 2: Configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols are invalid
          • FFS exceptions
        • Alt 3: Configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols are valid and can be overridden by dynamic scheduled transmission/reception in the same symbol if sufficient processing time is provided
          • FFS exceptions
        • Other alternatives are not precluded
      • FFS: Maximum one DL-UL switching point within a TDD pattern
    • Option 2:
      • Semi-statically configured TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and flexible symbols
      • Dynamically indicated TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and guard symbols
        • Dynamically indicated TDD pattern indicates DL, UL or guard symbols for flexible symbols according to semi-statically configured TDD pattern
        • The TDD pattern should be provided to the UE with sufficient processing time to apply the TDD pattern change
      • UE link direction is determined based on TDD pattern
      • Link direction is not expected to be changed within certain time window
      • Configured transmission/receptions are allowed on resolved flexible symbols
        • Resolved flexible symbols are the symbols that already been scheduled with DL or UL within the time window
      • FFS: Maximum one DL-UL switching point within a TDD pattern
    • Option 3:
      • TDD pattern, based on DL, UL and guard symbols (i.e. no flexible symbols)
      • UE is dynamically indicated with a TDD pattern out of predefined/preconfigured TDD pattern
        • The TDD pattern should be provided to the UE with sufficient processing time to apply the TDD pattern change
    • Option 4:
      • TDD pattern is based on DL, UL and flexible symbols
      • TDD pattern is semi-statically configured
      • No dynamic slot format indication as in NR
      • For dynamically scheduled single transmission/reception in flexible symbols, UE link direction is determined only based on scheduling DCI
      • Study transmissions/receptions without associated DCI other than the configured transmissions/receptions in flexible symbols (if configured)
      • Configured transmissions/receptions are valid only in resolved flexible symbols
        • Link direction is not expected to be changed within certain time window
        • Resolved flexible symbols are the symbols that already been scheduled with DL or UL within the time window
    • Other options are not precluded
  • FFS: scenarios, where whether/how to mitigate CLI of adjacent frequency between inter-operator for dynamic TDD
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the 6GR smallest maximum UE bandwidth for at least one lower-tier device, RAN1 recommends Alt 1 for TDD with 30kHz SCS
    • Alt 1: 20MHz RF and BB bandwidth for both UL and DL
  • Note:No decision in RAN1 about the spectrum applicability and applicable frequency bands for lower-tier device.
  • Note: Above agreement has no linkage to FDD
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the 6GR smallest maximum UE bandwidth for at least one lower-tier device for FDD with 15kHz SCS:
    • Reasons for possible recommendation of 20MHz RF and BB bandwidth for both UL and DL (i.e. Alt 1) include:
      • If initial access is independent of UE’s bandwidth capability, which requires initial access for both DL and UL to be contained within 20MHz and 5 MHz for Alt 1 and Alt 2 respectively even for FDD bands with spectrum allocation larger than 5MHz, Alt 1 allows both the lowest-tier device and MBB devices to operate in the same band with better system performance in terms of DL coverage assuming same PSD and capacity for initial access, paging and random access compared with Alt 2.
        • For Alt 2, it results in lower performance for initial access for 6G MBB UEs compared to 5G MBB UEs, since 5G networks can configure a bandwidth larger than 5 MHz for initial access. But such DL coverage losses might be mitigated by techniques such as power boosting.
      • The additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 2 compared with Alt 1 is no more than 10% when the same number of duplexers/SAW-filters/switches is considered for all alternatives
      • In case of a multi-RAT device, UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 2 compared with Alt 1 may not be exploitable in all implementations, e.g. when the other RAT requires supporting a 20 MHz bandwidth.
      • Alt. 1 can reach the minimum PHY peak data rate within a larger DL coverage assuming same PSD by using a lower MCS in 20 MHz CBW compared with Alt. 2 but in that case a bandwidth larger than 5MHz has to be used.
    • Reasons for possible recommendation of 5MHz RF and BB bandwidth for both UL and DL (i.e. Alt 2) include:
      • Alt 2 achieves ~8-10% additional UE modem complexity reduction compared with Alt 1 for a device supporting single FDD band
      • 5MHz BW is feasible for all device types for initial access, paging and random access for FDD based on previous study and deployment experience
        • More scheduling flexibility is offered by Alt 1 compared with Alt 2 if initial access is common to all device types, when the available bandwidth is larger than 5 MHz in an FDD band if an operator wants to operate both lowest-tier and MBB UEs in the same band. UL scheduling flexibility loss can be partially mitigated if fast frequency retuning (1-2 symbols) can be supported by lowest-tier UEs.
    • Reasons for possible recommendation of 20MHz RF bandwidth for both UL and DL, and 20MHz BB bandwidth for DL and 5MHz BB bandwidth for UL (i.e. Alt 3 with only BB BW reduction for UL) include:
      • If initial access is independent of UE’s bandwidth capability, which requires initial access for both DL and UL to be contained within 20MHz and 5 MHz for Alt 3 and Alt 2 respectively and UL transmission is limited to 5MHz within each symbol for Alt 3 even for FDD bands with spectrum allocation larger than 5MHz, Alt 3 allows both the lowest-tier device and MBB devices to operate in the same band with better system performance in terms of DL coverage assuming same PSD and capacity for initial access, paging and random access compared with Alt 2.
        • For Alt 2, it results in lower performance for initial access for 6G MBB UEs compared to 5G MBB UEs, since 5G networks can configure a bandwidth larger than 5 MHz for initial access. But such DL coverage losses might be mitigated by techniques such as power boosting.
      • The additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 2 compared with Alt 3 (with only BB BW reduction for UL) is no more than 7% for a device supporting single FDD band
      • The additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 3 (with only BB BW reduction for UL) compared with Alt 1 is less than 4% for a device supporting single FDD band.
      • Alt. 3 can reach the minimum PHY peak data rate within a larger DL coverage assuming same PSD by using a lower MCS in 20 MHz CBW compared with Alt. 2 but in that case a bandwidth larger than 5MHz has to be used.
    • For all the three alternatives,
      • There are more 5MHz spectrums than 20MHz spectrums in sub1 GHz bands available for lowest-tier devices, although some operators may only have spectrums larger than 5MHz for lowest-tier devices
      • For a device supporting multiple FDD bands, equipped with multiple band-specific analogue filters (duplex filters for FD-FDD, SAW filters for HD-FDD), when comparing on the basis of same PHY peak rate (~10 Mbps) and same number of band-specific analogue filters, the additional UE modem complexity reduction of Alt 2 and Alt 3 compared to Alt 1 is less than for single band device.
      • For HD-FDD UL, five sources in RAN1 [R1-2603776][R1-2603941][R1-2604259][R1-2604548] [R1-2605059] observe that elimination of band-specific SAW filters can provide a substantial (~ 30-60%) modem complexity reduction for multi-band devices.
        • RAN1 understands that multiple options are under discussion in RAN4 to support SAW-less UE implementation.
        • The feasibility and benefits of different RAN4 options to facilitate supporting SAW-less UE implementation for different RAN1 smallest maximum UE bandwidth alternatives is up to RAN4.
        • The outcome of the RAN4 study may have implications for the RF and/or BB bandwidth for HD-FDD UL.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • From RAN1 perspective, to support 6G-6G spectrum aggregation for non-collocated deployment scenarios for FR1-FR2 combination, assuming backhaul latency up to 10ms
    • Both 6G-6G-DC with two cell groups and 6G-6G-CA with two PUCCH groups using separate TA per group to can support non-collocated FR1-FR2 spectrum aggregation with imperfect backhaul.
      • The physical layer functionalities for both solutions are similar.
    • For 6G-6G-CA with a single PUCCH group, the following have been identified
      • Compared to 6G-6G-DC and 6G-6G-CA with two PUCCH groups, 6G-6G-CA with single PUCCH group may provide better UL coverage in the case the HARQ-ACK for FR2 is transmitted in FR1.
      • The larger HARQ RTT caused by the backhaul delay and rescheduling timeline can lead to HARQ process starvation and degrade the DL throughput.
    • Note: the term of PUCCH group similar to 5G design is assumed here only to facilitate discussions and it does not imply anything agreed for 6G design. Similarly, the same clarification is applied to any 5G term used above.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the scenarios and use cases of multiple carriers where for initial access a UE can utilize resources for UL (Msg1, etc) or for both UL (Msg1, etc.) and DL (Msg2, etc.) in one carrier other than the carrier where the UE obtains the system information providing configuration for those resources.
    • Study which resources can be provided by aNB
    • Study how UE selects resources, including how UE obtains DL synchronization for the transmission of Msg1 including co-located and non-collocated deployment scenarios
    • RAN1 to coordinate with RAN4 as necessary, e.g., timing, UL power control and any association between carriers
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the RAN1 study of “Re-use of existing 5G mid-band (~3.5GHz) site grid for 6G deployments in at least around 7 GHz and targeting comparable coverage to 5G mid-band”,
    • -999 dBm/Hz is used for (15) Receiver interference density
      • Note: Zero interference margin is assumed here for coverage gap identification
    • Companies can additionally use the value(s) of (15) Receiver interference density based on SLS
      • Note: Non-zero interference margin is assumed here for coverage gap identification.
    • RAN1 to discuss and agree on the value(s) for (15) from July 27th - August 7th 2026 and use it for coverage gap identification
    • The identified coverage gap assuming zero interference margin and non-zero interference margin will be captured separately
    • RAN1 to draw conclusions on the identified coverage gap assuming the non-zero interference margin(s)
  • Note: Interference margin (X dB) is defined as entry (16) - (14) - (13) in the link budget table
    • (13) Receiver noise figure
    • (14) Thermal noise density;
    • (15) Receiver interference density: 10log(10^((X + (13) + (14))/10) - 10^(( (13) + (14))/10))
    • (16) Total noise plus interference density: 10 log (10^(( (13) + (14))/10) + 10^((15)/10))
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

RAN1 assumes the discussion on numerology and channel bandwidth for around 15 GHz band will be discussed when ITU-R spectrum confirmation is received.

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

Only normal cyclic prefix as defined in NR is supported for 6GR TN communication.

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

SCS of 7.5kHz is not supported in 6G.

Synchronization acquisition and beam measurement (10.5.1.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601575 FL summary #4 of Synchronization acquisition and beam measurement Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603229 — FL summary #4 of Synchronization acquisition and beam measurement — Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2605120 — FL summary #5 of Synchronization acquisition and beam measurement — Moderator (Huawei, Xiaomi)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For initial access and mobility in 6GR, study the following deployment scenarios

  • Single beam and multi-beam based deployments
  • Single TRP and multi-TRP based deployments
  • Single carrier and multi-carrier deployments
  • Other deployment scenarios
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR measurements in initial access and for mobility, study measurement resource, measurement quantity, measurement functionality and measurement procedure, at least including:

  • L1 measurements
  • Cell-level/[TRP-level] and beam-level measurement
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study beam operation during 6GR initial access, including:

  • Beam acquisition during initial access
  • Beam report/refinement during initial access
  • Feasibility and performance of spatial/temporal beam prediction during initial access
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Basic 6GR sync signal structure is defined as 6GR SSB, which consists of primary synchronization signal(s), secondary synchronization signal(s) and physical broadcast channel(s)

  • FFS: Other types of 6GR sync signal/channel structure or reference signal and their structure
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study 6GR signals, channels and procedures for initial access and idle mobility, considering at least

  • Cell/Initial Cell search and cell ID identification
  • Time/frequency synchronization/tracking
  • Beam measurement
  • System information acquisition
  • Whether TRP is transparent/non-transparent to UE during above procedures

Study 6GR signals, channels and procedures for idle mobility, considering at least

  • Cell search and cell ID identification
  • Time/frequency synchronization/tracking
  • Beam measurement
  • System information acquisition
  • Whether TRP is transparent/non-transparent to UE during above procedures
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR paging transmission/reception, study at least the following aspects:

  • Study paging transmission scheme(s) to facilitate network energy savings
  • Study paging scheme(s) to facilitate UE energy savings
  • Study necessity of paging capacity enhancement
  • Study necessity of paging coverage enhancement
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For discussion purpose, the following terminologies are defined:

  • 6GR SSB burst: one 6GR SSB or multiple 6GR SSBs each with a different index compose a 6GR SSB burst
  • 6GR SSB burst set: one or multiple 6GR SSB burst(s) compose a 6GR SSB burst set
    • Note: Whether and how to use the '6GR SSB burst set' is up to companies to report.
  • 6GR SSB periodicity: The time interval at which an SSB within a given SSB burst repeats in time
    • Note: "index" is only for illustration purpose to identify a 6GR SSB within a 6GR SSB burst, whether and how to specify the terminologies will be further discussed.
    • Note: all below examples are only used for improving understanding about above terminologies

Examples:

  • Example 1: 4 SSBs within a SSB burst (no repetition), 1 SSB burst within 1 SSB burst set
  • Example 2: 4 SSBs within a SSB burst (4 consecutive repetitions), 1 SSB burst within 1 SSB burst set
  • Example 3-1: 16 SSBs within a SSB burst (4 consecutive repetitions), 1 SSB burst within 1 SSB burst set
  • Example 3-2: 16 SSBs within a SSB burst (4 consecutive repetitions), 4 SSB bursts within 1 SSB burst set
  • Example 4-1: 16 SSBs within a SSB burst (4 interleaved repetitions), 1 SSB burst within 1 SSB burst set
  • Example 4-2: 4 SSBs within a SSB burst (4 interleaved repetitions), 4 SSB bursts within 1 SSB burst set
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the following options for 6GR SSB time-domain structure
    • Option 1: one 6GR SSB spans X (4<=X<=7) symbols within a slot
      • Option 1-1: one 6GR SSB spans 4 symbols within a slot
      • Option 1-2: one 6GR SSB spans X (4
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For initial access procedures starting from initial cell search and cell search of reselection till the completion of random access in multi-TRP based deployments, study the following options
    • Option 1: Multiple TRPs are transparent to the UE, and corresponding definition about what transparent Multiple TRPs mean
    • Option 2: Multiple TRPs are non-transparent to the UE, and corresponding definition about what non-transparent Multiple TRPs mean
  • Note: Companies are encouraged to study the coverage performance, network energy saving, the associated signalling overhead, access latency, UE complexity, and compatibility with single-TRP deployments for both options.
  • Note: RACH related procedure/behaviour will be discussed under AI 10.5.1.2
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • 6GR synchronization signals (PSS and SSS) in 6GR SSB carry full PCI information as baseline
    • FFS: Motivation to carry other information
    • FFS: Motivation to carry part of PCI information by other signals, e.g., PBCH DMRS, if 6GR synchronization signals carry part of PCI information
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • As a baseline, the number of 6GR physical cell IDs is 1008
    • FFS: Motivation to extend or reduce the number of PCI
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Design of the common signals/channels (at least for SSB) for initial access by assuming bandwidth larger than 3MHz with 15kHz SCS, which is applicable to any spectrum allocations with adjustment, if applicable Note: at least bandwidth of SSB larger than 5G NR should be well justified.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For idle mode mobility,
    • At least 6GR SSS of 6GR SSB is supported as measurement resource.
      • FFS other signal in addition (e.g. other types of 6GR sync signal or reference signal, DMRS of PBCH)
    • For measurement metric, at least RSRP is supported, FFS
      • RSRQ and the default SS-RSRQ definition if supported,
      • SINR,
  • and select one of those two in addition to RSRP
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the purpose of discussing 6GR SSB burst pattern and associated default SSB periodicity, study the following:
    • The max number of candidate 6GR SSBs in a 6GR SSB burst: X
    • The max number of candidate 6GR SSB burst(s) in a default 6GR SSB periodicity: Y
    • The max number of candidate 6GR SSB repetitions within a default 6GR SSB periodicity: M
    • Default SSB periodicity for initial cell selection: T
    • The max number of default 6GR SSB periodicities (similar as what is assumed for evaluation in 5G NR performance) for UE performing 6GR SSB combining: N
    • Note: As an example, for NR in 3.5 GHz, X = 8, Y = 1, M = 1, N = 4, T = 20ms.
  • For the study on the values of X, Y, Nand M for a given default SSB periodicity T, at least SSB detection performance, UE complexity, UE measurement aspects should be considered.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of 6GR SSB performance, the following can be assumed
    • Alt.1: Combining is performed across all 6GR SSB repetitions within a 6GR SSB burst in case of intra-burst repetition within an SSB periodicity
    • Alt.2: Combining is performed across all 6GR SSB repetitions across 6GR SSB bursts in case of inter-burst repetition (Y>1) within a SSB periodicity
    • Alt.3: Combining is performed across all 6GR SSBs within a 6GR SSB burst
    • Alt.4: Combining is performed across different SSB periodicities
    • Alt.5: Combining is not performed across 6GR SSBs within a SSB periodicity when M = 1
    • Alt.6: Combination of above alternatives
  • Note: To compare different 6GR SSB burst patterns, the same total number of SSBs (XYN) within N*T are assumed.
  • Note: The above assumptions are only for evaluation purpose and do not mandate UE implementations.
  • Note: Companies to report which combining(s) is/are assumed in the study.
  • Note: Companies to report the combining details and assumptions
  • Note: Companies to report the burst pattern design details, e.g. the duration of the SSB burst, interval between different SSB burst.
  • Note: SSB performance, UE complexity, UE measurement aspects should be considered.
  • Note: Companies to report other related assumptions, e.g., whether power boosting is applied.
PRACH and RACH procedure (10.5.1.2)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601536 Summary of contributions on Random Access and RA Procedures Moderator (InterDigital, Inc)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603390 — Summary #3 of discussions on Random Access and RA Procedures — Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2605052 — Summary of contributions on Random Access and RA Procedures — Moderator (InterDigital, Inc)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study random access framework with the following aspects:

  • Enablement of energy efficient random access procedures (supporting SID objective 1b);
    • Including both network and UE power saving
  • Coverage improvement (supporting SID objective 1d);
  • Support of random access for diverse device types and capabilities (supporting SID objective 1g);
  • System performance improvement from overhead reduction, simplification of signaling/configurations (supporting SID objective 1k);
  • Additionally consider following aspects
    • random access latency;
    • capacity
    • detection reliability;
    • high speed mobility;
  • Note: Other aspects identified during future discussions are not excluded.

The following scenarios and assumptions beyond single carrier/TRP are considered for the study of above random access framework:

  • NTN
  • SBFD
  • multi-carrier
  • multi-TRP
  • Note: whether/how to support one or more of the scenarios/assumptions, including whether any special handling or functionality needs to be introduced in support of the scenarios/assumptions is part of the study.
RAN1#124 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following link level simulation assumption for random access evaluations: Link Level Assumption Parameters for Random Access

Assumptions Value
Carrier frequency Refer to AI 10.1
Duplex Select among the following candidates:
FDD, TDD
System Bandwidth 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 100 MHz
Numerology 700 MHz carrier frequency: 15 kHz
2 GHz carrier frequency: 15 kHz
[3.5/4] GHz carrier frequency: 30 kHz
7 GHz carrier frequency: [30] kHz
[14/15] GHz carrier frequency: FFS
30 GHz carrier frequency: 120 kHz
Antenna Configuration at the TRP Select among the following candidates:
For TDL:
- 1T1R, 2T2R, 4T4R,
- FFS: 16T16R, 64T64R

For CDL: \((M,N,P,M_g,N_g; M_p, N_p)\)
Antenna Configuration at the UE For TDL:
1T, 2T

For CDL:
- FFS: 0.7, 2, [3.5/4], 7 GHz - handheld UT model with 1T2R, 2T2R, 2T4R
Channel estimation Realistic
Channel Model Select among following DS candidates:
10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 ns
FFS: other DS values
Mobility

RF Impairment modeling
Select among the following candidates:
3 km/h, 30km/h, 120 km/h, 500km/h, 1000 km/h

Phase noise (if modeled): Follow the models in R1-165685
Frequency offset (if modeled):
- TRP: uniform distribution +/- 0.05 ppm
- UE: uniform distribution +/- 0.1 ppm

Note: additional parameter tables are evaluation parameters specific to the evaluation of PRACH or Msg 3 that would override the general link level assumption parameters for random access if fields were duplicate

Additional Parameters for PRACH Evaluations

Carrier Frequency 700 MHz 2 GHz [3.5/4] GHz 7 GHz [14/15] GHz 30 GHz
Channel Model (baseline, other model usage not precluded) TDL-A
DS=30 ns

TDL-C
DS=100,300 ns

FFS: other models
TDL-A
DS=30 ns

TDL-C
DS=100,300 ns

FFS: other models
FFS: TDL-A

TDL-C
DS=100,300 ns

CDL-C DS=100,300 ns
(see Note 1)

FFS: other models
FFS

TDL-C
DS=100,300 ns

CDL-C DS=100,300 ns
(see Note 1)

FFS: other models
FFS FFS
UE speed 3, 120 km/h, 500 km/h
(optional) 30, 1000km/h
FFS 3 km/h
(optional) other values
RF Impairments modeling TRP: uniform distribution +/- 0.05 ppm
UE: uniform distribution +/- 0.1 ppm
Initial timing Offset Timing uncertainty derived from cell radius
RO assumption

PRACH Sequence & Format

Target Performance
Number of preambles per RO=64, 256, 512, 1024
Number of UEs per RO=1,2,4,8

Companies to provide detailed information on sequence used (e.g., sequence type, length, CP/GP/lengths, SCS, cyclic shift values, repetition, etc).

0.1% False Alarm
1% miss-detection

NOTE 1: The CDL table is translated so that the strongest cluster's AoD and AoA occur at a random angle for both the antenna panels of TRP and UE in the local coordinate systems. ZoD and ZoA is assumed to be unchanged. The value of the random angle is selected to be uniformly distributed from +30 to -30 degree. The random value is chosen independently for both AoD and AoA. CDL angle scaling is based on Clause 7.7.5.1 of TR38.901 v19.1.0.

Additional Parameters for PUSCH of Msg.3

Parameter Value
Frequency hopping w/ or w/o frequency hopping
Number of UE transmit chains 1,2
Number of DMRS symbol w/o frequency hopping: 3,
w/ frequency hopping: 2 for each hop
Waveform Company to report
HARQ configuration For eMBB, whether HARQ is adopted is reported by companies.
For VoIP, w/ HARQ.
The maximum number of HARQ transmission (limited by frame structure and latency requirements) is reported by companies.
Msg 3 Repetitions FFS
PUSCH duration 14 OS
Number of PRBs [2]
TBS [56] bits
FFS: other values
Other parameters Reported by companies
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Replace the working assumption and agree on evaluation parameters for random access as follows:

Link Level Assumption Parameters for Random Access:

Assumptions Value
Carrier frequency Refer to AI 10.1
Duplex Select among the following candidates: FDD, TDD
Carrier frequency & Duplex 0.7 GHz, FDD
2 GHz, FDD
4 GHz, TDD
7 GHz, TDD
15 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
System Bandwidth 3MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 100 MHz
(Shared channel) Numerology 700 MHz carrier frequency: 15 kHz
2 GHz carrier frequency: 15 kHz
4 GHz carrier frequency: 30 kHz
7 GHz carrier frequency: [30] kHz
15 GHz carrier frequency: FFS [30] kHz
30 GHz carrier frequency: 120 kHz
Antenna Configuration at the TRP Select among the following candidates:
For TDL: 1T1R, 2T2R, 4T4R; FFS: 16T16R, 64T64R
For CDL: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp,Np)
- 700 MHz: (8,4,2,1,1;1,4), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ (Outdoor Combination 2)
- 2 GHz: (12,8,2,1,1;4,8), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ (Outdoor Combination 2)
- 4 GHz: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng,Mp,Np)=(8,2,2,1,1;1,2), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.8)
- 7 GHz: (24,16,2,1,1;4,16), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.8)λ (Outdoor Combination 1)
- 15 GHz: (32,32,2,1,1;4,16), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ (Outdoor Combination 2)
- 30 GHz: (16,8,2,4,2;1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ (Outdoor Combination 1)
Antenna Configuration at the UE For TDL: 1T2R, 2T2R, 2T4R
For CDL:
- 700MHz, 2 GHz, 4 GHz: Combination 2 – handheld UT model (from Clause 7.3.2 of TR38.901) with 1T2R
- 700 MHz, 2 GHz, 4 GHz, 7 GHz, 15 GHz: combination 3 – handheld UT model (from Clause 7.3.2 of TR38.901) with 2T2R, 2T4R
- 30 GHz: Config 1 of 30GHz UT Antenna configuration for SLS EVM (from Agenda 10.1)
Channel estimation Realistic
Channel Model Select among following DS candidates: 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 ns; FFS: other DS values
Mobility Select among the following candidates: 3 km/h, 30km/h, 120 km/h, 500km/h, 1000 km/h
RF Impairment modeling Phase noise (if modeled): Follow the models in R1-165685
Frequency offset (if modeled):
- TRP: uniform distribution +/- 0.05 ppm
- UE: uniform distribution +/- 0.1 ppm
For FR2, modeling of phase noise is recommended.
For small SCS PRACH preambles (e.g. 1.25kHz or 5kHz) modeling of frequency offset is recommended.

Additional Link Level Assumption Parameters for PRACH Evaluations:

Carrier Frequency 700 MHz 2 GHz 4 GHz 7 GHz 15 GHz 30 GHz
Channel Model (baseline) FFS: TDL-A DS=30 ns
TDL-C DS=100 ns, 300 ns, (optional) 1000 ns
FFS: other models
FFS
TDL-C DS=100 ns, 300 ns, (optional) 1000 ns
TDL-A DS=30 ns
TDL-C DS=100 ns, 300 ns, (optional) 1000 ns
FFS: CDL-C DS=100, 300 ns
FFS: other models
TDL-C DS=100, 300 ns
FFS: CDL-C DS=100, 300 ns
FFS: other models
FFS
TDL-C DS=100 ns
CDL-C DS=100 ns
FFS
CDL-C DS=30 ns
UE speed 3, 120 km/h, 500 km/h
(optional) 30, 1000km/h
3, 120 km/h, 500 km/h
(optional) 30, 1000km/h
3, 120 km/h, 500 km/h
(optional) 30, 1000km/h
3, 120 km/h, 500 km/h
(optional) 30, 1000km/h
FFS
3 km/h
(optional) other values
3 km/h
(optional) other values
RF Impairments modeling TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
TRP: ±0.05 ppm
UE: ±0.1 ppm
Initial timing Offset Timing uncertainty derived from cell radius. Companies to report time modelling details (e.g., min, max, distribution, etc.)
RO assumption Number of preambles per RO – 32, 64, 128, 512 (other values up to companies to report)
Number of UEs per RO – 1, 2, 4, 8
PRACH Sequence & Format Companies to provide detailed information on sequence used (e.g., sequence type, length, CP/GP lengths, SCS, cyclic shift values, repetition, etc.)
Target Performance 0.1% False Alarm
1% miss-detection

NOTE 1: The CDL table is translated so that the strongest cluster's AoD and AoA occur at a random angle for both the antenna panels of TRP and UE in the local coordinate systems. ZoD and ZoA is assumed to be unchanged. The value of the random angle is selected to be uniformly distributed from +30 to -30 degree. CDL angle scaling is based on Clause 7.7.5.1 of TR38.901 v19.1.0.

Link Level Parameters for PUSCH of Msg.3 or Msg.5 for FR1:

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following definition for miss detection probability and false alarm probability for RAN1 study (not intended for 6GR requirements):

  • Note: Definition of evaluation metrics are for the purpose of alignment of definition among companies. Companies are encouraged to provide information on evaluation metrics reported and the implication and importance of the evaluation metric in the contributions with evaluations.
  • Miss detection probability
    • Total probability of following events (for a preamble transmission):
      • Not detecting the preamble for a RO that was sent among the target preambles of the detecting BS
      • Correct preamble detection but with the wrong timing estimation
      • For correct preamble detection, the (residual) timing estimation error should be less than CP/2 of data symbol, e.g., SCS = 30kHz, CP/2 = 1.2 us
  • False alarm probability
    • Probability of detecting any target preamble for a RO when no transmission has occurred (only noise)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following parameters for MsgA of 2-step RACH:

Parameters Values
MsgA PRACH format Company to report
Waveform (data part) Company to report (among agreed waveform from agenda 10.2)
The number of PUSCH symbols & PUSCH mapping type 14, Type A;
[6], Type B as optional
1) Total Number of PRBs for MsgA PUSCH, or
2) number of PRBs per PUSCH occasion
[6, 12], or [1, 2, 3]
PUSCH DMRS overhead [2 or 3] DMRS symbols
Frequency hopping for MsgA PUSCH w/ or w/o frequency hopping
TBS [72] bits as starting point, other values are not precluded
Number of UEs 1 as a starting point; 2 or more for evaluation of shared PUSCH occasion
Timing offset Uniform [0, RTT]
HARQ transmission Disabled
Receiver MMSE-IRC as baseline
Channel estimation Realistic for both channel estimation and TO/FO estimation. Ideal can be considered for calibration.
Target BLER [10%, 1%] for 1st transmission of MsgA as starting points.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following definition for metrics for evaluations for RAN1 study (not intended for 6GR requirements):

  • Note: Not all metrics may be applicable for all evaluation scenarios, and it is up to companies to provide appropriate metric(s) for information.
  • Miss detection probability considering frequency estimation
    • Total probability of following events (for a preamble transmission):
      • Not detecting the preamble for a RO that was sent among the target preambles of the detecting BS
      • Correct preamble detection but with the wrong timing estimation and/or frequency estimation
      • For correct preamble detection:
        • the (residual) timing estimation error should be less than CP/2 of data symbol, e.g., SCS = 30kHz, CP/2 = 1.2 us, and
        • the (residual) frequency estimation error of PRACH detection should be less than some target value. Target value to be reported by company.
  • Type 1 false detection probability (intra-cell)
    • Probability of detecting different preamble(s) for a RO than the one that was sent among the target preambles of the detecting BS.
  • Type 1 false detection rate (intra-cell)
    • A = number of preamble(s) for a RO detected other than the one that was sent among the target preambles of the detecting BS
    • B = Sum of A for all ROs that contain preamble transmission
    • C = Total number of preamble transmission across all ROs
    • Type 1 false detection rate = B divided by C
  • Type 2 false detection probability (inter-cell)
    • Probability of detecting any target preamble for a RO when no transmission has occurred in the cell of detecting BS and transmission has occurred in another cell
  • Mixed false detection probability
    • Probability of detecting multiple preambles (two or more) of which one of the detected preamble is correctly detected (multiple preamble detection for the detecting BS) for a RO when only one preamble among the target preambles of the detection BS was sent.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and Identify at least the following set of deployment scenario characteristics for 6GR RACH preamble format design:

  • target round trip time (RTT)/maximum cell radius
  • target time duration of preamble
  • target doppler/UE mobility
  • target duplex scheme, PRACH SCS, and frequency ranges
  • Study and identify required preamble formats that correspond to the identified use cases.

Observation: PRACH and RACH procedure (10.5.1.2)

  • Simplification of preamble formats compared to NR PRACH preamble formats is generally desired.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study base sequences and preamble sequence generation/construction methods for 6GR PRACH taking into account one or more of the following aspects:

  • detection performance (possibly including TA estimation performance, handling of frequency offset, miss-detection, false alarm, false detection, auto-correlation/cross correlation properties, etc)
  • detection complexity for BS
  • implementation complexity for UE
  • Cubic metric/PAPR
  • supported sequence lengths & associated SCS of a sequence
  • [Preambles per random access occasion (RO)]
  • Inter-cell interference
  • Coexistence with 5G NR PRACH sequences
  • Note 1: Benchmark various performance metric(s) and considerations against 5G NR PRACH design as baseline
  • Note 2: base sequences for 5G NR PRACH are ZC sequence, and preamble sequence generation is done via (time domain) cyclic shift of a ZC root sequence (base sequence) to create a specific preamble sequence.
  • Note 3: companies are encouraged to provide the following information:
    • detailed information for the sequence generation and construction of a preamble for PRACH
    • correlation properties (compared to NR PRACH sequences, including correlation with NR PRACH sequences)
    • Cubic metric/PAPR (at least compared to NR PRACH sequences)
    • Applicable scenarios
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the need, justification, and impact of increasing the maximum number of preambles per RO above 64

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study and identify set of essential information, if any, that is required to be conveyed as part of random access Msg 1/Msg 3/MsgA, respectively.
    • Consider the RAN2 LS in R1-2601765 (R2-2601354)
  • Study mechanisms of conveying identified essential information
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study coverage enhancement mechanics and identify essential requirements, features, and components to support random access coverage requirements, including use cases, deployment scenarios for coverage enhancements. Note: Moderator summary R1-2605052 Section 4.14 contains information of PRACH sequence/preamble format proposals from companies. Companies are encouraged to review the information for future evaluations.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For PRACH design, companies are encouraged to provide information using the following table. The following entries for further study:
Carrier Frequency Duplex Scheme ISD [m] Distance derived from ISD [m]
(see NOTE 1)
Max Cell range [m]
(see NOTE 2)
RTT derived from distance
(see NOTE 3) [us]
Max RTT [us]
(see NOTE 4)
Target Delay
(see NOTE 5)
Preamble Duration
(see NOTE 6)
UE Mobility Values [km/h] Max UE Mobility [km/h]
(see NOTE 7)
Max Doppler (see NOTE 8) [Hz]
Around 700 MHz FDD 200, 500, 1299, 1732, 5000, 100000 133, 333, 866, 1155, 3333, 10000, 100000 100000 0.89, 2.22, 5.77, 7.7, 22.2, 666.7 666.7 30, 40, 100, 120 (for 3.333 km cell range), 160 (for 100km cell range), 200 160 (for 100km cell range)
120 (for 3.333km cell range)
200 (for 1.155km cell range)
259.3
Around 2 GHz FDD, TDD. FFS:SBFD 20, 200, 250, 500, 1299, 1732, 13, 133, 167, 333, 866, 1155 1155 0.09, 0.89, 1.11, 2.22, 5.77, 7.7 7.7 3, 30, 40, 100, 120, 200,
[NTN: 3, 250, 1500]
200
[NTN: 1500]
741
Around 4 GHz TDD, FFS:SBFD 20, 50, 200, 250, 500, 1299, 1732, 13, 33, 133, 167, 333, 866, 1155
ATG: 100000
FWA: 10000
Mobile: 1155
ATG: 100000
FWA: 10000
0.09, 0.89, 1.11, 2.22, 5.77,
7.7,
FWA: 66.7
ATG:
Mobile: 7.7
ATG:
FWA: 66.7
3, 30, 40, 120, 200,
HST: 500
ATG: 1500
200
HST: 500
ATG: 1500
1482
HST: 3704
ATG:
Around 7 GHz TDD, FFS:SBFD 20, 50, 200, 250, 500, 1299, 1732, 13, 33, 133, 167, 333, 866, 1155
ATG: 100000
FWA: 10000
Mobile: 1155
ATG: 100000
FWA: 10000
0.09, 0.89, 1.11, 2.22, 5.77, 7.7,
FWA: 66.7
ATG:
Mobile: 7.7
ATG:
FWA: 66.7
3, 30, 40, 120, 200
HST: 500
ATG: 1500
200
HST: 500
ATG: 1500
2593
HST: 6482
ATG:
Around 30 GHz TDD, FFS:SBFD 1732 FFS FFS FFS FFS FFS
HST: 500
HST: 27778
NOTE 1: Distance derived from ISD is calculated by “ISD*2/3”. ATG and single cell with large coverage directly provides cell range with ISD.
NOTE 2: Max Cell range is the maximum value of ‘Distance derived from ISD’
NOTE 3: RTT derived from distance is calculated by ‘Distance derived from ISD *2/3e8’.
NOTE 4: Max RTT is the maximum value of ‘RTT derived from distance’
NOTE 5: Details of Target delay is FFS.
NOTE 6: Details of preamble duration is FFS
NOTE 7: Max mobility is the maximum of ‘Mobility values’
NOTE 8: Max doppler for TN was based on ‘UE mobility [km/h] * 1000/3600 * (Carrier Freq [Hz]/3e8)*2’
  • Notes:
    • Values listed for study are from TR38.914 for sole purpose of evaluation RAN performance requirements or features, not intended to mandate actual deployments or network/device implementation.
    • Additional rows/columns are not precluded.
    • Changes to the field columns and removal of the field columns are not precluded.
      • Target delay field column and Preamble duration column, including the details of the values, are FFS.
    • The values of the table are meant to be used for study of the preamble design and not intended to replace any 6GR requirements, nor intended to limit the use case and scenarios for 6GR PRACH preambles.
    • Preamble design should consider UL resource(s)/symbols(s)/slot(s) in SBFD/TDD pattern. RAN1 may consider additional considerations and aspects not listed in the table when developing preambles for 6GR.
    • RAN1 should strive to develop minimum set of preambles. A preamble format may support multiple use cases and deployment scenarios and RAN1 will not develop preambles targeting every single target value.
    • NTN related values and calculation methods may be included/refined and currently is FFS.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Update the UT antenna configuration as follows:

Antenna Configuration at the UE For TDL:
Around 700 MHz, 2 GHz: 1T1R, 1T2R, 2T2R
Around 2/4 GHz: 1T2R, 2T4R
Around 7/15 GHz: 1T4R, 2T4R
Around 30 GHz: 2T2R per panel as agreed in AI 10.1
For CDL:
- Around 700 MHz, 2 GHz: 1T1R (Combination 0)
- 700MHz, 2 GHz, 4 GHz: handheld UT model (from Clause 7.3.2 of TR38.901) with 1T2R (Combination 1), 1T4R (Combination 2), 2T4R (Combination 2)
- 7 GHz, 15 GHz: handheld UT model (from Clause 7.3.2 of TR38.901) with 1T4R, 2T4R (Combination 2)
- 30GHz (as agreed in AI 10.1): Company to report which UE antenna configuration is used
Antenna radiation pattern: based on SLS EVM (from Agenda 10.1)
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Update the TRP antenna configuration for 4GHz from (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2) (optional combination 0) to (12, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8) (combination 1).

Remove brackets from PUSCH duration: [28] OS for the evaluation of TBoMS. (For agreement made for LLS for PUSCH in RAN#124b)

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study if a subset of NR preamble formats is redundant for 6GR use cases and deployment scenarios.

Bandwidth operation (10.5.1.3)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2600953 FL Summary 3 on Bandwidth Operation for 6GR Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603455 — FL Summary 4 on 6GR Bandwidth Operation — Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604809 — FL Summary 1 on 6G Bandwidth Operation — Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For basic initial access procedures considering UEs with different bandwidth capabilities, study the determination of frequency location(s) and bandwidth(s) for UE to receive/monitor the downlink signals/channels during initial access and idle mode for at least the following:

  • System information
  • Random access procedure
  • Paging
  • FFS: Relation to frequency location of 6G synchronization signals
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For basic initial access procedures considering UEs with different bandwidth capabilities, study the determination of the frequency location(s) and bandwidth(s) for UE to transmit uplink signals/channels during initial access and idle mode:

  • FFS: Relation to the DL frequency location(s) and bandwidth(s) in TDD
  • FFS: Relation to frequency location of 6G synchronization signals
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study for idle mode:

  • Whether and how to define a common resource block grid in single-carrier operation
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For discussions on frequency location and bandwidth for UEs during initial access and idle mode, "frequency location" is defined as the starting position of the bandwidth.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For initial access, one configuration of one CORESET for SIB1-PDCCH monitoring is provided in MIB. The determination of the frequency location and bandwidth of the CORESET for SIB1-PDCCH monitoring is independent of UE’s bandwidth capability

RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Conclusion:

The frequency location and bandwidth of the SIB1-PDSCH refer to the schedulable frequency resources for SIB1-PDSCH

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For initial access, study the following options for the frequency location and bandwidth of SIB1-PDSCH:
    • Option 1: The frequency location and bandwidth of SIB1-PDSCH are the same as the frequency location and bandwidth of the CORESET for SIB1-PDCCH monitoring.
    • Option 2: The frequency location and bandwidth of SIB1-PDSCH can be different from the frequency location and bandwidth of the CORESET for SIB1-PDCCH monitoring
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For initial access, the frequency location and bandwidth of the SIB1-PDSCH are determined independently of the UE’s bandwidth capability.

Downlink transmission scheme(s) for downlink control channels (10.5.2.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601527 Feature Lead summary #4 on PDCCH Transmission Schemes Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603248 — Feature Lead summary #4 on PDCCH Transmission Schemes — Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604968 — Feature Lead summary #6 on PDCCH Transmission Schemes — Moderator (Nokia)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6G PDCCH study, consider at least the following aspects:

  • Control-channel blocking
  • Coverage
  • UE energy consumption
  • UE complexity
  • Coexistence of different device types
  • Reliability of PDCCH transmission
  • NW complexity and scheduling
  • Resource efficiency and overhead
  • Latency
  • MRSS
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6G PDCCH study will consider at least the following concepts:

  • CORESET
  • CCE
  • REG as the minimum resource unit
  • REG bundle
  • CCE to REG mapping
  • Search Space
  • PDCCH candidate and CCE aggregation levels
  • Blind decoding
  • DMRS for PDCCH
  • Hash function FFS the details of the concepts above FFS the relation among CCE, REG, REG bundle, and PDCCH candidates
RAN1#124 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • REG consists of multiple REs.
  • CCE consists of a set of REGs.
  • PDCCH candidate corresponds to one or multiple CCE(s).
  • REG bundle consists of a set of REGs.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support at least slot-level PDCCH monitoring with minimum periodicity of 1 slot for 6GR.

  • The details of the slot-level PDCCH monitoring are FFS
  • Study whether and how to support PDCCH monitoring other than slot-level
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of 6GR PDCCH transmit diversity consider at least the following:

  • Single-port DMRS-based PDCCH transmission as a baseline
  • The necessity and feasibility of the UE non-transparent transmission scheme compared to the transparent
  • Precoder granularity, e.g., REG bundle.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • 6GR Control Resource Set (CORESET) to be defined for 6GR PDCCH
  • CORESET defines at least duration in time and frequency resources used for PDCCH
  • 6GR Search Space (SS) set to be defined for 6GR PDCCH.
  • A 6GR search space set defines at least a set of PDCCH candidates for a UE to monitor
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • REG consists of multiple REs.
  • REG occupies one OFDM symbol in the time domain.
  • FFS for the REG allocation in frequency domain.
  • CCE consists of a set of REGs.
  • FFS how to map a set of REGs to the CCE including the number of REGs per CCE.
  • FFS REG indexing
  • PDCCH candidate corresponds to one or multiple CCE(s).
  • The exact number of CCEs used for a single PDCCH candidate equals the Aggregation Level (AL) at least for PDCCH without repetition.

Working Assumption from RAN1#124 is not necessarily to be confirmed.

RAN1#124bis Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

REG bundle consists of a set of REGs.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study both non-interleaved and interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping for 6GR PDCCH.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least QPSK modulation is used for 6GR PDCCH.

  • FFS necessity and feasibility of additional modulation(s) other than QPSK to be used for 6GR PDCCH
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study CCE aggregation mechanism for 6GR PDCCH:

  • Consider ALs 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 as baseline
  • Study the necessity, feasibility, and use-cases for supporting of higher and other ALs, e.g., 32.
  • It is necessary to consider at least the number of REGs within one CCE, and the number of REs within one REG.
  • Study the necessity and use-cases of PDCCH repetition for 6GR PDCCH, considering at least the following:
    • Intra-slot repetitions
    • Inter-slot repetitions
  • Study the duration of CORESET in OFDM symbols
    • Consider 1, 2, 3 symbols as baseline
    • Study the necessity, feasibility and use-cases for supporting the CORESET durations longer than 3.
  • Study the trade-offs/relation among PDCCH repetition, CORESET duration, and the usage of Aggregation Levels.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study details of frequency-domain resource allocation for both contiguous and non-contiguous frequency-domain resource allocation for 6GR CORESET.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study CRC scrambling, e.g., by an RNTI, for 6GR PDCCH.
  • Study PDCCH payload bit-level scrambling before modulation for 6GR PDCCH.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Common Search Space (CSS) set and UE-Specific Search Space (USS) set to be defined for 6GR PDCCH.
  • A SS set is associated with at least one CORESET

Conclusion: Downlink transmission scheme(s) for downlink control channels (10.5.2.1)

NR and 6GR CORESETs are RAT-specific and configured independently. A 6GR UE operating in 6G network is only configured with 6GR CORESET(s).

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the necessity, feasibility, and ways of dynamic sharing and/or semi-static assignment of time-frequency resources of 5G and 6G PDCCH transmission for MRSS, ensuring 6GR performance.

  • The above is considered from the NW perspective in a way transparent to the UE.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Hash function to be defined for 6GR PDCCH.

  • Hash function can be used to determine the CCE index of a 6GR PDCCH candidate associated with a SS set.
  • FFS hash function design for 6GR PDCCH.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR PDCCH DMRS, study at least:

  • How to define DMRS resource mapping.
  • How to define DMRS sequence generation and initialization.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For PDCCH blocking evaluation, consider, e.g.,
    • The distribution of the ALs
    • Number of candidates per ALs
    • Number of UEs to be scheduled at a time
    • CORESET(s) configurations
    • Search space
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study how to achieve efficient support for the coexistence of wideband and narrowband CORESETs
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PDCCH, a Resource Element Group (REG) consists of 1 RB in the frequency domain and one OFDM symbol in the time domain.
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For a given 6GR CORESET, there is only one CCE-to-REG mapping scheme: either interleaved or non-interleaved.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study whether to support precoding granularity larger than a single REG bundle
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • UE transparent MU-MIMO using non-orthogonal DMRS with a single-port PDCCH DMRS reception from UE perspective is considered as the benchmark MU-MIMO transmission scheme for the study
    • FFS the feasibility and necessity of specific enhancements (e.g., to the hash function, scrambling, etc.)
  • Study whether it is necessary and feasible to consider:
    • 6GR PDCCH MU-MIMO with orthogonal multi-port DMRS transmission from the NW, assuming that UE is aware about the single port used for the PDCCH transmission dedicated to it,
    • and additional necessity and feasibility that UE is aware about interfering/other ports or not
  • Study whether it is necessary and feasible to consider:
    • 6GR PDCCH SU-MIMO with multi-port DMRS transmission from the NW and multi-port DMRS reception from UE perspective
      • UE is aware about the ports/multiple layers used for the PDCCH transmission dedicated to it
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the maximum number of RBs in 6GR PDCCH CORESET.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of slot-level PDCCH monitoring consider:
    • Whether monitoring occasions are restricted to the first [X] OFDM symbols of a slot
    • Whether monitoring occasions can be present in any consecutive [Y] symbols in a slot
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Use the following NR PDCCH DMRS mapping pattern as the benchmark for evaluation:
    • 3 DMRS REs per REG
    • DMRS is present in every OFDM symbol carrying the PDCCH
  • Study 6GR PDCCH DMRS mapping patterns compared to the benchmark
  • Study whether PDCCH DMRS REs for a PDCCH candidate are transmitted only within the REGs constituting that candidate.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Consider the 5G NR Length-31 Gold sequence as the baseline for 6GR PDCCH DMRS study and evaluations.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Both non-interleaved and interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping to be defined for 6GR PDCCH.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Consider the 5G NR PDCCH CRC scrambling (masking) procedure as a starting point for 6GR PDCCH study
  • Consider the 5G NR PDCCH payload bit-level scrambling procedure as a starting point for 6GR PDCCH study
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of the necessity, feasibility, dynamic sharing of time-frequency resources of 5G and 6G PDCCH transmission for MRSS consider that 5G NR and 6GR CORESETs/Search Spaces can partially or fully overlap.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

List of parameters and values for link-level evaluations of 6GR PDCCH:

# Parameters Values
Deployment/General configuration
1 Carrier Frequency - 0.7 GHz FDD- 2 GHz FDD,- 4 GHz TDD- 7 GHz, TDD- 30 GHz, TDD
2 SCS - 15 kHz for 0.7 and 2 GHz- 30 kHz for 4 GHz and 7 GHz- 120 kHz for 30 GHz
3 System BW Optional, up to company to report, e.g., 5MHz, 20 MHz, 100 MHz 400 MHz
4 Waveform CP-OFDM
5 Number of BS antenna For TDL channels:- For 700MHz/2GHz, 2Tx chains as baseline.- For 4GHz/7GHz/30GHz, 4Tx chains as baselineFor CDL:- Up to company to report and following general 6G evaluation assumptionsOther values up to company to report and following general 6G evaluation assumptions
6 Number of UE antenna For 700MHz/2GHz: - 2Rx, 1Rx For 4GHz/7GHz/30GHz: - 4Rx, 2Rx
7 Receiver type - Baseline: MMSE- Optional: MMSE-IRC, R-ML
8 Channel estimation - Baseline: Realistic- Optional: Ideal
9 UE speed, kmph - Baseline: 3 km/h, 120 km/h- Optional: 30 km/h, 350 km/h, 500 km/h
10 Channel model, Delay spread, ns - TDL-C 300 ns, TDL-A 30 ns, CDL-C- Other models, e.g., TDL-C 30 ns, CDL-A/D and delay spreads, e.g., 30 ns, 100 ns, 300 ns, 1000 ns up to company report
11 Interference - Baseline: absent,- Other modelling up to company report, e.g., for MU-MIMO
Control Channel configuration
12 Number of symbols for CORESET - Baseline: 1, 2, 3 OFDM symbols,- Other values up to company report
13 CORESET frequency allocation, PRBs Up to company report
13 CCE-to-REG mapping type - Interleaved,- Non-interleaved
14 REG bundle size, REGs Up to company report
16 CCE size, REGs Up to company report
17 Aggregation level - Baseline: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16- Other values up to company report
18 CRC bits - Baseline: 24 bits- Other up to company report
19 Channel coding - Baseline: NR Polar- Other options up to company report
20 Modulation - Baseline: QPSK- Other options up to company report
21 DCI payload size (excluding CRC), bits Up to company report
23 Number of repetitions - Baseline: no repetitions- Other values up to company report
24 Target BLER - Baseline: 1%- Other values up to company report
25 FFS Link adaptation - Baseline: no- Other schemes up to company report
DMRS and Precoding
26 DMRS sequence - Baseline: 5G NR Length-31 Gold sequence- Other up to company report
27 Freq. domain DMRS density/ DMRS mapping - Baseline: 3 DMRS REs per REG, DMRS is present in every OFDM symbol carrying the PDCCH- Other up to company report
28 Number of DMRS ports - Baseline: 1- Other up to company report
29 Tx Diversity scheme/Precoder - Baseline: 1-port Precoder cycling- Other up to company report
30 Precoding granularity Up to company report
31 Channel estimation algorithm Up to company report
33 Decoding algorithm Up to company report
Metrics
34 Used metrics - Default: BLER,- Other up to company to report
NOTE: The parameters and values are applicable to PDCCH transmitted within the CORESET.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 to confirm the working assumption on REG bundle
  • REG bundle is the minimal granularity for PDCCH precoding
  • REG bundle is used as at least as the unit for interleaving for interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping
  • FFS the number of REGs per REG bundle
Downlink transmission scheme(s) for downlink shared channels (10.5.2.2)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601431 FL Summary #6 on Downlink Transmission Scheme for Downlink Shared Channel Moderator (Ericsson), Moderator (Google)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603458 — FL Summary #1 (final revision) on DL Transmission Scheme for DL Shared Channel — Moderator (Ericsson), Moderator (Google)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604947 — FL Summary #5 on DL Transmission Scheme for DL Shared Channel — Moderator (Ericsson), Moderator (Google)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the PT-RS for PDSCH including at least the following aspects

  • The necessity of PT-RS in different bands
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study PDSCH and RS for PDSCH based on the following LLS EVM assumptions Note: Additional EVM assumptions for AI/ML based DMRS overhead reduction can be further discussed.

Parameter Value
Carrier frequency and duplex Around 0.7 GHz, FDD
Around 2 GHz, FDD
Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
Subcarrier spacing 15 kHz for 0.7 and 2 GHz
30 kHz for 4 GHz and 7 GHz
120 kHz for 30 GHz
Waveform CP-OFDM
Channel model CDL-A/C/D in TR 38.901
System bandwidth 20 MHz
100 MHz
Other bandwidths are not precluded (companies to report)
PRG size 2 RBs, 4 RBs and wideband as start point for evaluation
Other values are not precluded, and reported by companies
Delay spread 30 ns, 100 ns, 300 ns, 1000 ns (optional)
UE speed 3 km/h, 30 km/h, 120 km/h, 350 km/h, 500 km/h
BS antenna configuration Align with SLS
UE antenna configuration Align with SLS
Receiver MMSE-IRC (baseline)
R-ML (Reported by companies)
Other receivers are not precluded (companies to report)
Channel estimation Realistic
FFS: Channel parameter estimation Companies to report channel parameter estimation, e.g., delay spread, Doppler spread, delay, SNR, etc.
MIMO scheme Reported by companies
MU-MIMO interference model The assumption of MU-MIMO interference in NR Rel-18 DMRS enhancement can be reused (companies to report which Alt
Link adaptation and HARQ AMC or fixed MCS
Phase errors for radios with uncalibrated antennas (for 4 TXRUS)
Note: Only for radios with uncalibrated antennas
Wideband phase error between Tx antenna port 0 and Tx antenna port \(n (n>0)\) can be modeled as follows:
Independent random phase offset uniformly distributed between 0 and \(2\pi\) between any two Tx antenna ports.
Performance metric BLER, SE, Throughput
Other performance metrics are not precluded (companies to report)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study PDSCH and RS for PDSCH based on the following SLS EVM assumptions

  • Note: Additional EVM assumptions for AI/ML based DMRS overhead reduction can be further discussed.
  • Note: EVM assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately
Parameter Value
Carrier frequency and duplex Around 0.7 GHz, FDD
Around 2 GHz, FDD
Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
Subcarrier spacing 15 kHz for FDD
30 kHz for TDD and around 2-7 GHz
120 kHz for TDD and around 30 GHz
Waveform CP-OFDM
Channel model TR 38.901 (Rel-19)
Scenario Suburban macro, 1732 m ISD (for around 0.7-4 GHz)
Urban macro, 500 m ISD (for around 0.7-30 GHz)
Dense urban, 200 m ISD (for around 4-30 GHz)
Other scenarios are not precluded (companies to report)
Bandwidth 20 MHz (baseline)
100 MHz (for 4-7 GHz) (optional)
Other bandwidths are not precluded (companies to report)
Deployment \(7 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (baseline)
\(19 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (optional)
BS transmit power (for 20 MHz) For around 0.7-7 GHz
49 dBm for Suburban macro, 1732 m
46 dBm for Urban macro, 500 m
44 dBm for Dense urban, 200 m
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor and 33 dBm for indoor for the above carrier frequencies.

For around 30 GHz
33 dBm for all scenarios
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
BS transmit power constraint Total transmit power constraint (baseline)
Per-TXRU transmit power constraint (optional)
BS antenna configuration Around 0.7 GHz:
4 TXRUS, 32AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p,N_p)=(8,2,2,1,1;1, 2)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\). ("Baseline Configuration")

Around 2 GHz:
4 TXRUS, 32 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\), ("Outdoor Combination 1")
32 TXRUs, 128 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (8, 8, 2, 1, 1; 2, 8)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\)
64 TXRUS, 192 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p)=(12,8,2,1, 1; 4, 8)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\), ("Outdoor Combination 2")

Around 4 GHz:
4 TXRUS, 32 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p)=(8,2,2,1,1;1, 2)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\) ("Outdoor Combination 0")
32 TXRUs, 128 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (8, 8, 2, 1,1; 2, 8)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\), ("Indoor Combination 1")
64 TXRUS, 192AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1; 4, 8)\). \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\) ("Outdoor Combination 1")

FFS: Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\), ("Outdoor Combination 1")
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16)\), \((d_H, d_V) = (0.5, 0.8)\), ("Outdoor Combination 2")
512 TXRUS, 2048AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (64, 16, 2, 1, 1; 16, 16)\), \((d_H, d_V) = (0.5, 0.5)\), ("Outdoor Combination 5")
256 TXRUs, 1536 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (48, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16)\). \((d_H, d_V) = (0.5, 0.8)\), ("Outdoor Combination 3")
128 TXRUS, 2048AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (64, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 8)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\)

Around 30 GHz
4 TXRUS, 1024 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (16, 16, 2, 2, 1; 1, 1)\), \((d_H, d_V) = (0.5, 0.5)\), ("Outdoor Combination 3")
16 TXRUS, 2048 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (16, 8, 2, 4, 2; 1, 1)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\), ("Outdoor Combination 1")

Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
BS mechanical/electrical tilt Mechanical tilt: \(90^\circ\) in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
UE antenna configuration (IoT) Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1
UE antenna configuration (handheld) Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1
FFS: CPE configuration Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1
UE speed (handheld) Urban macro and dense urban: indoor (3 km/h) outdoor (30km/h)
Suburban macro: indoor (3 km/h), outdoor (40 km/h)
Traffic model FFS: NFB, FTP 1, 500 kB
FFS: NFB, FTP 3, 500 kB
FFS: FB and EFTP
Other traffic models and packet sizes are not precluded (companies to report)
Resource utilization FFS: 20%, 50%, 70%
Number of UEs per cell FFS: 10 or 30 (for FTP 3)
Scheduler PF
MIMO scheme Reported by companies
Receiver

DMRS channel estimation

CSI-RS channel estimation

Inter-cell interference estimation

Inter-cell interference model

CSI-RS periodicity

CSI delay

Phase errors for radios with uncalibrated antennas (for 4 TXRUS)
MMSE-IRC (baseline)
R-ML (Reported by companies)
Realistic
Realistic
Realistic
Explicit
10 ms (optional)
20 ms (baseline)
4 ms
Wideband phase error between Tx antenna port 0 and Tx antenna port \(n (n>0)\) can be modeled as follows: in following two ways:
Case-1: Independent random phase offset uniformly distributed between 0 and \(2\pi\) between any two Tx antenna ports.
Backhaul assumption Ideal backhaul (baseline)
Non-ideal backhaul (optional)
Performance metric Throughput
Other performance metrics are not precluded (companies to report)
Multi-TRP (e.g., CJT) scenario Reuse AI 10.5.3.1 (DL CSI) as reference and consider potential more TRPs than 3
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the following options regarding the spec impact on the maximum number of orthogonal DMRS ports for PDSCH

  • Option 1: Up to 24 orthogonal DMRS ports
  • Option 2: Up to 32 orthogonal DMRS ports
  • Option 3: Up to 48 orthogonal DMRS ports
  • Option 4: Up to 64 orthogonal DMRS ports
  • Option 5: Up to 96 orthogonal DMRS ports Study Non-orthogonal DMRS on top of the options above to achieve the target number of MIMO layers (from network side) Note: To provide link/system level simulation results for this study
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For LLS EVM for non-HST scenario: Revise the RAN1#124 agreement as follows.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For FDRA for PDSCH on a single physical carrier:

  • Support both bitmap-based ("Type 0") and RIV-based ("Type 1") mapping
  • Support dynamic switching between bitmap-based mapping and RIV-based mapping
  • Further study, at least, the following aspects:
    • Granularity for bitmap-based and RIV-based mapping, considering support for wider bandwidth (more than 275 PRBs)
    • Whether there are restrictions for 400 MHz CBW in case of two RF chains at the UE
  • Note: Decision to study scheduling across multiple physical carriers is subject to agreements in other agenda items
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support PT-RS for PDSCH at least for FR2.

  • Study whether PT-RS is necessary for FR1 and around 7GHz
  • If PT-RS for FR1/around 7GHz is supported, strive to have a unified design for all bands
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The phase noise model defined in TR38.803 is used for further evaluation unless further update from RAN4.

  • Send an LS to RAN4 to check if RAN4 has plan to update it and when it will be updated
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the DMRS assumption for MU-MIMO considering at least the following aspects:

  • Network indication or UE assumption of DMRS CDM group/ports/density/pattern/symbol(s) for co-scheduled UE(s)
  • Network indication of number of CDM groups without data as in NR
  • Network indication to assist the UE's OCC despreading
  • Network indication or UE assumption of the DMRS sequence for the co-scheduled UE(s)
  • Network indication or UE assumption of the modulation order(s) for the co-scheduled UE(s)
  • Network indication or UE assumption of the QCL/TCI information for the co-scheduled UE(s)
  • Network indication or UE assumption of PRG allocation for the co-scheduled UE(s)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CPE configuration, details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1 and 10.5.2.3.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For traffic model for SLS EVM, support:

  • NFB FTP model 1/3 with:
    • 500 kB packet size
    • 20%, 50%, and 70% resource utilization
    • FTP 3-extension 1 model can be optionally considered
    • 10 or 30 UEs per cell for applicable models
  • FB model can be optionally considered, for technical performance requirements (TPR)
  • Other traffic models and packet sizes are not precluded (companies to report)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study PDSCH and RS for PDSCH based on the following additional SLS EVM assumptions for HST scenario:

Parameter Value
Carrier frequency and duplex Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
Channel model TR 38.901 with spatial consistency (optional)
Scenario and deployment at around 4 and 7 GHz Rural macro, 500 m or 1732 m ISD between RRH sites, two TRxPs per RRH site, one or more RRH sites connected to a BBU, with:
RRH site to railway track distance: 100 m
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
Scenario and deployment at around 30 GHz Rural macro, 500/1732 m between BBU sites, one or more RRH sites connected to 1 BBU, one TRxP per RRH site, with:
RRH site to railway track distance: 5 m
Inter-RRH site distance: [580 m, 580 m, 572 m]
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
UE speed Rural macro: outdoor (350km/h, 500km/h)
Number of UEs per cell and UE distribution 300 (assuming 1000 passengers per train and at least 30% activity ratio)
100% of users in train
Companies to report how UEs are distributed in train
Resource utilization 50%, 70%, 90%
Multi-TRP scenario Maximum number of coordinated TRPs is 2, 4, 8 or 16; other number not precluded
CSI-RS periodicity 10 ms (optional), 20 ms (baseline), 40 ms (optional), 80 ms (optional)
BS transmit power (for 20 MHz) For around 0.7–7 GHz: 49 dBm
For around 30 GHz: 33 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)

Note: Other parameters follow agreements on SLS EVM for non-HST scenario. Note: LLS EVM parameters for HST scenario are separately discussed.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For TDRA for PDSCH:

  • Support a single mapping type, at least for PDSCH within a single slot
  • Support flexible starting symbol
    • Study which symbol(s) can be the starting symbol
    • Study number of symbols
    • Granularity is 1 symbol
    • Further study DMRS position(s)
  • Study time offset from the scheduling PDCCH, considering UE processing capabilities
  • Study whether/how to support a single PDSCH transmission crossing slot boundary
    • Including the maximum PDSCH duration
    • Including whether the single PDSCH transmission can occupy contiguous or non-contiguous symbols
    • Including impact on performance and complexity
    • Including maximum TB size limit
    • Note: If cross-slot boundary PDSCH transmission is supported, a single mapping type is supported also for cross-slot PDSCH transmission
  • Study whether/how to support PDSCH repetition
    • Note: Whether/how to schedule multiple PDSCH transmissions using a single DCI is up to DCI content discussion
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For channel parameter estimation for LLS EVM:

  • Practical channel parameter estimation (baseline)
  • Companies to report channel parameter estimation, e.g., delay spread, Doppler spread, delay, SNR, etc. (optional)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Draft LS R1-2603413 is endorsed in principle.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS R1-2603453 is endorsed.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the sequence of DMRS for PDSCH considering at least the following aspects:

  • PAPR
  • Inter-sequence interference
  • Scrambling ID indication
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For low overhead DMRS with AI/ML receiver for PDSCH reception, link level simulation is used for further study.

  • The performance comparison is based on the following metrics:
    • Eventual KPI: BLER/SE/throughput
    • Complexity KPI: FLOPs, the number of parameters
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation of DMRS for PDSCH, the following aspects are considered for further study:

  • Candidates for FD-OCC length: 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, x
  • Candidates for TD-OCC length: 1 (i.e., single-symbol DMRS), 2, 4, x
  • Candidate for number of CDM groups: 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, x
  • CDM group structure, e.g., comb-based, block-based, etc.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For SLS EVM for non-HST scenario: Revise the RAN1#124 agreement as follows.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study PDSCH and RS for PDSCH based on the following SLS EVM assumptions

Note: Additional EVM assumptions for AI/ML based DMRS overhead reduction can be further discussed. Note: EVM assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study PDSCH and RS for PDSCH based on the following LLS EVM assumptions.

Note: Additional EVM assumptions for AI/ML based DMRS overhead reduction can be further discussed.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study codeword-to-layer mapping for PDSCH:

  • Consider the following aspects:
    • The number of codewords for each rank
    • The maximum number of codewords
    • The maximum rank per codeword
    • The modulation order per layer(s)
    • Including identifying and evaluating important aspects affecting performance and complexity that are impacted by codeword-to-layer mapping
  • NR spatial first, frequency second, time third mapping as baseline for evaluation
  • NR codeword-to-layer mapping as baseline for evaluation
  • Further study whether/how to map one or more transport block(s) to time/frequency resources and its impact on codeword-to-layer mapping
  • Further study aspects related to modulation order and code rate and its impact on codeword-to-layer mapping
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study multi-TRP transmission for PDSCH(s), considering, at least, the following aspects:
    • Whether/how to support single PDSCH from a single TRP and/or from multiple TRPs, and/or multiple PDSCHs from multiple TRPs
    • Strive to minimize the number of multi-TRP transmission schemes
      • E.g., avoid multiple schemes targeting the same scenario
    • Whether/how to design common framework for both single-TRP and multi-TRP transmission
    • Study of multi-TRP transmission to include identifying deployment conditions and operating regimes where multi-TRP transmission provides performance/energy saving benefits relative to single-TRP transmission
      • E.g., high-speed train (HST) scenario
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For frequency interleaving of PDSCH:
    • Support non-interleaved frequency mapping
    • Study interleaved frequency mapping, considering, at least, the following aspects:
      • Applicability to one or both of RIV-based and RBG-based mapping
      • Mapping granularity
      • Number of scheduled RBs
      • Whether the interleaving is within one of the following:
        • Subset or all of scheduled/allocated RB(s)
        • Configured/predefined interleaving bandwidth(s)
        • Subset or all of scheduled/allocated RB(s) within a configured/predefined interleaving bandwidth(s)
        • FFS: Definition of interleaving bandwidth(s)
        • FFS: Whether configured/predefined interleaving bandwidth(s) is independent of scheduled/allocated RB(s)
      • Impact on performance compared to non-interleaved frequency mapping and compared to NR interleaved frequency mapping
      • Impact on latency
      • Impact on multiplexing/scheduling
      • Impact on transmitter/receiver complexity
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For precoding granularity of PDSCH on a single physical carrier:
    • Support PRB bundling, where UE assumes that precoding granularity is N consecutive PRBs in the frequency domain, and UE may assume the same precoding is applied within the precoding granularity
      • Note: How precoding is performed within the precoding granularity is up to aNB implementation
    • Further study which PRB bundling sizes, i.e., N, should be supported, considering, at least, support for wider bandwidth (more than 275 RBs), DMRS design, and UE-specific/common PDSCH transmission
      • PRB bundling sizes supported in NR as starting point for study
    • Further study potential impact (if any) of 2 RF chains at the UE for 400 MHz CBW
    • Further study whether PRB bundling size is layer-common or layer-specific
    • Note: Decision to study PRB bundling for the case of scheduling across multiple physical carriers is subject to agreements in other agenda items
    • FFS: Per subcarrier/PRB precoding granularity
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For FDRA for PDSCH on a single physical carrier:
    • For RBG-based mapping:
      • Support nominal RBG size P larger than 16 RBs
      • Further study specific values for nominal RBG size
      • Further study whether nominal RBG size is configurable
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For FDRA for PDSCH on a single physical carrier:
    • For RIV-based mapping:
      • Minimum granularity is 1 RB
      • Further study maximum granularity
      • Further study whether granularity is configurable
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For PDSCH rate matching:
    • Study whether/how to support semi-static configuration and/or dynamic indication of rate matching pattern
    • Study whether/how to support RB-level, RE-level, and/or symbol-level rate matching pattern
    • Study whether/how to support channel/signal-based rate matching pattern
    • Consider the following aspects for the study:
      • Which 6G channels and signals to consider for rate matching purposes
      • Which NR channels and signals to consider for rate matching purposes for 6GR-NR MRSS
      • Which NB-IoT/eMTC channels and signals to consider for rate matching purposes of the following RAN requirement in TR 38.914: “The 6GR shall support coexistence with NB-IoT (all deployment modes) and eMTC via semi-static configuration”
    • Note: Other aspects of 6GR-NR MRSS and 6G coexistence with NB-IoT/eMTC are discussed separately from PDSCH rate matching
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support single-TRP transmission for PDSCH, i.e., A single TRP serves the UE
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of multi-TRP transmission for PDSCH(s):
    • Consider a set of coordinated TRPs, which includes the set of serving TRP(s) and interference-coordination TRPs
    • Further study size of set of coordinated TRPs, and how to coordinate, if necessary
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For low overhead DMRS with AI/ML receiver for PDSCH reception, reuse the LLS EVM for PDSCH and RS agreed in RAN1 #124b
    • Support the following additional EVM for generalization/scalability of the AI/ML models across one or multiple of the followings
      • Various channel models, e.g., various CDL models
      • Various delay spread
      • Various Doppler spread
      • Various SINR
      • Various carrier frequencies
      • Various UE speed
      • Various UE antenna operations, e.g., UE selected antennas for DL reception, number of UE antennas, etc.
      • Various aNB antenna configurations, e.g., antenna spacing, TXRU mapping, antenna layout, etc.
      • Various downlink transmission operations, e.g., TDRA, FDRA, MCS, DMRS antenna port(s), PRG size, precoders, etc.
      • Various number of MIMO layers
    • Companies shall report the number of model parameters, AI/ML receiver related aspects (including at least model input, model output, and label) for the AI/ML model
      • Companies shall report the number of FLOPs, FLOPs per RB/slot/layer, together with the corresponding inference configuration (e.g., number of Rx antennas, number of subcarriers, number of symbols and number of layers for PDSCH)
      • Companies can optionally report whether/how the labelling error is modelled
    • The following model generalization aspects defined in TR38.843 can be further considered
      • Case 1: The AI model is trained based on training dataset from one Scenario #A/Configuration #A, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a dataset from the same Scenario #A/Configuration #A.
      • Case 2: The AI model is trained based on training dataset from one Scenario #A/Configuration #A, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a different dataset than Scenario #A/Configuration #A, e.g., Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B.
      • Case 3: The AI model is trained based on training dataset constructed by mixing datasets from multiple scenarios/configurations including Scenario #A/Configuration #A and a different dataset than Scenario #A/Configuration #A, e.g., Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a dataset from a single Scenario/Configuration from the multiple scenarios/configurations, e.g., Scenario #A/Configuration #A, Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For DMRS based on TD-OCC-X for a single-slot based PDSCH, the TD-OCC-X is applied to X consecutive symbols for DMRS

    • Consider the same spacing between every X DMRS symbols
      • Study how to identify the spacing between every X DMRS symbols
      • FFS: whether there is any exception
    • The number of DMRS symbols in a slot is L*X, and study the candidate value of L as follows
      • For X = 1, L = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
      • For X = 2, L = {1, 2, 3}
      • For X = 4, L = {1}
      • If multiple candidate values of L are supported, study how to determine the value of L
      • Note: Above does not mean X = {1, 2, 4} are all supported
  • Study at least the following options for the time-domain location of the first DMRS symbol

    • Option 1: The first DMRS symbol is fixed as the first symbol allocated for the PDSCH
    • Option 2: The candidate DMRS symbol(s) are fixed in a slot and the actual first DMRS symbol is the first candidate DMRS symbol within the TDRA for the PDSCH
    • Option 3: The first DMRS symbol is indicated by the network relative to the first symbol of the PDSCH
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support both SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO for PDSCH.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support DMRS-based PDSCH transmission with one DMRS port per layer, where the layers and DMRS ports are precoded using the same precoders
    • Note: Whether/how to additionally support multiple DMRS ports per layer and/or DMRS-free PDSCH transmission is a separate discussion
Uplink transmission scheme(s) for uplink channels (10.5.2.3)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601661 FL Summary #4 on Uplink transmission scheme(s) for uplink channels Moderator (Samsung) Moderator (Docomo).
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602191 — FL Summary #4 on Uplink transmission scheme(s) for uplink channels — Moderator (NTT DOCOMO), Moderator (Samsung)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604185 — FL Summary #5 on Uplink transmission scheme(s) for uplink channels — Moderator (NTT DOCOMO), Moderator (Samsung)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support following table as the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme. Note: Additional EVM assumptions for AI/ML based evaluation can be further discussed.

Parameters Proposals
#1 Frequency range Around 0.7 GHz, FDD
Around 2 GHz, FDD
Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
#2 Multiple access
#2-1 waveform
OFDMA
CP-OFDM and DFTS-OFDM
#3 Numerology 15 kHz for FDD
30 kHz for TDD and around 2-7 GHz
120 kHz for TDD and around 30 GHz
#4 Scenario
#4-1 Deployment
Suburban macro, 1732 m ISD (for around 0.7-4 GHz)
Urban macro, 500 m ISD (for around 0.7-30 GHz)
Dense urban, 200 m ISD (for around 4-30 GHz)

Urban Macro (500m), one-layer deployment, two-layer deployment (Optional)
Dense urban (200m), one-layer deployment, two-layer deployment (Optional)
Urban Grid (Optional)
Other scenarios are not precluded (companies to report)
\(7 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (baseline)
\(7 \times 3\) two layers, macro layer: hex grid; micro layer: locations of micro sites are reported by company (optional)
\(19 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (optional)
#5 Channel model TR 38.901
#6 System bandwidth 20 MHz (baseline)
100 MHz (for 4-7 GHz) (optional)
Other bandwidths are not precluded (companies to report)
#7 gNB RX antenna setup and port layouts (M,N,P,Mg,Ng,Mp,Np) Reuse SLS assumption for PDSCH (AI 10.5.2.2)
and additional assumption as follows:
Around 4 GHz:
4 TXRUS, 32 AEs, \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p)=(8,2,2,1,1;1,2), (d_H, d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\) (optional)
#8 BS receiver noise figure
#9 BS receiver
Around 7 GHz and below: 5dB
Around 15 GHz and above: 7dB
Baseline: MMSE-IRC
Other can be reported
#10 BS scheduler
#11 Modulation
Proportional fair
Up to 256 QAM
Other can be reported
#12 MIMO scheme Depending on PUSCH scheme
Reported by company (e.g., SU/MU-MIMO, max rank)
#13 UE speed Urban macro and dense urban: indoor (3 km/h), outdoor (30km/h)
Suburban macro: indoor (3 km/h), outdoor (40km/h)
additional assumption of 0.3 km/h for FWA
#14 UE TX antenna configuration Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1.
Other antenna location/configuration are not precluded and can be considered.
FFS: CPE configuration
#15 Traffic model (FFS)
#16 Precoder granularity Company can report
#17 Backhaul assumption
#18 Power control
#19 UE power class
Ideal backhaul (baseline)
Non-ideal backhaul (optional)
Company can report
23dBm, 26dBm[,29dBm]
#20 Metric Throughput
Additional assumption of average UPT, 5%-tile UPT, 50%-tile UPT, 95%-tile UPT
#21 Impairments Company can report (according to use case / scenario / scheme)
e.g., UE coherence modeling, Tx power imbalance, relative phase error, DL&UL reciprocity

Note: EVM assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

If 6GR supports to define uplink control information (UCI) in Layer 1, study how to define the method(s) to convey the UCI over physical channel, at least (but not limited to) the following aspects:

  • Option 1: Define a UCI dedicated physical channel, i.e., Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)
  • Option 2: UCI carried on PUSCH
  • Option 3: Other method(s) Note: Whether UCI is carried in L1 or L2 to be discussed in agenda item 10.5.3.1 and 10.5.4.3
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR PUSCH transmission:

  • The supported number of UE antenna ports are {1, 2, 3, 4, 8}
  • FFS: Other number of UE antenna ports
  • The maximum number of SU-MIMO layers is assumed same as the given number of UE antenna ports for CP-OFDM
  • Separate discussion on the number of antenna ports of UE device(s)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In addition to the agreement on the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme in RAN1#124, for CPE antenna configuration, support the followings:

  • Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1.
  • Other antenna location/configuration are not precluded and can be considered (reported by company if considered), e.g.,
    • For Alt 1 in agreement of AI 10.1, Outdoor CPEs use horizontally directive antenna elements.
    • For Alt 1 and Alt 2 in agreement of AI 10.1, Single panel indoor and outdoor CPEs with horizontally directive antenna elements are oriented to point at the serving base station. Indoor CPEs whose antenna elements are omnidirectional in the horizontal plane are not constrained to be oriented to point at the serving base station.
  • Note: This is also applicable for assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH DMRS.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In addition to the agreement on the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme in RAN1#124, for CPE configuration, support the followings:

  • Indoor and outdoor CPE pre-selection criterion or mechanism:
    • Approach 0. Random selection between indoor/outdoor CPE, as baseline
    • (optional) Approach 1. A pre-selection criterion is applied to ensure that the CPE/FWA devices experience sufficiently good link quality and the fraction of the cell over which service is sufficiently good is reported.
    • (optional) Approach 2. The approach first assumes CPEs are indoors. Then according to the criteria, a number of worst performing households are either rejected or reassigned as outdoor CPEs.
    • In cases where CPEs are 100% indoor or outdoor, prequalification can be used.
    • The criteria can be e.g. RSRP, minimum UL or DL data rate, etc.
    • Other approaches are not precluded
  • Note 1: This is only for Profile 1 (mixed deployment of indoor and outdoor CPE).
  • Note 2: This is also applicable for assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH DMRS.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the assumption of LLS for evaluation of AI based receiver for PUSCH DMRS overhead reduction:

  • Support to reuse the assumption of LLS for evaluation of PUSCH and DMRS in RAN1#124b.
  • In addition, in RAN1#125, the following template is used as starting point for collecting related parameter values:
Parameters Value
#1 Receiver assumptions
#2 Model input (Including model input dimension)
#3 Model output (Including model output dimension)
#4 Label (Labelling error model can be reported optionally)
#5 Training type
#6 Number of MIMO layers
#7 Number of FLOPs (Number of FLOPs per RB/slot/layer can be reported optionally)
#8 Number of parameters of AI Model
#9 Benchmark Receiver: non-AI based receiver with realistic assumption; other aspects reported by company
#10 Aspects to consider for generalization and scalability performance

Further discuss on detail of values.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support codebook based PUSCH transmission for 6GR, and study at least the following aspects:

  • UL precoder is selected from an UL codebook, based on UL CSI acquisition in NW to schedule UE
  • As baseline, SRS is used for UL CSI acquisition
  • FFS: Which RS/method can be used to obtain UL CSI, other than SRS
  • UL codebook design, at least considering:
    • Fixed codebook which is pre-defined in specification
    • Configurable codebook which can be configured by NW
    • Hybrid approach of fixed and configurable codebook
    • performance, resolution, overhead, codebook size comparing to 5G NR
    • Diverse UE coherency capabilities
    • Diverse UE Tx antenna structures
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For PUSCH transmission scheme and PUSCH DMRS in HST scenario, in addition to the agreement on the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme in RAN1#124, support the followings:

Parameter Value
#1 Frequency range Around 4 GHz, TDD; Around 7 GHz, TDD; Around 30 GHz, TDD
#3 Numerology 30 kHz for TDD and around 4–7 GHz; 120 kHz for TDD and around 30 GHz
#4 Scenario Around 4 GHz or 7 GHz: ISD 500 m or 1732 m between RRH sites, two TRxPs per RRH site, one or more RRH sites connected to a BBU.
Around 30GHz: 1732 m between BBU sites, 3 RRH sites connected to 1 BBU, one TRxP per RRH site, inter RRH site distance (580 m, 580 m, 572 m).
#4-1 Deployment Macro-layer only: Dedicated linear deployment along the railway line.
Around 4/7 GHz: RRH site to railway track distance: 100 m
Around 30 GHz: RRH site to railway track distance: 5 m
#5 Channel model TR 38.901 with spatial consistency (optional)
#13 UE speed 350km/h, 500km/h
UE distributions Train length: 400m; 300 UEs (assuming 1000 passengers, at least 30% activity ratio); 100% of users in train
Multi-TRP scenario Maximum number of coordinated TRPs is 2, 4, 8 or 16; others not precluded
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In addition to the agreement on the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme in RAN1#124, for SLS assumption for PUSCH DMRS, support the followings:

  • Deployment: other deployment is not precluded, and can be reported by company.
  • Link adaptation & HARQ retransmission are modelled
  • Number of HARQ retransmissions is reported by company
  • Note: this is also applicable to assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme.
  • DMRS specific assumptions: reuse the assumption of LLS for evaluation of PUSCH and DMRS
  • Reported by company, if additionally needed
  • This is also applicable with HST scenario.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In addition to the agreement on the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH transmission scheme in RAN1#124, for traffic model, support the followings:

  • FTP Model 1/3, 0.5 Mbyte packet size
  • FTP 3-extension 1 (optional)
  • Resource Utilization (RU): 20%, 50%, 70%
  • Full buffer traffic model (optional, for 6G TPR evaluation)
  • 10 or 30 UEs per cell, other values are not precluded (companies to report)
  • Other traffic models and packet sizes are not precluded (companies to report)

Note: This is also applicable to assumption of SLS for evaluation of PUSCH DMRS.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For time domain resource allocation for a PUSCH within a slot, consider at least the following aspects:

  • Support flexible starting symbol
  • Study which symbol(s) can be the starting symbol
  • Study number of symbols
  • Granularity is 1 symbol
  • Study time offset from the scheduling PDCCH, considering UE processing capabilities.

Note: Time domain DMRS position is separately discussed.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the assumption of LLS for evaluation of PUSCH and DMRS:

Parameters Proposals
#1 Carrier frequency Around 0.7 GHz, FDD
Around 2 GHz, FDD
Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
#2 SCS 15 kHz for FDD
30 kHz for TDD and around 2–7 GHz
120 kHz for TDD and around 30 GHz
#3 Waveform CP-OFDM, DFTS-OFDM
#4 System BW 20 MHz; 100 MHz; other values not precluded
#4-1 RB allocation Small: 4, 8 RBs; Medium: 24 RBs; Large: 48 RBs; other values not precluded
#5 Channel model CDL-A/C/D in TR 38.901; TDL-A/C in TR 38.901 (optional)
#6 Delay spread 30 ns, 100 ns, 300 ns, 1000 ns (optional)
#7 UE speed 3 km/h, 30 km/h, 120 km/h, 350 km/h, 500 km/h; additional 0.3 km/h for FWA
#8 UE antenna configuration Align with SLS assumption for PUSCH
#9 BS antenna configuration Align with SLS assumption for PUSCH
#10 Precoding granularity Reported by company; wideband precoding is baseline
#11 SRS configuration Reported by company
#12 Link adaptation AMC or fixed MCS
#12-1 HARQ No HARQ as baseline; HARQ retransmission as optional
#13 Channel estimation Realistic, Ideal (as upper bound, optional)
#14 Receiver Baseline: MMSE-IRC; others reported by company
#15 DMRS specific assumptions Rel-15 NR Type 1/2, Rel-18 NR eType 1/2 design as baseline for comparison
#16 MIMO scheme Reported by company (e.g., SU/MU-MIMO, max rank, fixed rank/rank adaptation, UL codebook)
#17 Performance metric BLER, throughput, PAPR; MSE (optional); Net gain (optional)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For frequency domain resource allocation for a PUSCH:

  • Support physically contiguous allocation in a single physical carrier
  • Study frequency domain resource allocation granularity/unit(s)
  • FFS physically non-contiguous allocation in a single physical carrier
  • Note: Scheduling across multiple physical carriers is subject to agreements in other agenda items
  • Note: Frequency hopping, interleaving, UL muting, potential impact of SBFD are separately discussed
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PUSCH transmission, study AI based receiver for PUSCH DMRS overhead reduction at least considering the followings:
    • Study sub-case A (sparse DMRS) at least the following
      • AI receiver assumption for evaluation purpose
        • Including model input, output, and label
      • Label quality impact
      • Generalization and scalability performance
      • Model inference complexity and number of parameters
      • Data collection and performance monitoring
      • Relevant specification impact(s)
      • Other study aspects are not precluded
      • FFS: Whether to have same/different design for DFTS-OFDM and CP-OFDM, e.g., data/DMRS multiplexing in FDM manner, and PAPR
    • Study sub-case B (super-imposed DMRS) and/or sub-case C (DMRS-free),
      • Consider how to address at least the following challenge aspects
        • Inter-layer interference, inter-UE interference, and inter-cell interference handling
        • PAPR
        • Whether/how to perform Rnn estimation
        • UE Coexistence
        • (For sub-case B) power allocation between DMRS and data
        • (For sub-case C) Dependency on the modulation design
        • (For sub-case C) inter-vendor collaboration issue, if any
        • Other challenge aspects are not precluded
      • Study aspects listed under sub-case A (sparse DMRS)
        • Other study aspects are not precluded
    • Note: RAN1 strives to down-select up to 1 sub-case
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PUSCH transmission, study DMRS power boosting method, at least considering the following(s)
    • NR DMRS power boosting can be a starting point, i.e., by indicating number of CDM group(s) without data
    • PAPR difference, if any, between DMRS and PUSCH, at least impact on MU-MIMO performance
    • PAPR/PSD of DMRS and PUSCH
    • Different modulation order(s)
    • Impact from/on DMRS design including different DMRS density in frequency domain
    • When mature, send an LS to RAN4 to ask on the maximum PUSCH DMRS power boosting
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PUSCH transmission, study DMRS design at least considering the following(s):
    • DMRS time/frequency domain parameters
      • DMRS RE mapping
      • Number of CDM groups
      • Time domain DMRS symbol allocation
      • Length of TD/FD-OCC
      • Sequence of TD/FD-OCC
    • Possibly common DMRS design for CP-OFDM and DFT-S-OFDM
    • Possibly common DMRS design between PDSCH and PUSCH
    • Possibly common DMRS design for between different receiver types (e.g., AI-based, non-AI based)
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following LLS assumptions for evaluating UCI-dedicated physical channels:

Parameters Proposals
#1 Carrier frequency/Duplex Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#2 SCS Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#4 Channel model Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#5 Delay spread Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#6 UE speed Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#7 Antenna configuration Refer to the assumption for PUSCH and non-AI DMRS
#8 UCI payload 1/2/3/4/6/7/11/22/50/100 bits as reference, other values can also be evaluated
#9 PRBs 1,
Other values can also be evaluated based on companies’ report
#10 OFDM symbols 1, 2, 4, 7, 14
Other values can also be evaluated based on companies’ report
#11 Format/TX scheme Companies to report, including the details
#12 Number of repetitions Companies to report
#13 Frequency hopping Companies to report
  • Chair’s guidance
  • The following address how to handle overlap in studies between Agenda Items 10.3.1 and 10.5.2.3 regarding transmission of 3—11 bits on the UCI-dedicated physical channel:
  • Case 1 (w/ channel coding): 3—11 bits  channel coding (in 10.3.1)  mapping  transmission.
  • Case 2 (w/o channel coding): 3—11 bits  mapping to sequence  transmission
  • How to compare Case 1 and Case 2:
    • 10.3.1 works on channel coding for 3—11
    • 10.5.2.3 works on transmission schemes outside of channel coding
      • For studying sequence based transmission
        • The baseline for comparisons is NR RM block code.
        • If a change to the NR RM block code or a new channel code for 3—11 bits is adopted in 10.3.1, it is also included in the comparison
  • Note: the lower and upper bound for UCI size in this study is discussed in 10.5.2.3.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For evaluation of UCI-dedicated physical channels, consider at least (but not limited to) the following metrics:
    • For transmission scheme(s) with channel coding based UCI bit conveying with CRC,
      • BLER <=1%
      • NACK to ACK probability <=0.1%
    • For transmission scheme(s) with channel coding based UCI bit conveying without CRC, and with sequence based UCI bit conveying,
      • BLER <=1% for UCI other than HARQ-ACK for comparison with transmission scheme(s) with channel coding based UCI bit conveying with CRC
      • BER <=1% for UCI other than HARQ-ACK for comparison among transmission scheme(s) with channel coding based UCI bit conveying without CRC, and with sequence based UCI bit conveying
      • DTX to ACK probability <=1%
      • ACK missed probability <=1%
      • NACK to ACK probability <=0.1%
    • Receiver complexity at BS side, e.g., computational complexity, and UE TX transmission complexity, PAPR
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of time domain resource allocation for PUSCH across more than one slot, consider:
    • At least the following scenario(s):
      • Coverage improvements
      • Flexible usage of UL symbols in TDD
      • Overhead reduction in terms of the number of UL-scheduling DCIs
    • At least the following scheme(s)
      • PUSCH repetition across multiple slots with the same starting symbol and length (a.k.a. repetition Type A in 5G NR)
      • PUSCH repetition across multiple slots with same/different starting symbols and/or length (a.k.a. repetition Type B in 5G NR)
      • Single TB generation over multiple slots (a.k.a. TBoMS in 5G NR)
      • A PUSCH allocated across slot boundary(ies)
    • At least the following aspects
      • the maximum PUSCH duration
      • whether the single PUSCH transmission can occupy contiguous or non-contiguous symbols
      • impact on performance and complexity including UE processing granularity/timeline
      • maximum TB size limit
  • Note: whether/how to schedule multiple PUSCH transmissions using a single DCI is up to DCI content discussion
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PUSCH transmission, to decide the supported maximum number of orthogonal DMRS ports, at least considering the followings:
    • Option 1. Up to 24
    • Option 2. Up to 32
    • Option 3. Up to 48
    • Option 4. Up to 96
    • Motivation, justification, potential use case, scenario
    • Company to provide at least the SLS results
      • LLS results can be optionally provided by company
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study whether/how to support closed-loop frequency selective precoding based PUSCH transmission for 6GR, considering at least following:
    • Wideband precoding as baseline for evaluation purpose
    • Applicable number of UE antenna port(s) and rank(s)
    • Applicable waveform(s)
    • Factors impacted on performance and complexity in UE/NW
      • Frequency selective precoding granularity
      • PAPR
      • Realistic channel estimation
      • UE antenna model
      • SRS sounding overhead & channel aging
      • Link budget
      • UL Link adaptation
      • UE TX coherency
      • PUSCH frequency resource allocation per UE
      • Number of BS RX antennas
      • UL precoder design and indication method with signaling overhead & potential overhead reduction
      • Other factors are not precluded
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR PUSCH transmission
    • Study codeword-to-layer mapping scheme at least considering the followings:
      • The number of codewords for each rank
      • The number of layer(s) per codeword for each rank
      • The maximum number of codewords
      • Mapping of same or different modulation order for a number of layer(s) of a codeword
      • Performance comparison with system aspects (e.g., DL control signaling overhead, HARQ complexity, different precoding schemes, impact on BS receiver implementation, performance with link adaptation and scheduling, small packet transmission with higher ranks, performance with directional antennas and/or impairments, MPR, antenna imbalance, UE complexity, processing delay, UL CSI acquisition, etc. Other aspects are not precluded)
    • Study whether/how to map one or more transport block(s) to time/frequency resources and its impact on codeword-to-layer mapping
    • Study same or different power allocation across-layers and its impact on codeword-to-layer mapping
    • Study aspects related to modulation order and code rate and its impact on codeword-to-layer mapping
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Final LS 2605141 is endorsed.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study DL/UL reciprocity based PUSCH transmission for 6GR, considering at least following candidate schemes:
    • Scheme 1. CSI-RS based DL channel estimation by UE, UE calculates UL precoder, UE transmits (precoded) SRS, and NW indicates UE precoder information to schedule (e.g., analogous with non-codebook based PUSCH in NR)
    • Scheme 2. CSI-RS-based DL channel acquisition by UE, UE reports channel information to NW, and NW selects an UL precoder to schedule UE
      • FFS: What channel information UE reports
      • FFS: how to determine UL precoder
      • FFS: UL link adaptation
    • Scheme 3. CSI-RS-based DL channel acquisition by UE, UE reports channel information to NW and/or send SRS, the NW indicates the information on the desired UL precoder, the UE calculates/selects the precoder
      • FFS: What channel information UE reports
      • FFS: How NW indicates the information on the desired UL precoder
      • FFS: How to represent the information
      • FFS: How the UE calculates/selects the precoder.
    • Other scheme(s) are not precluded.
    • Note: For any scheme(s) requiring DL/UL reciprocity at UE side, the feasibility of DL/UL reciprocity at UE side should be considered.
    • Potential benefit(s) & scenario(s) over codebook-based PUSCH transmission as baseline
  • For the purpose of performance evaluation of DL/UL reciprocity based PUSCH transmission for 6GR, consider the following antenna calibration error:
    • Antenna calibration error can be modeled as
  • HUL=α1ejθ1⋱αNaNBejθNaNB∙HDLT∙δ1ejϕ1⋱δNUEejϕNUE - HUL represents the uplink channel obtained using DL/UL reciprocity at UE side and has a dimension NaNB×NUE. - HDL is the downlink channel derived by CSI-RS and has a dimension NUE×NaNB. - NUE is the number of antenna ports of UE, NaNB is the number antenna ports of aNB. - αi is the amplitude mismatch coefficient and could be modeled as subject to uniform or Gaussian distribution, e.g., Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance X1=0.35 dB. - θi is the phase mismatch coefficient and could be modeled as subject to uniform or Gaussian distribution, e.g., Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance Y1=5 degrees. - Other values on X1 and Y1 can be considered and reported by companies. - δi is the amplitude mismatch coefficient and could be modeled as subject to uniform or Gaussian distribution, e.g., Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance X2 dB. - ϕi is the phase mismatch coefficient and could be modeled as subject to uniform or Gaussian distribution, e.g., Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance Y2 degrees. - Values on X2 and Y2 are reported by companies. - The distribution of δi and ϕi can also be reported by companies. - Both or either of aNB or UE-side antenna calibration error can be used in the simulation and is reported by companies. - It is assumed that DL/UL reciprocity calibration error is constant in UL scheduled bandwidth. - Companies report how DL/UL reciprocity calibration error behavior in time domain considering UL coherency is modeled.

  • Send LS to RAN4 to inform the above contents and ask for feedback on model assumption above, whether DL/UL reciprocity can be achieved at UE side considering different UE implementations

  • RAN1 continue to study, and after RAN1 sensitivity check, send an LS to RAN4 to inform the above and the outcome, with potential assessment/check from RAN4
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the assumption of LLS for evaluation of AI based receiver for PUSCH DMRS overhead reduction, the agreed template in RAN1#124bis is updated as follows:

Parameters Value
#1 Receiver assumptions Reported up to company, for example,
Details on Receiver options (in R1-2509598)
Option 1: AI-based denoise on DMRS REs only
Option 2: AI-based channel estimation for data REs (with or without denoise on DMRS REs)
Option 3: AI based channel prediction for target REs
Option 4: AI-based joint {channel estimation + equalization + demodulation/LLR calculation}
Option 5: AI-based {channel estimation} + AI-based {equalization + demodulation/LLR calculation}
Additional Receiver options
Option 6: Channel estimation + equalization + AI-based {demodulation/LLR calculation}
Option 7: AI-based {Channel estimation} + equalization + AI-based {demodulation/LLR calculation}
Other receiver options are not precluded
Note: Receiver type (such as AI/non-AI) including the above Options in aNB will not be specified.
#2 Model input Reported by company, including input content and input dimension
#3 Model output Reported by company, including output content and output dimension
#4 Label Reported by company, including label acquisition method
(Labelling error model can be reported optionally)
#5 Training type Offline
#6 Number of MIMO layers Reported by company
#7 Number of FLOPs Reported by company
Company also reports Inference related parameters for PUSCH (e.g., number of RBs, symbols)
(Number of FLOPs per RB/slot/layer can be reported optionally)
#8 Number of parameters of AI Model Reported by company
#9 Benchmark Receiver: non-AI based receiver with realistic assumption
Other aspects (including DMRS patterns, etc) can be reported by company
#9-1 DMRS assumption for AI receiver reported by company
#10 Aspects to consider for generalization and scalability performance Evaluation Methodologies & Frameworks
Evaluation cases 1, 2, 3 in TR 38.843
Case 1: The AI model is trained based on training dataset from one Scenario #A/Configuration #A, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a dataset from the same Scenario #A/Configuration #A.
Case 2: The AI model is trained based on training dataset from one Scenario #A/Configuration #A, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a different dataset than Scenario #A/Configuration #A, e.g., Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B.
Case 3: The AI model is trained based on training dataset constructed by mixing datasets from multiple scenarios/configurations including Scenario #A/Configuration #A and a different dataset than Scenario #A/Configuration #A, e.g., Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B, and then the AI model performs inference/test on a dataset from a single Scenario/Configuration from the multiple scenarios/configurations, e.g., Scenario #A/Configuration #A, Scenario #B/Configuration #B, Scenario #A/Configuration #B.
Companies to report the scenarios/configurations for generalization and scalability verification.
Channel generation: considering Link Level channel and/or System Level channel (e.g., UMi, UMa)
Link Level channel, if used for generating training data, shall be generated with diversified Channel & Environmental Conditions
Companies can also use System Level channel to generate training data set
Channel & Environmental Conditions
Various Channel Types
Various Channel parameters, such as various Delay Spread, various Doppler spread, various Angular Distributions
Various UE speed
Various SNR range
Various interference level
FFS: how to model interference in LLS
Scheduling & System Configurations
Different numbers of Tx/Rx antenna ports, MIMO layers, SU/MU-MIMO scenario, and UL precoders (TPMI)
Varying time/frequency resource allocation
Different MCS & Modulation, if applicable
Different DMRS Configurations: DMRS pattern, sequence, time/frequency domain density
Power allocation (for Sub-case B)
Other aspects are not precluded, and reported by company (if needed)
Beam management for downlink and uplink (10.5.2.4)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601558 Moderator summary #2 on beam management for DL and UL Moderators (ZTE, Apple)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603456 — Moderator summary #1 (final revision) on beam management for DL and UL — Moderators (ZTE, Apple)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604248 — Moderator summary #4 on beam management for DL and UL — Moderators (ZTE, Apple)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study TCI/QCL-related aspects, e.g., definition of QCL/TCI-state, QCL property/chain On beam management for DL and UL of 6GR, at least the following aspects should be studied:

  • Beam measurement(prediction)/report/indication within a same TRP, i.e., single-TRP, in a cell/carrier;
  • Beam measurement(prediction)/report/indication among different TRPs, i.e., multi-TRP, in a cell/carrier;
  • Beam measurement(prediction)/report/indication among different cells/carrier, i.e., inter-cell/carrier Note: Both AI/ML and non-AI/ML related mechanism(s) for the above can be further studied. Note-1: Which multi-TRP transmission scheme for study will be discussed under other agenda.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study of UE-initiated/event-driven beam management (UEIBM) mechanisms for 6GR, covering at least the following aspects:

  • Event definition and the corresponding target use case.
  • UL transmission, UE's behavior, and procedure for a triggered event, including the necessity and design of the associated network's response. Note 1: Both AI/ML and non-AI/ML related mechanism(s) for the above can be further studied. Note 2: UE-initiated/event-driven CSI reporting is not discussed in this agenda.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding link-level evaluation of 6GR beam management, in RAN1#124b, to use the following template as starting point for collecting related parameters.

Parameter Value
Carrier Frequency
Duplex/Waveform
Subcarrier Spacing
Simulation Bandwidth
Channel Model
Delay Spread
NW Antenna Config
Multi-TRP operation
TXRU mapping to antenna elements
Beam-forming scheme
Procedure of beam sweeping
Criteria for beam selection
UE Antenna Config
BS array orientation
UE array orientation
UE antenna element radiation pattern
UE Velocity
MIMO Scheme
CW-to-layer mapping
Channel coding
SSB, CSI-RS configuration for BM
SRS configuration for BM
Receiver Type
Channel Estimation
MCS
Performance Metric(s)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding system-level evaluation of 6GR beam management, in RAN1#124b,, to use the following template as starting point for collecting related parameters.

Parameter Value
Scenario (Carrier frequency)
Mode
System BW
Subcarrier spacing for data
Channel model
BS Antenna Configuration
BS array orientation
TXRU mapping to antenna elements
Beam-forming scheme
Procedure of beam sweeping
Multi-TRP operation
Criteria for selection for serving TRP(s)
Criteria for beam selection for serving TRP(s)
UE Antenna Configuration
UE array orientation
Beam correspondence
Link adaptation
UE receiver type
BS Tx Power
Maximum UE Tx Power
Inter site distance
UE antenna element radiation pattern
UE Speed and UE distribution
UE rotation
BS Antenna height
UE Antenna height
Car penetration Loss
Building penetration loss (02I)
UE mobility feature (optional)
Scheduling algorithm
MCS
Traffic Model
CSI Feedback
Resource Utilization
Prediction parameter
UE number/cell
Layout/deployment
Inter-cell interference model
Metric
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study requirement/functionality of DL RS for beam measurement, e.g., number of RS ports, time/frequency-domain RS pattern, time-domain behavior, etc.
  • Note: Sync-signal design is not considered herein
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study on spatial/temporal/frequency domain beam measurement/prediction (relevant to AI/ML or non-AI/advanced schemes), the following is considered:

  • Implementation complexity/overhead:
    • Model/computation complexity: FLOPs
    • Model size, if AI/ML is involved: Number of parameters
    • Note: The above complexity/overhead with the increase of TRP number should be clarified.
  • Benchmark:
    • Benchmark-1: based on the measurement of Set-A
    • Benchmark-2: only based on the measurement of Set-B (non-prediction)
    • Other benchmarks are not precluded and up to companies to report
  • Evaluation assumptions with the following clarifications:
    • Spatial/Temporal domain DL Tx beam prediction and management, scenarios of both single-TRP and multi-TRP (intra/inter-cell) can be considered.
    • For multi-TRP (intra/inter-cell), companies report whether the predicted beam(s) (Set-A) are from the same set of cells/TRPs corresponding to the measured beam(s) (Set-B) or not.
    • Note (Sample and Hold): Regarding temporal domain prediction, reuse the result of the latest measurement.
    • Regarding frequency domain beam measurement/prediction (cross-frequency), the scenario of co-located and non-colocated, intra-frequency-range (inter-/intra-band) and inter-frequency-range can be considered.
    • Note: the above assumptions can also apply for non-AI schemes, i.e., without training/inference/data collection, when applicable.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding NW-initiated beam management, study DL beam measurement and report procedure on DL RS(s) for both single-TRP/cell/carrier and multi-TRP/cell/carrier scenario(s).

  • At least the following aspects can be studied:
    • Procedure of beam sweeping/tracking, e.g., intra-/inter-symbol, time-domain/frequency-domain sweeping
    • Measurement/prediction metrics
    • Time-domain behavior for report, e.g., aperiodic, semi-persistent, periodic
    • Report content
    • Note: Report container for study will be discussed under other agenda.
    • Note: RAN1 strives to support a unified framework for beam measurement and reporting for MIMO and mobility.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the assumption of SLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management:

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For network-initiated beam reporting in 6GR, support at least L1-RSRP as a measurement/report quantity for beam reporting, when applicable.

  • Note: L1-RSRP maybe measured or predicted by UE.
  • FFS: L1-SINR and others.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR UE-initiated beam management (UEIBM), study the following events for single-TRP as a starting point:

  • Event-1: The measured/predicted quality of the current/serving beam is worse than a threshold, including "beam failure".
  • Event-2: The measured/predicted quality of at least one candidate beam becomes a threshold value better than the current/serving beam.
    • The candidate beam is associated with a same (i.e., intra-cell) or a different physical cell ID (i.e., inter-cell case) as the current/serving beam.
  • How to extend to m-TRP use case, including the feasibility.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the assumption of LLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management (updated):

Parameter Value
#1 Carrier Frequency 4GHz, 7GHz, 30GHz
#2 Duplex / Waveform TDD/CP-OFDM
#3 Subcarrier Spacing For 4GHz/7GHz: 30KHz; For 30GHz: 120KHz
#4 Simulation Bandwidth Reuse assumptions of PDSCH EVM (10.5.2.2); 20 MHz, 100 MHz
#5 Channel Model CDL-A/B/C/D model in TR 38.901, translated so that strongest cluster's AoD and AoA occur at a random angle (±30°)
#17 UE Velocity 3km/h, 30km/h, 120km/h (Optional), 350km/h (Optional), 500km/h (Optional)
#26 Performance Metric(s) BLER and Spectrum Efficiency (SE); other metrics not precluded
#35 Prediction parameter Set A: M×N, M: {8,16,32,64,256,1024}, N: {1,2,3,4}
Ratio Set-B/Set-A: {1,1/2,1/4,1/8,1/16,1/32}
Time gap: {20ms,40ms,80ms,120ms,160ms,200ms}
Predicted instances: {1,2,4,8}
#39 Metric Top-K/1 beam prediction accuracy, average/5%-ile UPT/throughput, RS overhead reduction, beam management latency, model complexity
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the assumption of SLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management (updated):

Parameter Value
#1 Scenario (Carrier frequency) Indoor hotspot, Urban macro, Dense urban (one-layer, and two-layer), High Speed Train, SMa, Urban grid
4 GHz, TDD; 7 GHz, TDD; 30 GHz, TDD
Other scenarios not precluded
#2 Mode DL/UL SU-MIMO/MU-MIMO
#3 System BW 4GHz: 20MHz; 7GHz: 100 MHz; 30GHz: 100 MHz
#4 Subcarrier spacing for data 4GHz/7GHz: 30KHz; 30GHz: 120 KHz
#5 Channel model TR 38.901 with spatial consistency (including Autocorrelation of shadow fading, near-field characters, spatial non-stationarity)
#6 BS Antenna Configuration Reuse agreed configurations from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
For 7GHz: 128 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M,N,P,Mg,Ng;Mp,Np)=(64,16,2,1,1,8,8), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5) additional
For 30GHz: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng;Mp,Np)=(8,16,2,1,1;1,1) or (16,32,2,1,1;1,1) additional
#33 CSI Feedback CSI periodicity: 10ms, 20ms (baseline), 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
#35 Prediction parameter Set A: {16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024}; Set B: {4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64}
Time gap between predicted instances: {40ms, 80ms, 120ms, 160ms, 200ms}
Prediction/observation window: {1, 2, 4, 8} time instances
#39 Metric Top-K/1 beam prediction accuracy (with or without L1-RSRP margin), average UPT, 5%-ile UPT
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the basic assumption of LLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study on DL beam measurement and report (AI/ML-based or non-AI/ML-based) on the deployment scenarios of NW multi-TRP/panel and/or UE single/multi-panel/irregular-handheld/CPE UE, the following can be considered:
    • Potential use cases (multi-TRP transmission scheme may use the following beam measurement and report procedure):
      • Case-1: To identify/report the preferred N>1 DL beams per NW TRP/panel or across NW TRP(s)/panel(s) for supporting multi-TRP/panel transmission scheme(s).
      • Case-2: To identify/report the preferred M >1 DL beams of different NW TRPs/panels that can be received simultaneously to facilitate multi-TRP/panel joint transmission.
      • Other use cases are not precluded.
    • For each potential use case, studying details of:
      • Benchmark:
        • Beam measurement and report (non-group based L1-RSRP report) on single-TRP/single-panel-UE, multi-TRP/single-panel-UE, of 5G NR
        • 5G NR L1-RSRP
      • L1-RSRP calculation
      • RS measurement requirements
      • Report content/format
      • Others are not precluded.
    • Note-1: Strive for unified beam measurement and report procedure for all NW single-/multi-TRP/panel and single-panel-/multi-panel/irregular-handheld-UE.
    • Note-2: Which multi-TRP transmission scheme to be supported will be discussed under other agenda.
    • Companies report the assumption of transmission scheme, if UPT/throughput is reported.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the following uplink signal and channels transmission in response to a triggered Event-1:
    • PRACH
    • PUCCH
    • PUSCH
    • SRS
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support the following table as the assumption of LLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management
    • Revise the RAN1#124-bis agreement as follows:
Parameter Value
#1 Carrier Frequency 4GHz, 7GHz, 30GHz
#2 Duplex / Waveform TDD/CP-OFDM
#3 Subcarrier Spacing For 4GHz/7GHz: 30KHz;
For 30GHz:120KHz
#4 Simulation Bandwidth Reuse the assumptions of PDSCH EVM (10.5.2.2)
20 MHz, 100 MHz
Other bandwidths are not precluded (companies to report)
#5 Channel Model Reuse the assumptions of PDSCH EVM/CSI-others (10.5.2.2/10.5.3.3)
CDL-A/B/C/D model in TR 38.901
The CDL table is translated so that the strongest cluster’s AoD and AoA occur at a random angle for both the antenna panels of TRP and UE in the local coordinate.
The value of the random angle is selected to be uniformly distributed from +30 to -30 degree. The random value is chosen independently for both AoD and AoA.
#6 Delay Spread Reuse the assumptions of PDSCH EVM (10.5.2.2)
30 ns, 100 ns, 300 ns, 1000 ns (optional)
#7 NW Antenna Config Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
For 30GHz, the following can be further considered: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), or (16, 32, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5);
#8 Multi-TRP operation The maximum number of coordinated TRP(s) = {1 (baseline), 2, 3, 4}, and other larger value(s) are not precluded
CDL channel model is generated per TRP independently;
Backhaul: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
Sync: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
Companies explain the details, if any.
#9 TXRU mapping to antenna elements A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization. Others are not precluded (companies to report).
#10 Beam-forming scheme Companies explain the details, e.g., DFT-based or Eigen-based
#11 Procedure of beam sweeping Companies explain the details
#12 Criteria for beam selection To maximize RSRP (with/without a margin (baseline for margin: 3dB, companies to report)) as a baseline. Other criteria is not precluded and up to companies to report.
#13 UE Antenna Config 4GHz & 7GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions;
30GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions:
For one-panel, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline
For multi-panel, (M, N, P; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline.
#14 BS array orientation Azimuth 0°, mechanic downtilt: 90° in GCS.
#15 UE array orientation ΩUT,a uniformly distributed on [0, 360] degree, ΩUT,b = 0°, ΩUT,g = 0°
#16 UE antenna element radiation pattern For 4 GHz/7GHz:
Option-1: Omni-directional with 0dBi gain;
Option-2: According to Table 7.3-2 in TR 38.901 (radiation power pattern for handheld UT)
For 30 GHz: See Table A.2.1-8 in TR 38.802
#17 UE Velocity 3km/h, 30km/h, 120km/h (Optional), 350km/h(Optional), 500km/h (Optional)
#18 MIMO Scheme SU-MIMO/MU-MIMO
#19 CW-to-layer mapping Reuse the assumptions of CSI EVM (10.5.3.1)
#20 Channel coding LDPC for DL/UL data channel, Polar for CSI
#21 SSB, CSI-RS configuration for BM NR SSB, CSI-RS for BM as benchmark, and it is up to company to report other configuration, e.g., periodicity.
#22 SRS configuration for BM NR SRS with usage set to BM as baseline, and it is up to company to report other configuration, e.g., periodicity
#23 Receiver Type MMSE-IRC as baseline; R-ML (companies to report)
#24 Channel Estimation Ideal or realistic
#25 MCS NR MCS (fixed, or AMC)
#26 Performance Metric(s) BLER and Spectrum Efficiency (SE)
Companies can report other performance metrics
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support the following table as the assumption of SLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management
    • Revise the RAN1#124-bis agreement as follows:
Parameter Value
#1 Scenario (Carrier frequency) Indoor hotspot, Urban macro, Dense urban (one-layer, and two-layer), High Speed Train, SMa, Urban grid,
4 GHz, TDD
7 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
Other scenarios are not precluded (companies to report)
#2 Mode DL/UL SU-MIMO/MU-MIMO
#3 System BW 4GHz: 20MHz
7GHz: 100 MHz
30GHz: 100 MHz
#4 Subcarrier spacing for data 4GHz/7GHz: 30KHz;
30GHz: 120 KHz
#5 Channel model TR 38.901 with the following features, if needed:
Spatial consistency, including Autocorrelation of shadow fading (Section 7.4.4 in TR 38.901)
Correlation modeling for multi‑frequency simulations.
Near-field characters
Spatial non-stationarity
#6 BS Antenna Configuration Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
For 30GHz, the following can be further considered: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), or (16, 32, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5);
#7 BS array orientation Mechanical tilt:
180° in GCS for indoor hotspot;
90° in GCS for Urban Macro, Dense Urban and High Speed Train
Electrical tilt: Company to report
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
#8 TXRU mapping to antenna elements A single TXRU is mapped per panel per subarray per polarization. Others are not precluded (companies to report).
#9 Beam-forming scheme Companies explain the details, e.g., DFT-based or Eigen-based
#10 Procedure of beam sweeping Companies explain the details
#11 Multi-TRP operation Reuse the assumptions for multi-TRP scenarios of DL-based CSI (A.I. 10.5.3.1) with the following interpretation except for high-speed train scenario:
The maximum number of coordinated TRP(s) = {1, 2, 3, 4}, and other larger value(s) are not precluded
Backhaul: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
sync: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
Regarding high-speed train scenario, reuse the assumptions of downlink/uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
Maximum number of coordinated TRPs is 2, 4, 8 or 16
Other number of coordinated TRPs are not precluded
#12 Criteria for selection for serving TRP(s) Serving TRP selection with objective of maximizing RSRP is considered as baseline, and other criteria is not precluded and up to companies to report.
For TRP switching, it is up to companies to report the TRP selection margin, if any.
#13 Criteria for beam selection for serving TRP(s) Beam selection with objective of maximizing RSRP is considered as baseline, and other criteria is not precluded and up to companies to report.
#14 UE Antenna Configuration 4GHz & 7GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions;
30GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions:
For one-panel, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline
For multi-panel, (M, N, P; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline.
#15 UE array orientation Ω‌UT,a uniformly distributed on [0, 360] deg, Ω‌UT,b = 0 deg, Ω‌UT,g = 0 deg is considered as a baseline. Others are not precluded (companies to report)
#16 Beam correspondence Ideal (baseline) or non-ideal. Others are not precluded.
#17 Link adaptation Based on CSI-RS (Adaptive Modulation and Coding, AMC)
#18 UE receiver type MMSE-IRC as baseline; other advanced receivers are not precluded
#19 BS Tx Power Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
#20 Maximum UE Tx Power Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
#21 Inter site distance Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions, besides for the following:
High Speed Train: 1732 m ISD
#22 UE antenna element radiation pattern Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
#23 UE Speed and UE distribution Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions, besides for the following:
High Speed Train: 100% outdoor in train (up to 500km/h)
#24 UE rotation No UE rotation (baseline). UE rotation is not precluded and the corresponding rotation speed is up to companies to report.
#25 BS Antenna height Dense urban macro and Urban Macro: 25 m; Dense urban micro: 10 m; Indoor: 3m
#26 UE Antenna height Section 7.2 in TR 38.901. Others are not precluded (companies to report).
#27 Car penetration Loss TR 38.901, sec 7.4.3.2: μ = 9 dB, σp = 5 dB
#28 Building penetration loss (O2I) Table 7.4.3-2 in TR 38.901
#29 UE mobility feature (optional) Baseline: Random direction straight-line trajectories (from 38.843, Option-3)
- Initial UE location, moving direction and speed: UE is randomly dropped in a cell, and an initial moving direction is randomly selected, with a fixed speed.
- The initial UE location should be randomly drop within the following blue area:
where d1 is the minimum distance that UE should be away from the BS.
Each sector is a cell and that the cell association is geometry based.
Company to report whether inter-cell handover or switching is disabled during the simulation.
Company to report whether the trajectory should be terminated (e.g., single-TRP) or be retained (e.g., multi-TRP), if the UE trajectory hits the site boundary (the hexagonal grid)
Other UE mobility model(s), e.g., EVM for NR ICBM, linear trajectory model with random and smooth direction change (i.e., TR38.843, Option-2), are not precluded (companies to report).
#30 Scheduling algorithm PF scheduler
#31 MCS Use NR MCS
#32 Traffic Model FTP model 1/3 with packet size 0.5 Mbytes (other value is not precluded)
Other traffic models are not precluded (companies to report).
Full buffer (Optional)
#33 CSI Feedback CSI periodicity: 10ms, 20ms (baseline), 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
#34 Resource Utilization 30%, 50%, 70% (optional)
#35 Prediction parameter Company can report assumption for set-A and set-B, prediction window and any extension for intra-/inter-cell/multi-TRP measurement
Set A: M*N
M: {8, 16, 32, 64, 256,1024}.
N: {1, 2, 3, 4}.
Ratio of the size of Set-B to Set-A: {1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32}
For multi-TRP, Set-A and Set-B can contain beams across TRP(s).
Other values for M, N and ratio are not precluded.
Set A/Set B combinations:
Alt1: Set B is different from Set A
Alt2: Set B is a subset of Set A
Alt3: Set B is the same as Set A
Regarding temporal domain prediction, the following can be considered:
Time gap between neighboring predicted time instances: {20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 120ms, 160ms, 200ms}.
Predicted time instances: {1, 2, 4, 8}.
Measured time instances: companies to report.
Other values for the above are not precluded
Other prediction mechanism is not precluded and up to companies’ report.
#36 UE number/cell Reuse the configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
#37 Layout/deployment Reuse the assumptions of uplink/downlink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
7 x 3, single layer, hex grid (baseline)
7 x 3 two layers, macro layer: hex grid; micro layer: locations of micro sites are reported by company (optional)
19 x 3, single layer, hex grid (optional)
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
Regarding high-speed train, reuse the assumptions of downlink/uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
Regarding around 4 and 7 GHz, rural macro, 500 m or 1732 m ISD between RRH sites, two TRxPs per RRH site, one or more RRH sites connected to a BBU, with
RRH site to railway track distance: 100 m
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
Regarding around 30 GHz, rural macro, 500 m or 1732 m between BBU sites, one or more RRH sites connected to 1 BBU, one TRxP per RRH site, with
RRH site to railway track distance: 5 m
Inter-RRH site distance: [580 m, 580 m, 572 m]
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
#38 Inter-cell interference model Reuse the assumptions of DL-based CSI (10.5.3.1)
Explicitly and realistically modelled
#39 Metric Top-K/1 beam prediction accuracy (with or without L1-RSRP margin), average/5%-ile UPT/throughput, SINR/RSRP, L1-RSRP/SINR difference between Top-1 predicted beam and genie-aided beam, RS overhead reduction, beam management latency, and/or number of model-parameter(s)/model computational complexity.
Companies can report other performance metrics
Companies report the assumption of transmission scheme, if UPT/throughput is reported.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding the scenario of high-speed train, support the following revision in red on the agreement for SLS evaluation assumption of 6GR beam management:

Parameter Value
#11 Multi-TRP operation Reuse the assumptions for multi-TRP scenarios of DL-based CSI (A.I. 10.5.3.1) with the following interpretation except for high-speed train scenario:
The maximum number of coordinated TRP(s) = {1, 2, 3, 4}, and other larger value(s) are not precluded
Backhaul: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
sync: ideal (baseline) or non-ideal;
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
Regarding high-speed train scenario, reuse the assumptions of downlink/uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
Maximum number of coordinated TRPs is 2, 4, 8 or 16
Other number of coordinated TRPs are not precluded
#33 CSI Feedback CSI periodicity: 10ms, 20ms (baseline), 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
#37 Layout/deployment Reuse the assumptions of uplink/downlink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
7 x 3, single layer, hex grid (baseline)
7 x 3 two layers, macro layer: hex grid; micro layer: locations of micro sites are reported by company (optional)
19 x 3, single layer, hex grid (optional)
FFS: Other update for high-speed train
Regarding high-speed train, reuse the assumptions of downlink/uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2/3)
Regarding around 4 and 7 GHz, rural macro, 500 m or 1732 m ISD between RRH sites, two TRxPs per RRH site, one or more RRH sites connected to a BBU, with
RRH site to railway track distance: 100 m
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
Regarding around 30 GHz, rural macro, 500 m or 1732 m between BBU sites, one or more RRH sites connected to 1 BBU, one TRxP per RRH site, with
RRH site to railway track distance: 5 m
Inter-RRH site distance: [580 m, 580 m, 572 m]
Inter-track distance: 6 m
Train length: 400 m
Train width: 3.38 m
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • On NW-initiated beam management, regarding DL beam measurement and report procedure on DL RS(s) for both single-TRP/cell/carrier and multi-TRP/cell/carrier scenario(s), the following aspects on DL beam measurement can be studied
    • Study the procedure of beam sweeping considering the following alternatives:
      • At least support inter-symbol NW/UE-side beam sweeping including multiple DL RS(s) for DL Tx beam sweeping/repetition.
      • Whether/how to support the following on intra-symbol beam sweeping
        • Frequency-domain/FDMed at least for NW Tx beam sweeping: multiple DL RS(s) for beam measurement are multiplexed in/associated with different frequency resource(s)
        • Sequence-domain/CDMed at least for NW Tx beam sweeping: multiple DL RS(s) for beam measurement are multiplexed with different sequence (e.g., sequence root, or CDMed);
        • Sub-symbol/TDMed at least for UE Rx beam sweeping: each sub-symbol (e.g., time-domain multiplexing within a symbol) is measured by a respective Rx beam;
          • Note: ‘Sub-symbol’ is just for discussion purpose, which does not imply whether to introduce any new terminologies.
      • Note: UE-side beam sweeping is applied to the case of Rx multi-beam in FR2.
    • Note: Granularity of DL RS can be further discussed.
    • Study functionality requirement on DL RS measurement
      • Per DL measurement or across DL measurement(s), the following can be considered:
        • The maximum number of TRPs (within a cell or across cell)/cells/carriers
        • The maximum number of DL Tx beams per TRP/cell/carrier
        • The maximum number of DL Tx beams across measured TRPs/cells/carriers
    • At least following aspects to be considered for designing the procedure of beam sweeping/tracking:
      • Increase of the number of coordinated TRPs/beams-per-TRP compared with 5G-NR
      • Hybrid/analog beam-forming architecture in NW
      • Latency/RS overhead for beam sweeping/tracking
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the basic assumption of LLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management:

Parameter Value
#7 NW Antenna Config Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
For 30GHz, the following can be further considered: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), or (16, 32, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5);
#14 UE Antenna Configuration 4GHz & 7GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions;
30GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions:
For one-panel, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline
For multi-panel, (M, N, P; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study QCL framework, including QCL property, QCL relationship/chain between source QCL-RS(s) and target channel(s)/RS(s).
    • Study the following QCL properties at least for DL as a starting point:
      • Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, average gain, spatial Rx parameter
      • Note: The above does not necessarily mean that the above is a part of QCL properties by default.
    • Study source QCL-RS(s) w.r.t. QCL properties of each target channel/RS
      • Each target channel/RS can be associated with at least one source QCL-RS as a baseline
        • Study whether/how to introduce more than one source QCL-RS w.r.t. a same QCL property for a target channel/RS
        • Study whether/how to introduce more than one source QCL-RS w.r.t different QCL properties for a target channel/RS
    • Study QCL relationship for multi-carrier/TRP/cell scenarios
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UE-initiated beam management in 6GR, study the following as an event evaluation metric as starting point.

  • measured or predicated L1-RSRP
  • L1-SINR
  • Hypothetical BLER.

For UE-initiated beam management in 6GR, study the following as report metric for beam reporting if applicable as starting point.

  • measured or predicated L1-RSRP
  • L1-SINR
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support the following table as the assumption of SLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management:

Parameter Value
#6 BS Antenna Configuration Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions
For 30GHz, the following can be further considered: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), or (16, 32, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5);
#14 UE Antenna Configuration 4GHz & 7GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions;
30GHz: Reuse the agreed configuration(s) from 6GR air interface evaluation assumptions:
For one-panel, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline
For multi-panel, (M, N, P; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2; 1, 1) is considered as a baseline.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study on spatial/temporal/frequency domain beam measurement/prediction (relevant to AI/ML or non-AI/advanced schemes), the following is considered:
    • Regarding frequency domain beam measurement/prediction (cross-frequency),
      • The following pair of measured/predicted frequencies can be considered for further evaluation.
        • Case-1:
          • Measured frequency: [4 GHz]
          • Predicted frequency: [7 GHz]
        • Case-2:
          • Measured frequency: [4 GHz]
          • Predicted frequency: [30 GHz]
        • Other cases are not precluded.
      • For the study of cross-frequency DL Tx beam prediction for collocated source and target frequencies (using same placement of NW antenna(s) for source and target frequencies), the following procedure for channel model generation can be considered as a starting point:
        • Step 1: To generate channel layout/properties for all TRPs (including both source and target) operating at the source frequency (e.g., 4GHz).
        • Step 2: To extend channels of target-frequency TRPs to target frequency (e.g., 7GHz) based on correlation modeling for multi‑frequency simulations (in TR 38.901)
        • Step 3: To remove the source-frequency (e.g., 4GHz) channels from these target prediction TRPs.
      • Note: RAN1 identify the requirement of channel modelling for evaluating
        • non-collocated source and target frequencies
        • collocated source and target frequencies (using [same] different height of NW antenna(s) and/or different orientation)
    • Study AI/ML model generalization by evaluating inference performance of spatial/temporal/frequency domain beam measurement/prediction under different generalization cases.
      • Note: Identified generalization cases in 38.843 can be considered as a starting point
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support the following as clarification on urban grid as in the assumption of SLS for evaluation of 6GR beam management
    • Inter site distance: 500 m ISD, 250 m ISD
    • Layout/deployment:
      • 5 x 3 single layer, hex grid (baseline)
      • 18x 3 single layer, hex grid (baseline)
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Regarding DL beam measurement and report procedure
  • (at least for non-AI/ML-based), for the study on L1-SINR based DL beam measurement and report, the following is considered:
    • Studying details of
      • Benchmark: L1-RSRP based DL beam measurement and report
      • L1-SINR calculation
      • Resource requirements for channel and interference measurement
      • Report content
      • Others are not precluded.
    • Potential design target/benefits/Use case(s):
      • Case-1: To reduce intra-TRP/cell interference
      • Case-2: To reduce cross-TRP/cell interference
      • Other cases
Aspects of downlink-based CSI acquisition (10.5.3.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601312 Feature lead summary #5 on DL-based CSI acquisition Moderator (Samsung), Moderator (vivo)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603396 — Feature lead summary #7 on DL-based CSI acquisition — Moderator (Samsung), Moderator (vivo)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603652 — Feature lead summary #6 on DL-based CSI acquisition — Moderator (Samsung), Moderator (vivo)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following table as the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of DL-based CSI acquisition. Table General Assumption

Parameters Proposals
#1 Carrier frequency Around 700MHz (FDD)
Around 2 GHz (FDD)
Around 4 GHz (TDD)
Around 7 GHz (TDD)
Other carrier frequency is not precluded
#2 Simulation bandwidth 20MHz
100MHz (not applicable for 700MHz)
Other BW is not precluded
System/channel bandwidth assumption is reported by companies.
#3 Number of subbands and subbands size Number of SBS
1 for WB
13 SB for 20MHz
TBD SB for 100MHz

Subband size:
4 or 8 PRBs for 20MHz
TBD PRBs for 100MHz
Note: Temporary, before subband size for 6GR is decided
Other number can be reported.
#4 Scenario Note: Reuse SLS assumption for PDSCH
#5 UE number/cell 10, 30 for FTP3
Other numbers is not precluded.
#6 Layout/deployment 1-ring (7*3), 2-ring (19*3)
Other layout/deployment are not precluded.
#7 Channel model Rel-19 TR 38.901
Note: spatial consistency could be considered, if applicable
#8 Numerology OFDM, 15 kHz for FDD, 30 kHz for TDD
#9 Transmit power (per 20MHz) Dense urban: 44dBm
Urban macro: 46dBm
Suburban Marco: 49dBm
Other values can be reported by companies.
Note: For evaluation purpose, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56dBm for outdoor and 33dBmfor indoor for the above carrier frequencies.
#10 BS antenna configuration Reuse the assumption under AI 10.5.2.2 when applicable, otherwise refer to AI 10.1
#11 UE power class 23dBm, 26dBm[,29dBm]
#12 UE antenna configuration Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1
#13 UE Receiver MMSE-IRC (baseline)
R-ML (Reported by companies)
#14 Traffic model FTP Model 1/3 (0.5 Mbyte packet sizes)
Low RU about 30%
Medium RU about 50%
High RU about 70%
Other model is not precluded.
#15 Scheduling PF
#16 Inter-cell interference model Explicitly and realistically modelled
#17 Channel estimation assumption Realistic as the baseline
Companies to report the detailed CSI-RS channel estimation
#18 CSI feedback CSI periodicity: 10ms, 20ms
Scheduling delay: Minimum [4ms] from CSI measurement to CSI application
Companies to report if other assumptions are used
#19 MIMO scheme SU-MIMO
MU-MIMO
with rank adaptation
NR CW-to-layer mapping is used and other mapping is not precluded.
#20 Feedback assumption Companies report UCI reception assumption.
FFS: how to modeling
#21 Evaluation Metric Throughput and CSI feedback overhead as baseline metrics, the CSI feedback overhead is the actual feedback overhead statistics per system level evaluation
Other KPI is not precluded.
#22 Baseline for performance evaluation Rel-19 Type I Scheme A/B
Rel-19 eType II Codebook
Ideal SVD for calibration
[NR AI-CSI compression, when applicable]
#23 Phase errors for radios with uncalibrated antennas (for 4 TXRUS) Wideband phase error between Tx antenna port 0 and Tx antenna port \(n (n>0)\) can be modeled:
Independent random phase offset uniformly distributed between 0 and \(2\pi\) between any two Tx antenna ports.
#24 Calibration error modeling for other antennas FFS

Note: EVM assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study on AI-based CSI compression, the following is considered:

  • KPI: SGCS (Intermediate), PAPR (when applicable), throughput vs CSI feedback overhead, DL throughput/BLER vs SNR
    • CSI feedback overhead: the number of UL resource elements
    • Companies to report values
    • Note: the overhead of DMRS (if applicable) is reported by company
  • Model/computation complexity at UE side (when applicable): FLOPS/M
  • Model/computation complexity at NW side: FLOPS/M
  • Model size: Number of parameters/M
  • Overhead of downloadable basis/codebook/matrix for compression (when applicable): size of parameters (Mbytes) and updated frequency
  • Overhead/complexity/impact of inter-vendor collaboration (when applicable)
  • Benchmark:
    • Rel-20 NR SSCC approach with 2-sided model (companies report the inter-vender collaboration assumption) and/or NR eType II feedback and/or NR Type I feedback
  • Link adaptation is considered
  • Evaluation assumptions follow general EVM.
    • For uplink transmission (e.g., UL channel model, UL SNR range, UL channel estimation, UL noise + interference estimation) are reported by companies
    • Companies to report the considered non-ideal factors, if assumed, e.g., Tx PA nonlinearity & RF impairment, UL/DL channel estimation errors, uplink interference pattern
    • Companies to report the bitwidth/shape of the modulation constellation
  • Note: the above assumptions can also apply for non-AI schemes, i.e., without training/inference/data collection/projection, when applicable.
  • Note: RAN4 related impacts, e.g., EVM, ACLR, SEM, are to be considered
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For evaluation of multi-TRP under single layer deployment,

  • Same antenna configuration and Tx power is assumed across TRPs. Note: other multi-TRP scenarios are not precluded Note: TRP assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately

6GHOW NOTE: IMAGES ARE NOT YET SUPPORTED.

Table Multi-TRP scenarios

Multi-TRP Scenario 1: Intra-cell scenario, with 4 TRPs/RRHs per multi-TRP set Multi-TRP Scenario 2: intra-site, inter-cell, with 3 TRPs per cooperative set (as baseline) Multi-TRP Scenario 3: Inter/intra-site, inter-cell with N TRPs per cooperative set

Intra-site inter-cell scenario

Same color indicates each collaborating mTRP set.
Companies report the setting when \(N>1\)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

To evaluate the performance of non-AI/AI based CSI prediction at UE side or NW side, consider:

  • Intermediate metric: Subband/RB-level per layer eigenvector/precoder SGCS, NMSE calculated between predicted channel and ground-truth channel
  • To compare NW side prediction with UE side prediction, the impact of CSI reporting shall be considered
  • FFS: other intermediate KPI
  • System-level metric: UPT (mean, 5%tile), CSI reporting overhead
    • CSI-RS overhead is considered in UPT calculation
    • Companies to report how to calculate CSI report overhead and CSI report mechanism
  • Link-level metric: BLER/SE/throughput
  • Complexity metrics: FLOPs/M
  • For AI based prediction: number of parameters/M Baseline:

  • Baseline#1: CSI measurement/report based on full CSI-RS ports/density

  • Baseline#2:
    • Sample & Hold for frequency domain, companies to report how Sample & Hold is performed
    • FFS for spatial domain
  • Other baselines are not precluded
  • Companies to report sampling ratio and sampling pattern
    • Definition of sampling ratio and sampling pattern subjects to detailed domain for reduction
  • FFS calibration error for BS antenna arrays other than 4TXRUS
  • Companies to report the assumptions for spatial consistency modelling, if applicable The above is at least applicable to frequency/spatial domain prediction. Companies to report other sub-use case specific parameters, if applicable
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following table as the assumptions for LLS for DL based CSI acquisition.

Parameters Value
#1 Carrier frequency Around 700MHz (FDD)
Around 2 GHz (FDD)
Around 4 GHz (TDD)
Around 7 GHz (TDD)
#2 RB allocation for PDSCH 24RB, 48RB, others are not precluded
#2a Channel BW
#3 Waveform and numerology for DL
Depend on carrier frequency. Companies to report the assumed channel BW.
CP-OFDM, 15 kHz for FDD, 30 kHz for others
#4 Channel model CDL-A/B/C/D/E in TR 38.901
Possible DS values = (10, 30, 100, 300, 1000) ns.
ASA, ASD, ZSA, ZSD follow the values in sec 7.7.1 in TR 38.901
Companies to report how randomization is performed if considered

For time domain CSI prediction, companies to report whether CDL or TDL is used.
Note: it does not mean it is mandatory for companies to evaluate time domain CSI prediction in LLS
If UL transmission is simulated, companies to report the assumption for UL channel model.
#5 UE speed
#6 PRG
3 km/h, 30 km/h, 120km/h, 350km/h, 500km/h

2 RBs, 4 RBs as start point for evaluation
Other values are not precluded
#7 BS antenna configuration Reuse the assumption under AI 10.5.2.2 when applicable, otherwise refer to AI 10.1
#8 UE antenna configuration Follow agreements in agenda 10.1
#9 MIMO scheme SU-MIMO, MU-MIMO.
#10 Receiver type MMSE-IRC or rML for DL. MMSE-IRC for UL
#11 CW to layer mapping
#12 Channel coding
NR CW to layer mapping (baseline)
Other codeword-to-layer mapping options are not precluded
LDPC for PDSCH, Polar for CSI (for evaluation benchmark), when applicable
#13 MCS For PDSCH:
QPSK (1/5, 1/3), 16QAM (2/5, 1/2, 3/4), 64QAM (1/2, 2/3, 5/6), 256QAM (2/3, 5/6)
#14 Channel estimation
#15 Link adaptation
Realistic as baseline
Companies to report the detailed CSI-RS channel estimation.
AMC/fixed MCS
#16 KPIs Intermediate KPIs: SGCS/NMSE
BLER, SE/throughput
#17 Other CSI-RS parameters
#18 Maximum CSI-RS power boosting
Specified by proponent, e.g., CDM-group sizes, CDM group layout, PDSCH/CSI-RS multiplexing, etc.
6dB (cf. R1-103331. FFS other values pending RAN4 feedback)
#19 CSI-RS periodicity 10, 20 ms
#20 Scheduling delay Minimum [4ms] from CSI measurement to CSI application
Companies to report if other assumptions are used
#21 CSI reception At least for the CSI feedback without channel coding, e.g. JSCM, JSCC related study:
Simulate CSI receiver performance with realistic channel/interference+noise estimation under realistic assumptions.
Companies to report the detailed assumptions for UL channel/interference
#22 Phase errors for radios with uncalibrated antennas (for 4 TXRUS) Wideband phase error between Tx antenna port 0 and Tx antenna port \(n (n>0)\) can be modeled:
Independent random phase offset uniformly distributed between 0 and \(2\pi\) between any two Tx antenna ports.

Note: additional necessary evaluation assumptions for CSI feedback without channel coding, e.g. JSCM, JSCC, are to be discussed separately.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For spatial domain CSI prediction, Baseline #2 is Linear interpolation, where the channel of an unmeasured port uses the channel of the nearest measured ports based on CSI-RS port indexing (for evaluation purpose, 5G NR port indexing is assumed) in the same polarization, without using assistance information derived from full-dimensional measurement.

  • Companies to report remaining details if any, including other baselines.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CSI-RS for CSI acquisition in 6GR, study the maximum number of ports considering the following alternatives:

  • Alt 1: The maximum number of CSI-RS ports is 128
  • Alt 2: The maximum number of CSI-RS ports is 256
  • Alt 3: The maximum number of CSI-RS ports is 512
  • The study includes evaluation of the performance and CSI-RS overhead
  • Note: relevant complexity can also be considered
  • FFS whether all the NR port numbers are supported
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Starting from NR L1-based CSI reporting design, study whether/how the following aspects to be addressed in 6GR CSI reporting design taking into account of the comparison, at least including:

  • B1. Scheduling constraint relaxation
  • B2. Streamlined multiplexing complexity/collision handling rules, if applicable
  • B3. Streamlined CSI timeline including timeline relaxation
  • B4. Handling of varying CSI payload size

For comparison on CSI report in L1 and L2, considering at least the following aspects taking into account of B1~B4:

  • A1. Efficiency/overhead
  • A2. Latency
  • A3. Reliability
  • A4. Implementation processing complexity at UE considering cross layer complexity (if any)
  • A5. Implementation processing complexity at NW considering cross layer complexity (if any)
  • A6. Congestion
  • A7. Min/Max CSI payload
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Consider CSI-IM as the baseline for interference measurement resource for DL CSI acquisition in 6GR.

  • FFS other RS types, e.g., NZP CSI-RS, DMRS, etc.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study on whether/how to support CSI report for CJT calibration.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study on channel property information (CPI), at least the following is considered:

  • Potential use cases, e.g., assisting RS configuration; assisting CSI report configuration; assisting scheduling coordination at spatial domain; how to be used for event/condition definition for event-triggered CSI computation and reporting; determining CSI report; assisting CSI prediction
  • For each potential use case, studying details of:
    • Benchmark
    • KPI
    • Report quantities/updating occasion, and associated time domain computation assumptions, if applicable
    • measurement RS
    • UE computation complexity for CPI, and corresponding CSI feedback complexity, if applicable.
    • Note: Strive for common report quantities for use cases, if applicable.

Note: The related testability issue is up to RAN 4.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR supports NZP CSI-RS as the channel measurement RS for DL based CSI acquisition.

  • FFS other reference signals, e.g., DMRS
  • FFS Aspects related with non-precoded CSI-RS or precoded CSI-RS
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study on JSCM-based CSI compression, at least considering the following aspects on top of previous agreement for AI-based CSI compression:

  • Performance of Projection-matrix-based compression or encoder-based (e.g., transformer-based), and reconstruct the CSI at NW with a NW-sided model
  • Companies to report method for obtaining projection matrix/encoder
  • Companies to report non-AI/ML operations (if any) before/after multiplying with a projection matrix.
  • Study the potential RF related impact (e.g., PAPR) and potential solutions at least including:
    • Map the output to certain discrete constellation with, at least considering:
      • NR modulation constellations, e.g., 16QAM, 64QAM, 256QAM, 1024QAM
      • Other modulation constellations, e.g., 64APSK, other customized (fixed) constellations
    • Map/restrict the output, e.g., with restricted amplitude(s)
    • PAPR restriction during training as part of loss function
    • Note: the above operation is fixed/known by NW
  • Both precoding matrix and explicit H can be considered as the target CSI for inference
  • For performance evaluation related to error detection:
    • For benchmark of SSCC and eType II/Type I, when CSI error is detected, previous CSI is adopted to derive the precoder for downlink transmission
    • For JSCM, details of error detection, if any, companies report the assumption in the evaluation
  • Study on generalization and scalability performance
  • Study on LCM for JSCM-based CSI compression
  • Note: Companies to report how to multiplex JSCM-compressed precoding matrix/explicit H with other UCI

Note: The related testability issue is up to RAN 4. Note: LS to RAN 4 is to be considered for RAN 4 potential related impacts (e.g., EVM, ACLR, SEM, PAPR, testability, arbitrary constellation) when mature.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of non-AI/AI based time domain CSI prediction at UE or NW side, consider:

  • Intermediate metric: Subband-level per layer per predicted time instance eigenvector/precoder SGCS, NMSE calculated between predicted channel and ground-truth channel
  • To compare NW side prediction with UE side prediction, the impact of CSI reporting shall be considered
  • FFS WB SGCS/NMSE
  • System-level metric: UPT (mean, 5%tile), CSI reporting overhead
    • CSI-RS overhead is considered in UPT calculation
    • To evaluate CSI report overhead, companies to report how the PMI/channel of the predicted time instance(s) is reported
  • Link-level metric: BLER/SE/throughput
  • Complexity metrics: FLOPs/M; for AI based prediction: number of parameters/M
  • Baseline: Sample & Hold
  • Additional EVM assumption
  • Channel modelling: Spatial consistency with mobility procedure A
  • UE distribution: 100% outdoors with speed 10, 20, 30, 60, 120km/h; other speeds not precluded
  • Observation window (number/distance between adjacent CSI-RS occasions): e.g., 5/10ms, 5/20ms for periodic CSI-RS; 12/2ms, 8/2ms, 4/2ms for aperiodic CSI-RS
  • Prediction window: e.g., 1/10ms/5ms, 4/10ms/5ms
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR CSI-RS pattern is defined as aggregation of CDM groups, for which study the following aspects:

  • Whether CSI-RS pattern is defined on single or multiple slots/RBs in time/frequency domain
  • For CDM design, consider the following options:
    • RE locations of CDM groups:
      • Option 1-1: Localized CDM group similar to 5G NR, where one CDM group contains adjacent REs
      • Option 1-2: Comb-based CDM group, where subcarriers in one CDM group are distributed following comb pattern
    • CDM group size and type:
      • Option 2-1: Reuse/Simplify NR, i.e., CDM 1, 2, 4, 8 with potential reduction of candidates
      • Option 2-2: Larger CDM size, e.g., CDM 16
      • Option 2-3: New CDM type for NR CDM size (e.g., fd-CDM4 or cdm8-FD4-TD2)
  • At least following aspects to be considered for designing CSI-RS pattern:
    • CSI-RS Overhead
    • CSI-RS coverage
    • CSI-RS sharing use cases
    • Channel estimation performance
    • NES
    • Coexistence with other signals/channels
    • Digital precoding/Hybrid precoding structures
    • MRSS
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On time-domain type of 6G CSI-RS for downlink based CSI acquisition, at least support periodic and aperiodic CSI-RS, and further study:

  • Whether semi-persistent CSI-RS is additionally supported
  • Whether new time-domain behavior is beneficial
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR codebook design for CSI report, study considering the following to ensure better performance than 5G:

  • SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO
  • Single TRP and multi-TRP including CJT
  • Other use scenarios, at least including High Doppler / High Speed Train (HST), Near-Field Propagation, spatial non-stationary (SNS)

Note: Companies to provide complexity analysis.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the evaluation of scalability/generalization for AI-based CSI compression, the evaluation methodology in NR (as in TR 38.843) can be considered as the starting point. The set of configurations are considered focusing on one or more of the following aspects at a starting point:

  • Various DL channels for compression, for example, deployment scenarios (e.g., UMa, UMi, InH), outdoor/indoor UE distributions, antenna virtualization (TxRU mapping)
  • Various uplink channel/interference for uplink transmission (e.g., AWGN, CDL, TDL, Uma channel, different uplink SNR range, different UL noise/interference patterns)
  • Various UL resource size, e.g., #of REs for CSI feedback
  • Various NW (Rx chain, channel estimation, equalization) and UE (Tx chain, and RF impairments) implementations
  • Various number of Tx/Rx ports/layers, if applicable
  • Various number of subbands
  • Companies report the training and testing assumptions
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the codebook design, study at least the following codebook structures:

  • For low-resolution/high-resolution CSI, considering \((M_v \times N_v)\) for evaluation
  • Note: Other codebook structure and enhancements of NR codebook structure(s), or other codebook are not precluded
  • Note: NR codebooks are used as benchmark for performance and complexity assessment

For evaluation on codebook design, companies report:

  • the max rank assumption, and whether a single codebook structure across all ranks for low-/high-resolution CSI, if applicable
  • the assumption of SD/FD basis selection, if applicable
  • the codebook parameter assumptions
  • basis format assumption
  • assumption of target CSI and corresponding codebook structure, e.g., implicit/explicit CSI
  • complexity analysis
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For AI based CSI prediction, evaluate generalization/scalability performances of prediction models at least across one or more of the following scenarios/configurations:

  • Various deployment scenarios, e.g., UMa, InH
  • Various carrier frequencies
  • Various indoor/outdoor distributions
  • Various BS antenna configurations, e.g., antenna spacing, antenna virtualization/TxRU mapping, antenna port layouts, antenna port numbers
  • Various sampling ratios and/or sampling patterns
  • Various UE side parameters, e.g., UE speeds, SNR/SINR, UE channel estimation errors, UE antenna configurations
  • Various report resolution

Companies are encouraged to evaluate generalization/scalability performance across multiple scenario/configuration combinations. The above is at least applicable to frequency/spatial/time domain prediction. FFS other sub-use case specific generalization aspects, if any.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR, on the study of non-AI or AI based frequency/spatial domain prediction in NW side or UE side, study necessary assistance information used to predict the full-dimension channel from the reduced-dimension measurement.

  • Companies to provide details on the assistance information, including the content, how to derive it, how often it needs to be updated, etc.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR CSI-RS for DL based CSI acquisition, study CSI-RS RE sharing considering the following use cases:

  • Use case 1: Sharing a common set or subset of REs among CSI-RS with different number of ports
  • Use case 2: Sharing a common set or subset of REs among CSI-RS with different frequency densities
  • Use case 3: Sharing a common set or subset of REs among CSI-RS with different periodicities/time domain types
  • Use case 4: Sharing a common set or subset of REs among 5G CSI-RS and 6G CSI-RS

Note: the combination of the above use cases can be considered. Note: the above use cases are design principles at this stage. Whether there is specification impact subjects to further discussion.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of non-AI/AI based CSI prediction in time domain at UE side, consider the following aspects
    • Prediction input: RS measurement from one or multiple occasions in the observation window
      • The RS includes at least CSI-RSs
      • Study the impact of RS with longer periodicity (e.g., 10ms, 20ms, for evaluation), and potential solutions, if needed
    • Study whether additional information is beneficial for UE side time domain CSI prediction, e.g., DMRS based measurement, IMR
    • Prediction output: CSI in the prediction window to be reported by UE
      • The CSI includes at least channel prediction, study whether/how to enable interference prediction
      • Study whether to support both N4=1 and N4>1 in the prediction window, and associated UE reporting mechanism
        • The definition of N4 is same as NR
    • NR Rel-18/Rel-19 UE side CSI prediction as a start point
      • Study the extension to >32 ports
    • Note: At least for CSI prediction without interference prediction, UE side time domain CSI prediction is to be compared with NW side time domain CSI prediction
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For CSI-RS sharing use case 1 (sharing a common set or subset of REs among CSI-RS with different number of ports) in 6GR, study the following aspects
    • Level 1: Sharing granularity is CDM group level
    • Level 2: Sharing granularity can be smaller than a CDM group
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For CSI-RS sharing use case 2 (Sharing a common set or subset of REs among CSI-RS with different frequency densities), study whether/how to achieve frequency density common sequence mapping.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of DMRS-based CSI, considering at least the following aspects:
    • Potential use cases, including e.g., increased CSI accuracy including inter-layer imbalance information, CSI-RS overhead reduction, CSI acquisition for TDD.
    • Benchmark:
      • CSI-RS based
        • P CSI-RS and/or AP CSI-RS based (precoded or non-precoded)
      • SRS based
    • Company to report CSI-RS/SRS assumption for benchmark
    • Company to report the assumptions for DMRS resources and how DMRS is used for CSI measurement, e.g., only for channel measurement or both channel and interference measurement.
    • Companies to report the OLLA assumption details, if applicable
    • KPI:
      • Throughput (average and edge UPT) vs total CSI feedback overhead (averaged over UEs, over simulation time (per time unit)), where the total CSI feedback overhead includes both DMRS based feedback, and other necessary CSI feedback (if applicable)
      • Note: DL RS overhead is included in throughput calculation.
    • DMRS based report quantity:
      • at least CQI, companies report CQI calculation assumption
      • companies can report other quantities, e.g., PMI (e.g., refinement), RI, RSRP/SINR, DMRS port selection indication if assumed, including the detailed assumption
    • UE speed assumption follows the general EVM section 10.1 and other EVM follows the assumption agreed in RAN1#124.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of non-AI/AI based CSI prediction in frequency/spatial domain at NW side, consider the following aspects
    • Prediction input:
      • Option 1-1: UE reported channel matrix derived from reduced dimension CSI-RS measurement
      • Option 1-2: UE reported coefficient matrix, which is based on the multiplication of a downloaded matrix and the channel matrix derived from reduced dimension CSI-RS measurement
      • Option 1-3: UE reported precoding matrix derived from reduced dimension CSI-RS measurement
      • Option 1-4: UE reported coefficient matrix, which is based on the multiplication of a downloaded matrix and the precoding matrix derived from reduced dimension CSI-RS measurement
      • Other options are not precluded
      • Note: Performance impact caused by quantization of the UE reported CSI is part of the study
    • Additional information to be used by NW side for CSI prediction, if applicable
      • Option 2-1: Long-term channel information corresponding to full dimension CSI reported by UE
      • Option 2-2: Channel information corresponding to full dimension CSI derived from UL measurement
      • Option 2-3: Channel measurement based on DL DMRS reported by UE
      • For spatial domain, “dimension” is defined in terms of ports
      • For frequency domain, companies to report the assumed granularity to define “full dimension”
    • Prediction output: Full-dimension CSI to be used by BS
      • Note: companies are encouraged to report the details of the full-dimension CSI
    • Note: companies to report the assumption of rank and MCS determination in the simulation
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR CSI container design, CSI report in L1 is supported with
    • separate CSI measurement/computation triggering/configuration and CSI reporting triggering/configuration
    • minimizing collision handling cases and simplification on the collision handling rules between more than 1 UL channels where at least 1 of the UL channels carrying CSI reports,
      • E.g., No collision handling rules between multiple carriers, if applicable
      • Designs are to be discussed and decided in 10.5.4.4
    • streamlined CSI timeline including timeline relaxation
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For RE locations of CDM groups in 6GR CSI-RS pattern design, support Option 1-1: Localized CDM group similar to 5G NR, where one CDM group contains adjacent REs.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For OCC sequence used in a 6GR CSI-RS CDM group, study the following options
    • Option 1: Walsh sequence
    • Option 2: DFT sequence
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of 6GR CSI-RS pattern in single or multiple slots/RBs in time/frequency domain
    • The number of slots for defining CSI-RS pattern is M1, and the number of RBs for defining CSI-RS pattern is M2. Study the following further aspects in this case
      • For RE location in the M1 slots and M2 RBs,
        • Option 1-1: Restrict that CSI-RS pattern occupies a same set of REs in each of the M1 slots and M2 RBs
        • Option 1-2: CSI-RS pattern can occupy same or different set of REs in each of the M1 slots and M2 RBs
          • The number of REs occupied by CSI-RS in the M1 slots and M2 RBs can be same or different
        • FFS whether the set of REs occupied by CSI-RS changes across occasions
      • For mapping order of CDM groups in the M1 slots and M2 RBs
        • Option 2-1: Mapping order of CDM groups in the M1 slots and M2 RBs is fixed across multiple occasions/symbols
        • Option 2-2: Mapping order of CDM groups in the M1 slots and M2 RBs is switched across multiple occasions/symbols
      • Whether both or which one from M1 and M2 can be larger than 1 is to be further studied
      • Study details for M1 and M2, including both the upper bound and detailed values
    • Note: for RAN1 study purpose, whether the CSI-RS pattern mentioned above is from NW or UE perspective is a separate discussion
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Support at least codebook based implicit CSI feedback in 6GR.
  • Study whether/how to support explicit CSI feedback, including at least the following aspects:
    • Reporting quantities/format, including compression/quantization methods
      • e.g., full channel matrix, channel covariance matrix, eigenvector(s) with eigenvalue(s)
    • Companies to provide reporting overhead, instance assumption for channel covariance matrix, performance and complexity analysis, and assumption for link adaptation and other reference signal (if applicable)
    • Note: both sTRP and mTRP can be considered
    • Note: Both AI and non-AI based solution for CSI feedback can be considered.
    • Note: The related testability issue is up to RAN 4.
    • Note: LS to RAN 4 is to be considered for RAN 4 testability issues, when mature.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For CJT calibration report,
    • Study the following three types of reporting quantities:
    • Inter-TRP (xTRP) delay offset, analogous to Rel-19 cjtc-Dd
    • Inter-TRP (xTRP) frequency offset, analogous to Rel-19 cjtc-F
    • Inter-TRP (xTRP) DL/UL phase offset, analogous to Rel-19 cjtc-P
    • Note: Additional details are still to be studied, including dynamic range and resolution, and their additional use cases (if any)
    • Stand-alone reporting as a baseline for evaluation
    • Study whether/how to support reporting CJTC delay offset report and codebook-based CSI (with NTRP>1)
    • Note: when CSI-RS and DMRS have different delay pre-compensation assumption, the potential impact on DMRS based channel estimation can be discussed in 10.5.2.2
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study on channel property information (CPI), the evaluation at least considering the following:
  • Category of use cases:
    • CSI configuration/report adaptation for overhead/complexity reduction, CSI feedback with more accuracy, and/or CSI prediction
    • Reference signal configuration adaptation (e.g., CSI-RS for CSI, DMRS, SRS)
    • DL/UL transmission scheduling and configuration (e.g., coordinated beamforming/scheduling for inter-TRP/cell/user interference suppression)
    • Note: the above categories can be applicable to sTRP/mTRP.
  • Basic categories of channel properties
    • Spatial-domain (SD)
    • Frequency-domain (FD)
    • Time-domain (TD)
    • Any combination of the above domains
  • Measurement definition and/or reporting formats, for example:
    • Correlation information (e.g., time-/frequency/spatial-domain correlation)
    • Spectrum (e.g., channel statistics in a transform domain, basis indices and power)
    • Channel covariance matrix
    • Explicit channel matrix
    • Explicit system parameters (e.g. codebook parameters, RS parameters)
    • Other formats are not precluded.
  • Note: Strive for common report quantities for use cases, if applicable.
  • Note: The related testability issue is up to RAN 4.
  • Note: LS to RAN 4 is to be considered for RAN 4 testability issues, when mature.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the 6GR codebook design for CSI report, the following is considered:
    • NR fixed DFT basis is used as a baseline for evaluation for W1 and Wf at least for non-precoded CSI-RS
      • For cell-specific precoded CSI-RS, port-selection basis and/or NR DFT basis can be used as a baseline for evaluation
      • FFS on other basis, e.g., for near field, basis combined from DFT beams/port selection, and non-orthogonal DFT basis
    • Low- resolution scheme:
      • Max RI=8 as a baseline for evaluation
      • Candidate structures include Type-I Scheme-A like (W1 W2), Type-I Scheme-B like (W1 W2), eType-II like L=1 (W1 W2 Wf) structures
        • For eType-II like L=1, layer-specific/layer-group-specific SD basis selection
        • Other candidate schemes are not precluded
      • FFS: details on whether/how to accommodate passive array with smaller number of ports
    • High- resolution scheme:
      • Max RI=4 as a baseline for evaluation
      • eType-II L>1 (W1 W2 Wf) structure as a baseline for evaluation (including implicit and explicit feedback)
      • Note: Whether/how to use this for explicit channel feedback is not precluded.
    • For both low- and high-res, CJT codebook with NTRP>1 TRPs/panels
      • TRP/panel specific SD basis selection, TRP/panel common FD basis selection (if applicable) as a baseline for evaluation
      • Study whether/how to support dynamic TRP/panel selection mechanism
      • Company reports the multi-TRP/panel assumption, e.g., co-located, non-co-located
      • Note: The term “TRP” and “panel” are used for discussion purposes
  • Note: Additional details are still to be studied, including enhancements for UPT-overhead trade-off and UE complexity
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For SLS/LLS evaluation for JSCM-based CSI compression,
    • For both JSCM and SSCCM, the following Tx/Rx chain is considered.

Companies report the assumption and/or abstraction for each block.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For SLS evaluation for JSCM-based CSI compression,
    • Considering the following options of the SSCCM below could be used for the SLS evaluation as a starting point:
      • Option 1: variable RE overhead {Throughput vs CSI feedback overhead (# of REs)}
        • Step 1: for SSCCM, fixed payload determination (per PC or per payload)
          • Different parameter combination or payload is simulated.
        • Step 2: CSI feedback overhead (# of REs) is averaged of scheduled UEs in SLS, and the UL resource of each UE is determined based on the UL SINR considering link adaption
        • Step 3(if applicable): check whether UL transmission is successfully decoded or not
          • Based on the PHY abstraction (flip coin) according to UL SINR for each UE
            • Y: Calculate UPT based on the current CSI
            • N: Calculate UPT based on the historical CSI
        • Step 4: gNB uses the received CSI feedback for DL transmission for UPT calculation across UEs.
      • Option 2: Fixed CSI feedback overhead (#RE) with per UE level PC/payload selection for SSCCM and per scheduling UE level uplink link adaptation for SSCCM
        • Step 1: Fixed CSI feedback overhead (# of REs) is used across all UEs.
          • Payload determination (parameter combination/payload) for each UE
            • Companies report how to determine the parameter commination/payload
          • for each UE, the payload size can be selected according to UL SINR
            • Companies report how to generate UL SINR, e.g., based on geometry only, or based on geometry and fast fading.
            • Companies report the target BLER and UL SINR definition (e.g., port domain or UL SINR after Rx combination)
        • Step 2 (if applicable): check whether UL transmission is successfully decoded or not
          • Based on the PHY abstraction (flip coin) according to UL SINR for each UE
            • Y: Calculate UPT based on the current CSI and update the historical CSI
            • N: Calculate UPT based on the historical CSI
      • Option 3: variable RE overhead with per scheduled UE level PC/payload selection and per scheduling UE level uplink link adaptation for SSCCM
        • Step 1:
          • Payload determination (parameter combination/payload) and link adaptation to determine the variable RE for each UE
            • Companies report how to determine the parameter combination/payload and link adaption
        • Step 2 (if applicable): check whether UL transmission is successfully decoded or not
          • Based on the PHY abstraction (flip coin) according to UL SINR for each UE
            • Y: Calculate UPT based on the current CSI and update the historical CSI
            • N: Calculate UPT based on the historical CSI
            • Note: Error free can be reported.
        • Step 3: gNB uses the received CSI feedback for DL transmission for UPT calculation across UEs
      • Other refinement to the above options are not precluded.
      • Other options can be reported.
    • SSCCM baseline assumption for SLS is up to companies’ report
    • For JSCM, CSI feedback overhead is selected for each scheduled UEs in SLS.
      • Companies report how to select the CSI overhead for each UE for other method.
    • Companies report how to generate UL SINR, e.g., based on geometry only, or based on geometry and fast fading.
      • Companies report the uplink channel estimation error assumption.
    • Companies report the target BLER (e.g., error free, or 1% or 10%) and UL SINR definition (e.g., port domain or UL SINR after Rx combination) for SSCCM in Step 2.
    • Fixed max Tx power for uplink, companies report MPR assumption in the simulation. Companies report the UL power control assumption, e.g., P0 and alpha values.
      • PRB is used as power control adjustment granularity
    • Companies report constellation assumption and corresponding PAPR (considering potential multiplexing with other UCI/UL-SCH).
    • 1Tx or multiple Tx can be considered for UL. If more than 1 Tx is assumed, companies report the UL Tx/precoder assumptions.
    • Companies report the PHY abstraction for uplink based on polar coding, if applicable.
    • Companies report the handling of scalability of number of REs for JSCM-based CSI compression, if applicable, and whether to adopt UCI only on PUSCH or UCI with UL-SCH for benchmark and JSCM-based compression.
    • Companies report the assumptions of JSCM, e.g., the projection-matrix-based compression (compress target CSI by multiplying with a projection matrix at UE) or encoder-based (e.g., transformer-based)
    • Companies report the assumption on obtaining projection matrix/encoder for JSCM-based CSI compression
    • Companies report the assumption on DL CSI-RS channel estimation error:
      • Error modelling in TR36.897 Table A.1-2 as a baseline if channel estimation error is modelled.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • At least support NW triggered and/or configured CSI reporting.
  • Study whether/how to support UE-initiated or event-triggered CSI reporting, at least the following aspects:
    • Performance and complexity evaluation, including signalling overhead
      • Taking NW triggered and/or configured CSI as benchmark
    • Reporting format/quantities
    • Event definition including use cases/scenarios and triggering and reporting mechanism
      • e.g., CSI report/component is transmitted only if associated event has occurred, CSI reporting configuration selection/adaptation by the UE if associated event has occurred
    • Note: UE-initiated (event-triggered) reporting for beam management is to be discussed separately in the Beam Management agenda
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of non-AI/AI based CSI prediction in frequency/spatial domain at UE side, consider the following aspects
    • Prediction input (UE side Input): reduced CSI-RS measurement
    • Additional information to be used by UE side for CSI prediction, if applicable
      • Option 1: Long-term channel information derived from full-dimensional CSI-RS measurement
      • Option 2: Reconstruction information (indicated by BS) applied on the measured channel based on non-precoded CSI-RS,
      • Option 3: Reconstruction information based on precoded CSI-RS (indicated by BS), e.g., precoder applied on CSI-RS
      • Option 4: DMRS based CSI measurement
      • Other options or combination of above options are not precluded
      • Companies are encouraged to study whether there is performance impact caused by aging/temporary unavailability of the additional information
    • Prediction output (UE side Output): Predicted CSI to be used for CSI report
      • Note: UE side Output does not necessarily equal the CSI report quantity
      • Companies to report the details of the predicted CSI for CSI report
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study on configurable/downloadable codebook/basis/bases, consider at least the following:
    • The information for NW to determine the configurable/downloadable codebook/basis/bases, e.g., reported CPI, SRS, previous reported CSI
      • Companies report the detail assumptions for obtaining such information in the evaluation, at least including
        • Additional signaling overhead for information collection, if applicable
        • The assumptions of the information, e.g., the SRS related assumption, CPI reporting related assumption, time domain relationship with the target CSI report
        • Additional measurement overhead, if applicable
    • Companies report
      • BS antenna configuration, subband configuration
      • signalling overhead, representing format of configurable/downloadable basis/codebook, updated frequency of the configurable/downloadable basis or configurable/downloadable codebook, how to determinate when to update
      • whether the configurable/downloadable codebook or basis is UE- specific or UE-common (Cell-specific), rank/layer- common or specific
      • codebook structure assumption for configurable/downloadable codebook/basis, e.g., eType-II-like, Type-I-like
      • complexity at UE side for CSI feedback with configurable/ downloadable basis/codebook for CSI feedback: e.g., number of complex operations for CSI computation and memory requirement for basis storage
      • whether NW-sided model is assumed
        • If NW-sided model is assumed, companies report the input/output, labeling.
    • UE speed assumption follows the general EVM section 10.1 and other EVM follows the assumption agreed in RAN1#124.
Aspects of uplink-based CSI acquisition (10.5.3.2)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601304 Moderator summary#3 on uplink-based CSI acquisition Moderator (CATT)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602508 — Moderator summary #4 on uplink-based CSI acquisition — Moderator (CATT)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603915 — Moderator summary#4 on uplink-based CSI acquisition — Moderator (CATT)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study at least the following aspects of SRS for uplink and downlink CSI acquisition:

  • Efficient support of larger channel bandwidth
  • Capacity enhancements
  • Coverage enhancements
  • Efficient resource utilization
  • Dynamic/flexible adaptation of SRS parameters
  • mTRP transmission/reception, FWA, HST and other high mobility scenarios
  • Interference mitigation
  • Energy efficiency
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the assumptions in the following table as the basic assumption of SLS for evaluation of UL-based CSI acquisition.

Table: SLS assumption for DL CSI and UL CSI

Parameters Assumptions for DL CSI Assumptions for UL CSI
#1 Carrier frequency Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Around 700MHz (FDD)
Around 2 GHz (FDD)
Around 4 GHz (TDD)
Around 7 GHz (TDD)
Other carrier frequency is not precluded
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Around 0.7 GHz, FDD
Around 2 GHz, FDD
Around 4 GHz, TDD
Around 7 GHz, TDD
Around 30 GHz, TDD
#2 Simulation bandwidth

#3 Precoding granularity

#4 Scenario
Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
20MHz
100MHz (not applicable for 700MHz)
Other BW is not precluded
System/channel bandwidth assumption is reported by companies.

Company report the precoder granularity

Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Note: Reuse SLS assumption for PDSCH
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
20 MHz (baseline)
100 MHz (for 4-7 GHz) (optional)
Other bandwidths are not precluded (companies to report)

Company can report

Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Suburban macro, 1732 m ISD (for around 0.7-4 GHz)
Urban macro, 500 m ISD (for around 0.7-30 GHz)
Dense urban, 200 m ISD (for around 4-30 GHz)
#5 UE number/cell Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Other numbers is not precluded.
Urban Macro (500m), one-layer deployment, two-layer deployment (Optional)
Dense urban (200m), one-layer deployment, two-layer deployment (Optional)
Urban Grid (Optional)
Other scenarios are not precluded (companies to report)
Company to report
#6 Layout/deployment Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
1-ring (7*3), 2-ring (19*3)
Other layout/deployment are not precluded.
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
\(7 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (baseline)
\(7 \times 3\) two layers, macro layer: hex grid; micro layer: locations of micro sites are reported by company (optional)
\(19 \times 3\), single layer, hex grid (optional)
#7 Channel model Rel-19 TR 38.901
Note: spatial consistency could be considered, if applicable
Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
#8 Numerology OFDM, 15 kHz for FDD, 30 kHz for TDD Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
15 kHz for FDD
30 kHz for TDD and around 2-7 GHz
120 kHz for TDD and around 30 GHz
#9 Transmit power (per 20MHz) Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Dense urban: 44dBm
Urban macro: 46dBm
Suburban Marco: 49dBm
Other values can be reported by companies.
Note: For evaluation purpose, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56dBm for outdoor and 33dBmfor indoor for the above carrier frequencies.
NA
#10 BS antenna configuration Reuse the assumption under AI 10.5.3.1 when applicable, otherwise refer to AI 10.1 Reuse the assumption under AI 10.5.2.3 when applicable, otherwise refer to AI 10.1
#11 UE power class Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
23dBm, 26dBm[,29dBm]
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
23dBm, 26dBm[,29dBm]
#12 UE antenna configuration Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Details follow corresponding agreements in Agenda 10.1.
Other antenna location/configuration are not precluded and can be considered.
#13 UE Receiver

gNB receiver
Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
MMSE-IRC (baseline)
R-ML (Reported by companies)

NA
NA

Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Baseline: MMSE-IRC
Other can be reported
#14 Traffic model Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
FTP Model 1/3 (0.5 Mbyte packet sizes)
Low RU about 30%
Medium RU about 50%
High RU about 70%
Other model is not precluded.
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
#15 Scheduling Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
PF
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Proportional fair
#16 Inter-cell interference model Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Explicitly and realistically modelled
Explicitly and realistically modelled
#17 Channel estimation assumption Realistic as the baseline
Companies to report the detailed SRS channel estimation error model
Realistic as the baseline
Companies to report the detailed SRS channel estimation error model
#18 SRS periodicity 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
Companies to state the simulated SRS periodicity if other values are used.
Note: SRS triggering may be aperiodic
Scheduling delay: Minimum [4ms] from CSI measurement to CSI application.
5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
Companies to state the simulated SRS periodicity if other values are used.
Note: SRS triggering may be aperiodic
Scheduling delay: Minimum [4ms] from CSI measurement to CSI application.
#19 MIMO scheme Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
SU-MIMO
MU-MIMO
with rank adaptation
NR CW-to-layer mapping is used and other mapping is not precluded.
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Depending on PUSCH scheme
Reported by company (e.g., SU/MU-MIMO, max rank)
#21 Evaluation Metric DL throughput as baseline metrics
Other KPI is not precluded.
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Throughput
Additional assumption of average UPT, 5%-tile UPT, 50%-tile UPT, 95%-tile UPT
#24 Calibration error modeling for other antennas Reuse SLS assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
FFS
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
#25 gNB noise figure
#26 UE noise figure
Around 7 GHz and below: 5dB
Around 15 GHz and above: 7dB
Reuse general assumption
Around 7 GHz and below: 5dB
Around 15 GHz and above: 7dB
#27 Impairments

#28 power control
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Company can report (according to use case / scenario/scheme)
e.g., UE coherence modeling, Tx power imbalance, relative phase error, DL&UL reciprocity
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Company can report (according to use case / scenario/scheme)
e.g., UE coherence modeling, Tx power imbalance, relative phase error, DL&UL reciprocity

Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
#29 UE speed Company can report
Reuse SLS assumptions of downlink transmission schemes (10.5.2.2)
Company can report
Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Urban macro and dense urban: indoor (3 km/h), outdoor (30km/h)
Suburban macro: indoor (3 km/h), outdoor (40km/h)
additional assumption of 0.3 km/h for FWA

Note: EVM assumption for HST scenarios will be treated separately

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the assumptions in the following table as the basic assumption of LLS for evaluation of UL-based DL CSI acquisition.

Parameters Assumptions for DL CSI
#1 Carrier frequency Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Around 700MHz (FDD)
Around 2 GHz (FDD)
Around 4 GHz (TDD)
Around 7 GHz (TDD)
#2 RB allocation for PDSCH Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
24RB, 48RB, others are not precluded
#2a Channel BW
#3 Waveform and numerology for DL
Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Depend on carrier frequency. Companies to report the assumed channel BW.
CP-OFDM, 15 kHz for FDD, 30 kHz for others
#4 Channel model Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
CDL-A/B/C/D/E in TR 38.901
Possible DS values = (10, 30, 100, 300, 1000) ns.
ASA, ASD, ZSA, ZSD follow the values in sec 7.7.1 in TR 38.901
Companies to report how randomization is performed if considered
#5 UE speed
#6 PRG
#7 BS antenna configuration
Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
3 km/h, 30 km/h, 120km/h, 350km/h, 500km/h

Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
2 RBs, 4 RBs as start point for evaluation
Other values are not precluded

Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
#8 UE antenna configuration Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Follow agreements in agenda 10.1
#9 MIMO scheme Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
SU-MIMO, MU-MIMO.
#10 Receiver type Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
MMSE-IRC or RML for DL
#11 CW to layer mapping Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
NR CW to layer mapping (baseline)
Other codeword-to-layer mapping options are not precluded
#12 Channel coding Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
LDPC for PDSCH, Polar for CSI (for evaluation benchmark), when applicable
#13 MCS Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
For PDSCH:
QPSK (1/5, 1/3), 16QAM (2/5, 1/2, 3/4), 64QAM (1/2, 2/3, 5/6), 256QAM (2/3, 5/6)
#14 Channel estimation
#15 Link adaptation
Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Realistic as baseline
Companies to report the detailed SRS channel estimation..
Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
AMC/fixed MCS
#16 KPIs Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Intermediate KPIs: SGCS/NMSE
BLER, SE/throughput
#19 SRS periodicity
#20 Scheduling delay
5ms, 10ms, 20 ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms
Company to report if other assumptions are used

Reuse assumptions of DL-based CSI(10.5.3.1)
Minimum [4ms] from CSI measurement to CSI application
Companies to report if other assumptions are used
#23 SNR difference between DL and UL Company to report the value of SNRDL-SNRUL
#24 SRS transmission parameters
#25 Impairments
Company to report the SRS parameters such as comb, sequence, etc

Reuse SLS assumptions of uplink transmission schemes (10.5.2.3)
Company can report (according to use case / scenario / scheme)
e.g., UE coherence modeling, Tx power imbalance, relative phase error, DL&UL reciprocity
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For LLS for UL-based UL CSI acquisition, reuse the LLS assumption for uplink transmission schemes under AI 10.5.2.3.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL-based CSI acquisition, study at least the following SRS usages:

  • CSI acquisition for UL transmission
  • CSI acquisition for DL transmission
  • Beam management
  • Other usages are not precluded
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

To support maximum SRS bandwidth beyond 272 PRBs within a carrier efficiently, study at least the following aspects:

  • Frequency hopping
  • Sparse SRS in frequency domain
  • Redefining or extending the existing SRS bandwidth configuration
  • SRS sequence design
  • Combinations of above schemes
  • Other approaches are not excluded

Note 1: Sounding for larger DL CBW is a separate issue to be studied.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study at least hierarchical structure of SRS resource set and SRS resource for 6GR.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study how to support multiple usages using a same SRS transmission.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study SRS sequence design considering at least the following aspects:

  • Coverage, capacity and measurement performance, e.g., PAPR, size of sequence pool, cross-correlation/auto-correlation
  • Length candidates of SRS sequence
  • SRS resource element mapping
  • Flexible adaptation of SRS frequency domain parameters (if supported)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

ZC and CGS sequences in NR are the starting point for studying 6GR SRS design.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

{1, 2, 3, 4, 8} are supported as the numbers of SRS antenna ports.

  • FFS: Other number of UE antenna ports
  • Note: Separate discussion on the number of antenna ports of UE device(s)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Support P/AP-SRS as the baseline for 6GR. Further study:

  • Whether it is necessary to support SP-SRS.
  • Note: UE initiated SRS can be discussed separately.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR SRS frequency hopping mechanism, study the following:

  • SRS frequency hopping pattern
  • Partial frequency sounding with/without intra-repetition hopping
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

5G SRS pattern design per resource (in frequency domain) with regular comb values (combs 2, 4 and 8) is taken as starting point for the 6GR SRS study; further study at least the following aspects:

  • Multiplexing of multiple SRS ports.
  • Sparse SRS patterns, such as larger comb values, non-uniform-based patterns.
  • Note 1: impact of SRS pattern design on at least complexity, coverage, capacity and performance is to be considered.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL-based CSI acquisition, study the following aspects of SRS repetition:

  • Number of repetitions
  • Cross-slot SRS transmission
  • Others
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL-based CSI acquisition, study at least the following mechanisms of SRS interference mitigation:

  • Interference randomization based on hopping of group/base sequence, start RB index, comb offset, and cyclic shift for SRS
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least from the perspectives of benefit, complexity, and overhead, study the feasibility and necessity of introducing more dynamic/flexible adaptation of the following SRS parameters than that supported by NR:

  • Frequency domain parameters, such as SRS bandwidth, starting position in frequency domain, hopping related parameters, resource element mapping
  • Time domain parameters, such as slot offset, starting position in time domain, number of consecutive OFDM symbols, periodicity
  • Code domain parameters, such as cyclic shift
  • Number of SRS ports
  • Combinations of above schemes, such as adaptive combination of comb offset and cyclic shift
  • Spatial domain parameters, such as SRS precoding
  • Other schemes are not excluded

Note 1: feasibility may be different for each of the parameters.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the inter-UE multiplexing of SRS and other uplink channels/signals (e.g., SRS/PUCCH/PUSCH), study at least the following aspects:

  • Whether/how to introduce unified hopping between SRS and other UL channels (i.e., PUCCH, PUSCH)
  • PUSCH/PUCCH Rate matching for SRS.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For UL-based CSI acquisition, study at least the following aspects of precoded SRS transmission:

  • How the precoder is determined
  • Whether it requires UE side reciprocity or not
  • Coherency assumption on antenna ports
  • Impact on PAPR
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the evaluation of scalability/generalization of AI/ML-based UL-based CSI acquisition, the evaluation methodology in NR (as in TR 38.843) can be considered as the starting point. The set of configurations are considered focusing on one or more of the following aspects:
    • Various antenna configurations, e.g., UE Tx port number, UE Tx port layout
    • Various channel and link conditions, e.g., SNR/SINR ranges
    • Various time/frequency domain factors, e.g., various frequency allocations/RPFS/hopping patterns, time domain allocations, UE speeds
    • Other aspects, e.g., power of SRS transmission, deployment scenarios, channel models
  • Note: Companies are encouraged to evaluate generalization/scalability performance across multiple scenario/configuration combinations.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For SRS transmission procedure to facilitate sounding in the UL of all parts of the DL bandwidth where the DL CBW is larger than supported UL CBW, study at least the following aspects/solutions
  • UL sounding for all parts of the target bandwidth over multiple transmissions of SRS, at least consider the following for solutions
    • with a single SRS resource
    • with multiple SRS resources
  • Consider the impacts on other signals/channels (including at least interruption of data transmission, collision handling), required number of switching, switching gap, SRS overhead to sound all parts of the DL bandwidth, time to complete the sounding
  • Accommodating any location of UL BW, if supported
  • Other aspects/solutions are not excluded
  • Note: studies/conclusions from RAN4 might be needed.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR SRS sequence design,
    • candidate options including:
    • ZC and CGS sequences in NR
    • Enhanced ZC
    • Enhanced CGS
    • other directions are not precluded
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For UL-based CSI in 6GR, study carrier switching and consider at least the following aspects
    • Take SRS carrier switching mechanisms in NR as the starting point for 6GR carrier switching study.
    • Strive to simplify the SRS carrier switching framework compared to NR, e.g.,
      • By converging the redundant triggering alternatives to reduce UE complexity and standardization overhead
      • By simplifying the collision handling rules when SRS for carrier switching collides with other UL signals/channels
      • By reducing/eliminating unnecessary switching-back
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study at least the following aspects of SRS antenna switching for DL CSI acquisition
    • Guard Period (GP) between consecutive SRS resources for antenna switching
    • Whether and how to define the GP between consecutive SRS resources for antenna switching, considering the practical RF chain switching times of UEs
    • GP between SRS and other proceeding/following UL signal/channel transmission, if different antennas are used for SRS and other proceeding/following UL signal/channel transmission,
    • Whether/how to define GP between SRS and other proceeding/following UL signal/channel transmission
    • Allowed combinations of x (number of Tx antennas at UE) and y (number of Rx antennas at UE)
    • Impact of realistic UE antenna layouts (both symmetric and asymmetric number of antenna ports across RF chains)
    • Whether/how to handle power imbalance among SRS antenna ports due to insertion loss
  • Note: regarding the practical RF chain switching times of UEs, and power imbalance, studies/conclusions from RAN4 should be considered by RAN1
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For multiplexing of multiple SRS ports, study at least the following options: - TDM - CDM in frequency domains (at least include CS) - TD-OCC - FDM (at least include comb and comb offset) - Combinations of above options - Note: other schemes are not precluded
    • Strive for a unified design framework for different numbers of ports.
    • FFS whether/how to support dynamic/flexible adaptation of multiplexing parameters(e.g., comb and CS).
      • Whether/how dynamic/flexible adaptation of multiplexing parameters can be achieved beyond resource/resource-set level indication can be discussed separately
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Consider SRS repetition and cross-slot SRS transmission mechanisms specified in NR as a starting point for 6GR.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the evaluation of AI/ML-based UL-based CSI acquisition,
    • Support to reuse the assumption for evaluation of UL-based CSI
    • FLOPs and number of parameters of AI/ML model are reported by company
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the following cases for AI/ML UL-based CSI, and strive to support the unified SRS patterns/designs/framework that work for both AI/ML and non-AI/ML schemes.
    • AI/ML for low-overhead SRS (Sub-Case A): low-overhead SRS with AI/ML at the network side for CSI reconstruction
      • Note: low-overhead SRS may include overhead reduction schemes in the time and/or frequency domains.
Other aspects (CSI) (10.5.3.3)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601465 FL summary #3 on other aspects related to CSI Moderator (Lenovo)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602752 — FL summary #4 on other aspects of CSI acquisition and report — Moderator (Lenovo)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Adopt the following simulation assumptions for tracking RS evaluation Table 1: LLS assumptions for T/F tracking

Parameter Value
Duplex, Waveform FDD and TDD, CP-OFDM
Carrier Frequency/SCS 700MHz/15kHz, 4GHz/30kHz, 7GHz/30kHz, 30GHz/120kHz
Number of TRPs \(N_{TRP}=1,2,4\)
Companies should report the transmission assumptions for the RS transmission for tracking in case of more than 1 TRP.
Bandwidth for PDSCH 5MHz, 20MHz, 100MHz, bandwidth for tracking RS can be reported by companies
MIMO scheme SU-MIMO, Rank 1,2,3,4
Modulation QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 256QAM and 1024QAM
Precoding granularity PRG = wideband, other value (TBD)
Channel Model CDL channel in TR38.901
For CDL-C for 4, 7 and 30 GHz
with combination of ASA and ASD scaling values in sec. 7.7.5.1 in TR 38.901, for above 6 GHz cases
\(ZSA=5^\circ, ZSD=1^\circ\)
The CDL table is translated so that the strongest cluster's AoD and AoA occur at a random angle for both the antenna panels of TRP and UE in the local coordinate.
The value of the random angle is selected to be uniformly distributed from +30 to -30 degree. The random value is chosen independently for both AoD and AoA.
In mTRP cases, the channel is generated per TRP.
Delay spread 30ns, 100ns, 300ns, 1000ns
UE speed
Initial time offset (TO)
3km/h, 10km/h, 120km/h, 350km/h, 500km/h
1/X CP, \(X=8\)
Other values can be reported by companies.
CFO Initial acquisition
TRP: uniform distribution +/- 0.05 ppm
UE: uniform distribution +/- 5, 10, 20ppm (each company to choose one)

Non-initial acquisition
Per TRP: uniform distribution +/-0.05 ppm
UE: uniform distribution [+/- 0.1] ppm

Note 1: Those parameters are used for simulation assumptions for synchronization signals/channels in NR (TR38.802).
Note 2: Other values can be reported by companies.
Drift rate 0.2 ppm/sec
Other values can be reported by companies.
BS antenna configuration Around 700MHz carrier frequency
4TXRUS/32AEs: \((M,N,P,M_g,N_g; M_p, N_p)=(8,2,2,1,1;1,2)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5, 0.5)\lambda\)

Around 4GHz carrier frequency
32TXRUs/128AEs: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g; M_p, N_p) = (8,8,2,1,1;2,8)\), \((d_H, d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)

Around 7GHz carrier frequency
- 128 TXRUs/728AEs: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (24,16,2, 1, 1, 4,16)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.8)\lambda\)

Around 30GHz carrier frequency
8TXRUS/512AEs: \((M, N, P, M_g, N_g, M_p, N_p) = (8, 8, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1)\), \((d_H,d_V)=(0.5,0.5)\lambda\)
UE antenna configuration Follow the agreement in 10.1.
Channel estimation Realistic channel estimation.
Companies can report the CE methods.
Performance metric Estimation error (e.g., CFO/Dopler rmse), BLER, Throughput
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Considering at least the following aspects for the tracking RS design for finer time/frequency tracking Set 1 (KPI):

  • Tracking performance
  • Overhead
  • Energy efficiency for NW&UE
  • UE-side complexity
  • Accuracy of QCL parameter(s) estimation
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For joint DL and UL based DL CSI acquisition, reuse the evaluation methodology for LLS and SLS agreed in DL CSI / UL CSI agendas. Note: Specific necessary aspects on joint operation will be discussed.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate at least the following aspects on RS for finer time/frequency tracking for both connected and idle modes

  • Frequency domain factors
    • Bandwidth
    • Frequency domain density
  • Time domain factors
    • Time domain behavior: e.g., periodic, semi-persistent, aperiodic, on-demand
    • Time domain density: e.g., periodicity, number of slots, number of symbols and interval between symbols in a slot, etc.
  • Spatial domain factors
  • FFS: Details
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study joint DL and UL based CSI acquisition in TDD system.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Regarding the frequency domain density for RS for finer time/frequency tracking for both connected and idle modes, at least the following candidate values are considered for study and evaluation:

  • \(x \in {2, 3, 4, 6, 12}\)
  • x is defined as number of REs/RBs/symbol/port
  • Other values are not precluded.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the purpose of performance evaluation of joint DL/UL based CSI acquisition, consider the following SRS error model:

\(\hat{H}{UL} = H{UL} + \sigma_e N\)

where \(\hat{H}{UL}\) is the estimated channel, \(H{UL}\) is the channel response in frequency domain. N is the white complex Gaussian matrix with zero mean, and variance \(\sigma_e^2\) is the scaling factor.

The details of calculation on \(\sigma_e^2\) should be provided by each company. Additional factors (e.g., SRS interference, non-perfect open loop power control, UE TX antenna gain imbalance modelling) may be considered.

SINR refers to the underlying SINR of the SRS as received at the aNB. For inter-cell SRS interference: UEs are randomly grouped to 4 groups in baseline cases, UEs in the same group (in different cells) would interfere with each other's SRS. Use pathloss for interference calculation. Actual SRS transmission and estimation can be used instead of such modeling. Other models can be used by companies.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the purpose of performance evaluation of joint DL/UL based CSI acquisition, consider the following antenna calibration error:

Antenna calibration error can be modeled as:

  • \(\hat{H}_{DL}\) represents the downlink channel obtained using channel reciprocity at aNB side.
  • Amplitude mismatch coefficient at aNB: modeled as Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance X1 = 0.35 dB.
  • Phase mismatch coefficient at aNB: modeled as Gaussian distribution with zero mean and variance Y1 = 5 degrees.
  • Other values on X1 and Y1 can be considered and reported by companies.
  • Amplitude mismatch coefficient at UE: X2 (reported by companies)
  • Phase mismatch coefficient at UE: Y2 degrees (reported by companies)
  • Both or either of aNB or UE-side antenna calibration error can be used in the simulation and is reported by companies.

Note: For any scheme requiring UE DL/UL reciprocity, the feasibility of UE DL/UL reciprocity should be considered.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the purpose of performance evaluation of joint DL/UL based CSI acquisition, study whether and how to model the uplink and downlink insertion loss difference. Example on uplink and downlink insertion loss difference model:

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate the following parameters and candidate values to determine the frequency domain structure of RS for finer time/frequency tracking for both connected and idle modes:

  • Minimum Bandwidth: candidate values {partial BW of the BWP, full BW of the BWP}.
  • Density: candidate values {x} REs/RB.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study single-port and multi-port RS for finer time/frequency tracking.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate the mismatch and impact on performance, if any, between QCL parameters of the RS for finer time/frequency tracking and the target RSs/Channels.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study and evaluate the following parameters and candidate values to determine the time domain factors of the RS for finer time/frequency tracking for both connected and idle modes:

  • Time domain behaviour: Candidate values: periodic, aperiodic, semi-persistent
  • Periodicity for semi-persistent and periodic tracking RS, if supported: Candidate values: {Y} ms
  • Number of symbols in a slot: Candidate values: {N}
  • Time interval between tracking RS symbols: Candidate values: {Ssymb} symbols
  • Number of consecutive slots: Candidate values: {Sslot}
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least study the following use case for joint DL/UL CSI acquisition:

  • Use case 1: SRS based CSI acquisition assisted by DL based measurement and reporting
    • DL based measurement and reporting is reported by companies
    • Note: Both AI and non-AI solutions can be considered
  • Use case 2: MCS and rank selection for DL transmission with SRS based CSI acquisition assisted by other assistant information reporting
Downlink control channel, scheduling for downlink and uplink transmission (10.5.4.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601584 FL summary for downlink control and DL/UL scheduling (#2) Moderator (CMCC, Apple)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603348 — FL summary #3 for downlink control and DL/UL scheduling — Moderator (CMCC, Apple)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603881 — FL summary #4 for downlink control and DL/UL scheduling — Moderator (CMCC, Apple)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to study what functions are indicated by DCI for 6GR. RAN1 to study how functions are indicated by DCI for 6GR.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the adaptation of PDCCH monitoring in 6GR for UE energy efficiency purpose, considering at least:

  • Impact on network energy efficiency, as well as complexity and performance
  • UE energy saving gain Note: 6GR DL WUS related discussions are handled in AI 10.6.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study single-stage and two-stage DCI.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to study L1 signalling framework for time-domain scheduling/resource allocation for downlink and uplink transmission by considering, e.g., within a slot or across the slot boundary, PXSCH repetitions, and other necessary aspects if any.

  • Note1: PXSCH corresponds to PDSCH or PUSCH.
  • Note2: it doesn't mean those examples are confirmed
  • Note3: The descriptions/figures for scheduling options in [R1-2601584, FL summary] is an example for information.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to study for a given DCI, the methods to determine the functions carried by the DCI:

  • e.g. single or multiple Header/Identifier field(s), RNTI, DCI size, …
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to study how to determine various DCI sizes that the UE monitors.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study whether/how to support the minimum DCI-to-PDSCH scheduling offset > 0 slot.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of the adaptation of PDCCH monitoring in 6GR in connected mode, study at least the time domain adaptation of PDCCH monitoring and the corresponding signalling mechanisms, considering at least techniques in NR as starting point.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the study of two-stage DCI in 6GR, consider at least the following aspects:

  • The targeted scenarios and use cases
  • Functionalities of the two stages and the information carried in each stage
  • Physical [channel/signal] for each stage
  • Timing relationships between first-stage [DCI], second-stage [DCI] and scheduled PDSCH(s)/PUSCH(s)
  • Monitoring and blind decoding assumptions for each stage
  • Network/UE complexity
  • Impact on coverage
  • Impact on reliability
  • Impact on blocking probability
  • Resource efficiency/overhead
  • Impact on UE/network power consumption
  • Impact on DCI decoding latency, and data processing timeline
  • Impact on scheduling delay and user experience
  • Pros and cons compared to single-stage DCI

Note: companies are encouraged to provide their assumptions/designs used for studying above aspects.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR, a single PDCCH carrying the entire DCI information is the baseline at least for DCI transmitted for UEs in idle mode.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study at least the following mechanisms for DCI Container size determinations at least for RRC connected state
    • A DCI Container (defined for discussion purpose) is the physical payload that the UE attempts for decoding with a given size
      • no size alignment procedures across different DCI containers
    • Alt 1: The DCI container size is implicitly determined by RRC for the DCI container, e.g., possible contents of the DCI
    • Alt 2: The network explicitly configures DCI container size(s) via RRC
    • Alt 3: DCI container size is pre-defined without any dependency on RRC
  • Note: the above studies are applicable for single-stage DCI and two-stage DCI
  • FFS: additional alternatives applicable for two-stage DCI only
  • FFS: maximum number of DCI container sizes for a UE
  • FFS: whether/how to do padding/truncation within a DCI container
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR, aim to support time-domain adaptation technique(es) of PDCCH monitoring for RRC connected state, aiming for a simplified and/or unified framework with minimum duplication

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study at least the function(s) determination for DCI by one or multiple of the followings:
    • RNTI
    • Header/Identifier field(s)
    • DCI size
    • RRC configuration
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of two-stage DCI in 6GR, consider the following options for the information carried in the two stages:
    • Option A
      • 1st stage DCI
        • Carry only the information to decode the 2nd stage DCI
      • 2nd stage DCI
        • Carry scheduling info for PDSCH(s)/PUSCH(s) and/or other downlink control information (e.g., same as single stage DCI)
    • Option B
      • 1st stage DCI
        • Carry the information to decode the 2nd stage DCI and part of {scheduling info for PDSCH(s)/PUSCH(s) and/or other downlink control information}
      • 2nd stage DCI
        • Carry additional {scheduling info for PDSCH(s)/PUSCH(s) and/or other downlink control information} on top of those in 1st stage DCI
    • Option C
      • 1st stage: a sequence indicating at least the presence of the 2nd stage DCI and/or the information to decode the 2nd stage
      • 2nd stage DCI: same as a single-stage DCI
      • Note: this option is applicable to only Option 4 of the physical channels/signals for the two stages
    • Other options are not precluded.
    • Note: companies are encouraged to analyse pros/cons of above options compared with single stage DCI
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of two-stage DCI in 6GR, consider at least the following options for the physical channels/signals for the two stages:
    • Option 1: PDCCH for both the 1st stage and 2nd stage(s), and the 2nd stage(s) use the same transmission scheme and physical resource structure as the 1st stage
    • Option 2: PDCCH for the 1st stage,
      • Dedicated time/frequency domain resource for the 2nd stage(s) is indicated in the 1st stage
      • The 2nd stage(s) use a different transmission scheme and/or physical resource structure from the 1st stage
        • FFS the physical channel for the 2nd stage and how the 2nd stage is transmitted over the indicated resource
    • Option 3: PDCCH for the 1st stage, and
      • If the [2nd stage/two-stage] DCI schedules PDSCH(s) carrying DL-SCH data,
        • 2nd stage is multiplexed on PDSCH(s) with DL-SCH data
          • The 1st stage indicates the time/frequency domain resource for the PDSCH(s) with DL-SCH data
          • FFS how the multiplexing is done
      • If the [2nd stage/two-stage] DCI does not schedule any PDSCH carrying DL-SCH data,
        • Option 3-1: Same as Option 1
        • Option 3-2: Same as Option 2
    • Option 4: sequence for the 1st stage, PDCCH for the 2nd stage
      • Note: this is different from WUS-based PDCCH monitoring adaptation at least in the sense that whenever a two-stage DCI is transmitted, both the sequence and the 2nd stage PDCCH are always transmitted, i.e., there is a one-to-one correspondence between the 1st stage and 2nd stage.
      • Note: deprioritize the sequence design until more detailed design of Option 4 is available.
      • FFS: FAR and MDR target for the sequence
    • Note: Polar coding is assumed except for the 1st stage in Option 4.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the adaptation of the number of Rx antennas for PDCCH monitoring in 6GR for UE energy efficiency purpose, including at least energy saving gain, impact to coverage, impact to PDCCH blocking, spec impacts, how to ensure common understanding between UE and NW, application delay of antenna adaptation, impact to PDSCH reception.

HARQ related Aspects (10.5.4.3)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601716 FL summary #3 for AI 10.5.4.3: 6GR HARQ related aspects Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603326 — FL summary #4 for AI 10.5.4.3: 6GR HARQ related aspects — Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604829 — FL summary for AI 10.5.4.3: 6GR HARQ related aspects (EOM) — Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, support at least TB level granularity for HARQ-ACK feedback

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study possible HARQ-ACK payload size range.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For discussion purposes,

  • Asynchronous HARQ refers to that retransmission(s) occurs in a non pre-determined occasion once the corresponding initial transmission is scheduled.
  • Adaptive HARQ refers that the transmission parameters and resources for the retransmission can be adaptively adjusted. For DL and UL in 6GR, support asynchronous and adaptive HARQ operation.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For DL HARQ in 6GR, study both following HARQ-ACK feedback mechanisms

  • Mechanism 1: HARQ-ACK information bits are transmitted via L1 signalling
  • Mechanism 2: HARQ-ACK information bits are transmitted via higher layer signalling (e.g., MAC CE)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, DL and UL HARQ operation designs considers at least the following aspects:

  • latency
  • reliability
  • coverage
  • power saving (NW and UE)
  • NW complexity
  • UE complexity
  • diverse services/applications/traffics
  • system efficiency/system throughput/user throughput
  • feedback efficiency/UL and DL overhead Note: the design of DL and UL HARQ does not necessarily be the same
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, the minimum downlink HARQ-ACK payload size is 1 and the upper limit supported by 5G NR Polar coding can be reused (i.e., 1706 bits) at least for Mechanism 1 of HARQ feedback if supported.

  • Note 1: this upper limit does not imply the max HARQ-ACK payload size would be 1706.
  • Note 2: the exact value of the maximum size may be determined at a later stage if needed.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, study the details and pros and cons of the following methods to determine timing and resource for downlink HARQ-ACK feedback:

  • Method 1: Dynamic indication in DCI
  • Method 2: UE initiated HARQ-ACK feedback
  • Method 3: Next available/feasible time slot of semi-static configured resources that satisfy UE processing time/capability
  • Method 4: Only based on configuration via RRC

Note: combinations of above methods and other methods are not precluded.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR UL: Study an explicit indication or implicit indication for a given HARQ process failure to trigger faster ARQ procedure in UL.

  • Note: Companies are encouraged to check RAN2 agreements and LS if any on fast ARQ in RAN2#133bis.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, study whether and how to support downlink HARQ-ACK feedback granularity smaller than TB-level, considering at least the following factors:

  • Feedback overhead
  • Retransmission efficiency
  • Implementation feasibility
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR, study whether and how to support HARQ-ACK bundling across multiple TBs.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study HARQ-ACK codebook(s) and its operation for downlink HARQ operation in 6GR, considering at least the following aspects:

  • HARQ-ACK codebook generation
  • HARQ-ACK feedback granularity, e.g., TB-level, smaller than TB-level, bundling across multiple TBs, etc.
  • Feedback overhead
  • HARQ-ACK payload size and bits order misalignment between NW and UE due to DCI missing
  • Ambiguity between DTX of DL assignment and PDSCH decoding failure when network decodes a NACK in a HARQ-ACK codebook
  • Coordination between schedulers, e.g., between multiple carriers, between DL and UL, etc.
  • Feedback complexity
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For Method 1 (dynamic indication of HARQ-ACK feedback timing and resource in DCI), study details of at least the following:
    • The HARQ-ACK feedback timing and/or resource is indicated in
      • each DL DCI with/without scheduling corresponding PDSCH(s) with associated HARQ-ACK feedback
        • the DCI can provide - indication of HARQ-ACK feedback timing and/or resource with applicable values for HARQ-ACK transmission; - indication of HARQ-ACK feedback timing and/or resource can be invalid or absent (e.g., NNK1, non-numeric PRI, no field(s))
      • an UL DCI,
      • a dedicated DCI triggering HARQ-ACK feedback,
      • a DL DCI that schedules a PDSCH not associated with that HARQ-ACK feedback, and/or
      • other DCI
      • If the DL DCI indicates an invalid timing and/or resource or timing and/or resource are absent, then the HARQ-ACK feedback timing and/or resource is determined by one of the above or other methods
      • FFS: multiple HARQ-ACK feedback resources for multiple PDSCHs
  • Note: all 5G NR terminologies used are for discussion purpose only
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • In 6GR, for the study of downlink HARQ-ACK feedback granularity smaller than TB-level and corresponding mechanism, consider at least the following:
    • XOR-based retransmission feedback
    • CB/CBG-level HARQ-ACK feedback of high-probability error patterns
    • NR CBG HARQ-ACK feedback
    • Codebook-based feedback
    • Two-stage feedback
    • 2D lattice-based CBs feedback
    • Per-PDSCH on demand request of CBG-level feedback
    • Mixture of TB-level and CBG-level feedback
    • Non-uniform CB-to-CBG mapping feedback
    • HARQ-ACK feedback enabling/disabling for some of CBGs
    • enabling/disabling of CBG-level HARQ-ACK feedback
    • Separate HARQ-ACK for CBs that carry MAC CEs or similar important data
  • Note: in the above applicable options, CB-level and CBG-level can be both considered.
  • Note: For the evaluation of above options, consider at least (average) feedback overhead per TB, ratio between size of retransmitted CB(s)/CBG(s) and size of original TB, and impact on DL control overhead, considering practical setup (e.g., fading channel, correlation across CBs, link adaptation, etc.)
  • Note: Companies are encouraged to check FL summary and contributions
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study HARQ-ACK codebook(s) for downlink HARQ operation in 6GR, considering:
    • HARQ-ACK codebook based on NR Type-1, NR Type-2, or NR (enhanced) Type-3 as starting point
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For DL HARQ in 6GR, support HARQ-ACK information bits transmitted via L1 signalling (i.e., Mechanism 1).
    • The design of DL HARQ-ACK feedback operation allows at least the possibility for the following while ensuring HARQ-ACK performance
      • Relaxing the need for tight coordination between schedulers (e.g., between multiple carriers, between DL and UL, etc.)
        • Decoupling of HARQ-ACK feedback triggering from the DL assignments scheduling the corresponding PDSCH
        • Other solution that addresses the same issue can also be considered
      • Other factors can also be considered
    • The design of DL HARQ-ACK feedback operation allows the simplification of UL channel collision/multiplexing/transmission (e.g., resource determination) involving HARQ-ACK
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study on the ambiguity between DTX of DL assignment and PDSCH decoding failure in the HARQ-ACK codebook for 6GR, consider at least:
    • NW implementation based approach including impacts on UEs with different NW implementation if any, impact of DTX events (e.g., assuming PDCCH missed detection probability is 1%)
    • Self-decodable and non-self decodable PDSCH
    • Trade-off between additional feedback overhead and performance benefits
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For Method 3 (Next available/feasible time slot of semi-static configured resources that satisfy UE processing time/capability), study details of the following:
    • NW configures periodic UL feedback resources/timing occasions and UE feedback HARQ-ACK information for a PDSCH and/or a PDCCH associated with HARQ-ACK feedback received before a deadline in the first available UL feedback resource/timing occasion, where the deadline is determined/configured/indicated subject to UE processing time (e.g., Tproc,1) before the UL feedback resource/timing occasion.
  • Note: all 5G NR terminologies used are for discussion purpose only
Other physical layer signals, channels and procedure (10.5.5)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601449 FL Summary #3 for 10.5.5 Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603040 — FL Summary #3 for 10.5.5 — Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604663 — FL Summary #3 for 10.5.5 — Moderator (OPPO)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the UE reporting mechanism for requesting uplink resource with considering at least the following aspects:

  • Applicable use cases, at least including requesting resource for UL data transmission
  • UL transmission latency
  • Signalling overhead
  • UL resource efficiency
  • System capacity
  • Network/UE complexity
  • other aspects are not precluded
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the UE-to-UE cross-link interference for 6GR:

  • Study and identify the applicable scenarios of UE-to-UE cross-link interference.
  • Study the characteristics of UE-to-UE cross-link interference, for example what is the potential interference signal level, what is the potential impact on system operation.
  • Study the mechanisms and techniques for handling UE-to-UE cross-link interference, including UE-to-UE cross-link interference measurement and reporting
    • For each candidate mechanism, evaluate and analyze the performance benefit, impact to the system and complexity at BS/UE.
  • Study the candidate resource or signals/channels for measuring UE-to-UE cross-link interference. Study and identify the candidate measurement quantities.
  • Study the reporting mechanisms
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study BS-to-BS cross-link interference for 6GR:

  • Study and identify the applicable scenarios of BS-to-BS cross-link interference.
  • Study the characteristics of BS-to-BS cross-link interference, for example what is the potential interference signal level, what is the potential impact to the system operation.
  • Study the mechanisms and techniques that can handle the BS-to-BS cross-link interference, including the mechanisms for measuring and identifying the BS-to-BS cross-link interference:
    • For each considered mechanism, evaluate the performance benefit, impact to the system operation, and complexity at BS/UE.
    • The candidate resource for measuring BS-to-BS cross-link interference.
    • The measurement quantities at least for evaluation purpose.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For handling remote interference in 6GR:

  • Study the applicable scenarios for remote interference between remote cells due to atmospheric ducting;
  • Study the impact of remote interference to the system, including the impact to the uplink reception.
  • Study the characteristics of the remote interference.
  • Study the candidate mechanisms for measuring/detecting/identifying remote interference, mechanisms to mitigate remote interference.
    • For each candidate mechanism, evaluate the benefits and impact to the system. Note: UE reporting to request uplink resource scheduling is to be discussed under this agenda
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study UE-to-UE CLI handling mechanisms for 6GR:

  • The studies of UE-to-UE CLI focus on deployment scenarios of dynamic TDD, semi-static SBFD, TDD-semi-static SBFD coexistence, and consider inter-subband, intra-subband and intra-band CLI, both intra-cell CLI and inter-cell CLI.
  • Study the following UE-to-UE CLI measurement and reporting mechanism, considering at least the following aspects:
    • Reference signals or/and channels for measuring CLI
    • Timing misalignment for measurement
    • Measurement metric
    • CLI reporting contents.
    • CLI reporting mechanisms.
    • Network-controlled reporting.
    • UE-initiated/Event-triggered CLI reporting.
  • Study the following UE-to-UE mitigation/suppression mechanisms:
    • Coordination of time/frequency resource allocation.
    • Uplink power control to reduce the CLI.
    • Spatial domain methods to suppress CLI.
    • Information exchange between BSs for example the configuration of CLI resources, TDD/SBFD configuration.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the following mechanisms with NR 1-bit SR mechanism as the benchmark for study:

  • Study the mechanism of transmitting multiple (>1) bits in SR.
  • Study enhancements of resource allocation and L1-aspect of triggering for SR for 1-bit.
    • Note: This also applies to multiple bit SR study.
  • Study the L1-aspects of BS UL pre-scheduling mechanism.
  • Study the L1-aspects of contention-based BSR transmission.
  • Study the L1-aspects of BSR transmission in preconfigured PUSCH (contention free).
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study mechanisms for handling remote interference management (RIM) for 6GR:

  • The study should consider:
    • Coexist of BSs with same or different TDD configurations for 6GR BS or for 6GR and NR BSs in the same band.
    • Scenarios with at least one BS configured with SBFD
    • The remote interference between NR BS and 6GR BS
    • Note: The upper mid-band operation (around 7GHz) is also considered in the study.
  • Study the potential workflow and framework for 6GR RIM
    • The wireless-based and backhaul-based RIM frameworks in NR are considered as the starting point for study.
    • Aim to minimize unnecessary complexity.
  • Study the reference signal design for 6GR RIM, at least consider the following aspects:
    • Take NR RIM RS as starting point or study.
    • The functions of RIM RS, including how many types of RIM-RS, information indicated and carried in RIM RS, and physical layer design of RIM RS.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study BS-to-BS CLI handling mechanisms for 6GR:

  • The study of BS-to-BS CLI focus on deployment scenarios of dynamic TDD, semi-static SBFD, TDD-semi-static SBFD coexistence. The BS-to-BS CLI can be inter-subband interference, intra-subband interference and co-channel intra-band interference, inter-cell interference.
  • Study the following BS-to-BS handling mechanisms:
    • Uplink resource muting mechanism to enable the BS to identify BS-to-BS CLI.
    • BS-to-BS CLI/channel measurement mechanisms/resources.
    • Coordinated scheduling
    • Information exchange between BSs including the configuration of measurement resource, TDD/SBFD configuration, DL beam information CLI measurement results and CLI mitigation request.
    • Note: this may or may not have RAN1 spec impact.
    • DL Power allocation-based mechanism.
    • Spatial domain solution, for example beam nulling, beam paring, restrict/preferred beam.
    • Note: For any of the above items, the study includes necessity.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 to evaluate the BSR in CB PUSCH, considering at least the following aspects:
    • The performance of decoding a PUSCH payload when N UEs transmit in the one same time and frequency PUSCH resource with considering the following assumptions:
      • The N UEs use N different DMRS ports from a common pool of M (N<= M) different DMRS ports.
      • The N UEs use same DMRS port from a common pool of M (N <= M) different DMRS ports but with different scrambling IDs for DMRS sequence.
      • The N UEs use different combinations of DMRS port and scrambling ID for DMRS sequence, where the DMRS port(s) are chosen from a common pool of M(N<=M) different DMRS ports.
      • The N UEs could use same or different waveform for PUSCH transmission.
      • The N UEs use the same DMRS port from a common pool of M (N <= M) different DMRS ports and same scrambling IDs for DMRS sequence
    • Evaluate the following aspects of CB-BSR:
      • Study and identify the definition of UE collision in CB PUSCH used for this evaluation and evaluate the probability of UE collision.
        • Companies to report the definition used in their evaluations
      • The L1 transmission delay of BSR in CB PUSCH.
        • The L1 transmission delay is the time duration between the traffic arrival and when the BSR is decoded successfully.
      • The CDF of the number of attempts of BSR transmission.
      • The complexity of blind detection at the BS side.
        • The evaluation can take into account that UEs uses C-RNTI or common RNTI for PUSCH scrambling and/or the number of different DMRS that is detected.
      • The UL resource overhead for transmitting CB BSR.
      • The impact of DMRS false alarm (if any).
      • The above study and evaluation can consider system load.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study L1 multi-bit SR with considering the following aspects:
    • The reporting contents for corresponding transmission condition in SR,
    • Identify the benefit and necessity of multi-bit SR over 1-bit SR:
      • at least considering the latency of PUSCH resource scheduling, trade-off between SR overhead and accuracy of UL resource scheduling/buffer status information compression.
    • The potential required bit size of a multi-bit SR for each candidate reporting content.
    • The uplink channel for conveying multi-bit SR.
    • Compare multi-bit SR with other solutions.
    • The 1-bit SR+BSR mechanism is the benchmark for study.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For UE-to-UE CLI measurement and reporting in 6GR:
    • RAN1 to study the following metrics for UE-to-UE CLI measurements:
      • RSSI and RSRP for direct interference, e.g., intra-band or intra-subband CLI.
      • RSSI to measure the leakage of the interference, e.g., inter-subband CLI.
      • The frequency domain granularity for measurement to be considered are: subband and wideband.
    • RAN1 to study the following methods of CLI measurement resources:
      • CLI measurement based on explicit configuration of CLI RSSI measurement resource and/or SRS for RSRP measurement.
      • CLI measurement/detection without explicit measurement resource configuration, e.g., exploit PDSCH reception to measure/detect CLI.
    • Study network-controlled CLI reporting.
      • The benefits/drawbacks of network-controlled CLI reporting.
      • The reporting signalling and triggering mechanisms.
      • Study the following candidate reporting contents:
        • Option 1: N strongest RSRP or RSSI and corresponding resource indicators.
          • Report RSRP/RSSI for the strongest one and differential RSRP/RSSI for the other N-1.
        • Option 2: indication of whether each measurement resource has RSRP or RSSI measurement larger than a threshold, for example one bitmap with each bit corresponding to one measurement resource.
        • and any other options.
    • Study UE-initiated/event-triggering CLI reporting for overhead reduction and energy saving, at least considering the following aspects:
      • The benefits over the network-controlled reporting.
      • The definition of CLI event and study how to trigger the CLI reporting.
      • The measurement resource/occasions for UE to detect the CLI event.
      • The reporting contents and the UL reporting mechanism.
    • For the time alignment issue of CLI measurement resource:
      • Study the reference timing that is used for each associated measurement occasions.
      • Study whether/how the time alignment issue has impact on CLI measurement performance.
      • Study the methods to handle the time alignment, if necessary
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For BS-to-BS CLI measurement in 6GR:
    • RAN1 recommends to use CSI-RS and synchronization signal (e.g., 6GR SSB) to measure BS-to-BS CLI or Channel.
      • Further study other channel or RS used for measuring BS-to-BS CLI.
    • Study UL resource muting mechanism for handling BS-to-BS in 6GR
      • The UL resource muting mechanism specified in 5G/NR is the baseline for study.
      • Study both transparent and non-transparent UL resource muting mechanisms,
      • Study the mechanism with flexible UL resource muting symbol position(s) and flexible disable/enable indication.
      • Study UL resource muting pattern.
    • Study the information exchange between the BSs, at least including the configuration of the CSI-RS and synchronization signal, measurement results, the recommended beam index and non-recommended beam index, the TDD time/frequency resources configuration, the SBFD time/frequency resources configuration.
Design of WUS with OFDM based sequence (10.6.1.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601724 Summary #1 of DL WUS sequence design Moderator (Ericsson)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603445 — Summary #2 (final revision) of DL WUS sequence design — Moderator
RAN1#125 FL Summary R2-2605130 — Summary #2 of DL WUS design — Moderator (Ericsson)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study the following aspects of DL WUS design:

  • Time or frequency domain sequence definition
  • Time and frequency resource allocation
  • Multiplexing and coexistence with other signals and channels, including DL WUS
  • PAPR and BS/UE processing complexity
  • Network overhead and NW&UE energy efficiency
  • Other aspects are not precluded
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Targeting for same coverage as 6G PDCCH in the same band, Study DL WUS coverage by considering at least the following aspects.

  • Missed detection rate
  • False alarm rate
  • RRC state differences
  • Different use cases
  • Reference configuration of PDCCH
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The same SCS is assumed for DL WUS as for the 6GR Sync signals in the same band if sync signals and data channels use the same SCS.

  • FFS SCS of DL WUS if sync signals and data channels use different SCS in FR2-1
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least the following assumptions are made of EE mode for DL WUS link level evaluations:

Carrier frequency 700 MHz 3.5 GHz 7 GHz
WUS SCS 15 kHz 30 kHz 30 kHz
Channel model [TDL-A, 30 ns delay spread]
TDL-C, 300 ns delay spread
[TDL-A, 30 ns delay spread]
TDL-C, 300 ns delay spread
[TDL-A, 30 ns delay spread]
TDL-C, 300 ns delay spread
UE velocity 3km/h 3km/h 3km/h
MDR/FAR assumptions Baseline MDR of DL WUS is FFS %
Baseline FAR of DL WUS is FFS %
FFS if additional values need to be specified for RRC CONNECTED and/or RRC IDLE/INACTIVE modes, respectively
DL WUS BW Up to 12, 24 or 48 PRBs
Max 10 MHz BW
Time domain resource to be reported by companies
Impairment modelling Residual Frequency error up to [5] ppm
Residual timing error up to [2] µs
Number of information bits Up to companies to report
Number of Rx antennas 1, 2
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study at least the 6GR sync signals for UE sync for DL WUS reception. Further study necessity (e.g., if 6GR sync signals are found to be insufficient for DL WUS), applicability and impact of additional synchronization method for DL WUS reception (e.g., additional sync signals or DL WUS with sync functionality).

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The baseline reference configuration for link level coverage assessment of EE processing for DL WUS detection includes the following parameters referred to NR common PDCCH:

Aggregation level 8
# Rx antennas (PDCCH) 4
CORESET Refer to TR38.830
PDCCH payload 40-bits (excluding CRC)
# Tx antennas (WUS+PDCCH) 2
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In FR2-1, the same SCS is assumed for DL WUS as for the 6GR Sync signals in the same band if sync signals and data channels use the same SCS.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For OFDM-based WUS sequence, further study time domain (e.g., DFT preprocessing) definition and frequency domain (w/o DFT preprocessing) definition with respect to the following aspects:

  • Link-level performance
  • BS implementation complexity
  • UE detection complexity
  • Frequency domain and time domain receiver processing
  • PAPR performance and relevancy
  • Multiplexing and coexistence with other signals and channels
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study for DL WUS coverage, considering, e.g., by
    • Time domain (repetitions and/or sequence extension),
    • Frequency domain or alternation (hopping),
    • Spatial (transmit and receive) diversity,
    • Power boosting.
    • Sequence types.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the DL WUS sequence, RAN1 to study a unified design with a single (T/F) waveform and sequence family across all RRC states.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • The False Alarm Rate is defined as the rate with which the UE detects any targeting DL WUS sequence, given that no DL WUS sequence was transmitted.
  • The False Detection Rate is defined as the rate with which the UE detects any targeting DL WUS sequence, given that any different DL WUS sequence(s) was transmitted.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study time and frequency accuracy from EE processing of SSB.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

4 Tx antennas are used in the reference configuration for link level coverage assessment of EE processing for DL WUS for 3.5 GHz and 7 GHz (replacing 2 Tx antennas).

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

The following Missed Detection Rate, False Alarm Rates and False Detection Rates are assumed for EE processing in link level simulations: MDR: 0.5%, 1% FAR:1%, 5%, 10% FDR: 1%, 5%, 10% Companies to report impact on UE energy savings and NW resource overhead of different performance FAR and FDR values.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study at least the following sequence families for 6GR DL WUS design,
    • Zadoff-Chu sequences, or its variants
    • m-sequences, or its variants
    • Gold sequences, or its variants
  • at least with respect to,
    • Link level performance (MDR, FAR, FDR), including time and frequency errors
    • Maximum number of available OFDM sequences for carrying information,
    • Sequence lengths and T/F mapping,
    • UE/BS complexity and energy consumption,
    • Overhead,
    • Co-existence with other 6GR signals and channels,
  • Other aspects are not precluded.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For below 1 GHz, the PDCCH reference is AL16 and 2-Rx antennas (replacing former configuration).

WUS operation in RRC states (10.6.1.2)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601555 Summary #2 of uplink WUS and operation for 6GR Moderator (LGE)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603451 — Summary (final revision) on 6GR DL WUS operation in RRC states — Moderator (vivo)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603661 — Summary #2 on 6GR DL WUS operation in RRC states — Moderator (vivo)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study 6GR DL WUS triggering PDCCH monitoring with and without C-DRX in RRC connected state, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • Impact to UPT, if applicable
  • Impact to latency, if applicable
  • Impact to QoS/delay budget satisfaction rate, if applicable
  • Network overhead/complexity
  • Network energy consumption
  • Other impacts, if any
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For RRC idle state, study serving cell RRM measurement based on 6GR measurement signal (e.g., at least 6GR sync signal) by EE processing, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • measurement based on EE processing together with DL-WUS monitoring vs measurement based on non-EE processing together with DL-WUS monitoring
  • coverage (e.g., achievable SINR/SNR) and accuracy
  • Impact on the EE processing complexity

For RRC idle state, study neighboring cell RRM measurement based on 6GR measurement signal (e.g., at least 6GR sync signal) by EE processing, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • measurement based on EE processing together with DL-WUS monitoring vs measurement based on non-EE processing together with DL-WUS monitoring
  • Neighboring cell identification, measurement and evaluation
  • Neighboring cell number limitation, if any
  • Inter-cell interference
  • Coverage (e.g., achievable SINR/SNR) and accuracy
  • Impact on the EE processing complexity
  • FFS the power consumption of neighboring cell RRM measurement based on EE processing Note: It doesn't mean the measurement in EE processing has to be coupled with DL WUS monitoring
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For RRC connected state, study feasibility and necessity of neighboring cell RRM measurement by EE processing, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • Neighboring cell measurement type, e.g., intra-frequency, inter-frequency
  • Neighboring cell identification, measurement and evaluation
  • Neighboring cell number limitation if any
  • Inter-cell interference
  • Coverage (e.g., achievable SINR/SNR) and accuracy
  • Measurement metrics
  • Based on at least 6GR sync signal; other signals
  • Impact on the EE processing complexity
  • the power consumption of neighboring cell RRM measurement based on EE processing
  • Whether there is spec impact or not
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the RAN1 study on DL WUS triggering PDCCH monitoring with and without C-DRX in RRC CONNECTED state, include:

  • DL WUS is monitored periodically based on network configuration
  • Once DL WUS is detected, UE starts PDCCH monitoring for a time duration, after a time offset:
    • the time duration, time offset
    • whether WUS is monitored during the time duration
    • How UE stops PDCCH monitoring
    • How UE stops and starts WUS monitoring
    • WUS triggering PDCCH monitoring is per cell or cell group
    • One or more DL WUS configurations
    • Other details if any
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study 6GR OFDM sequence based DL WUS for waking up UE for at least paging purpose in RRC idle state, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • Impact to latency, if applicable
  • Network overhead, complexity, and energy consumption
  • Distributed PO/PF and clustered PO/PF
  • Association between WUS monitoring occasion and PO
  • UE behaviors after waking-up
  • WUS indication granularity and the number of information bits carried by DLWUS
  • WUS monitoring periodicity
  • WUS monitoring occasions
  • Multi-beam operation including at least QCL assumption
  • Consequence of false alarm/miss detection
  • Other impacts, if any
  • Other RRC state if supported
  • Other functionalities of 6GR DL WUS
  • Same or different carriers for DL WUS and paging
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For RRC connected state, study feasibility and necessity of serving cell RRM measurement by EE processing, considering at least:

  • UE energy saving gain
  • Coverage (e.g., achievable SINR/SNR) and accuracy
  • Measurement metrics
  • Impact on the EE processing complexity
  • Based on at least 6GR sync signal; other signals; other measurement
  • Whether there is spec impact or not
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For collection of UE energy saving gain results for serving cell RRM measurement by EE processing and DL WUS in RRC idle, companies are encouraged to consider the following cases:
    • Case 1:No neighboring cell RRM measurement
      • At least the following are encouraged to be provided:
        • Case 1-6 vs case 1-3
        • Case 1-6 vs case 1-2
Case Serving cell RRM measurement Neighboring cell RRM measurement Paging monitoring
Case1-1 Non-EE processing Not applicable I-DRX with PEI
Case1-2 Non-EE processing Not applicable I-DRX without PEI
Case 1-3 Non-EE processing Not applicable I-DRX with DL-WUS
Case 1-6 EE processing Not applicable I-DRX with DL-WUS
Note1: for each case, measurement is assumed to be performed every I-DRX cyle.
Note2: Neighboring cell RRM measurement includes at least intra-frequency measurement, inter-frequency measurement is up to company report. How neighboring cell RRM measurement is performed by EE processing is up to companies’ report.
Note3: Effective waking up rate is up to company report, e.g., <= 1%
Note4: Assumed sleep state is up to company report.
Note5: In this evaluation, no further power scaling based on the number of occupied SSB symbols within a slot for the measurement by EE processing
  • Case 3: For UE with full neighboring cell RRM measurement
    • At least the following are encouraged to be provided:
      • Case 3-6 vs case 3-3
      • Case 3-6 vs case 3-2
Case Serving cell RRM measurement Neighboring cell RRM measurement Paging monitoring
Case 3-1 Non-EE processing Full measurement by non-EE processing I-DRX with PEI
Case 3-2 Non-EE processing Full measurement by non-EE processing I-DRX without PEI
Case 3-3 Non-EE processing Full measurement by non-EE processing I-DRX with DL-WUS
Case 3-6 EE processing Full measurement by non-EE processing I-DRX with DL-WUS
Note1: for each case, measurement is assumed to be performed every I-DRX cyle.
Note2: Neighboring cell RRM measurement includes at least intra-frequency measurement, inter-frequency measurement is up to company report. How neighboring cell RRM measurement is performed by EE processing is up to companies’ report.
Note3: Effective waking up rate is up to company report, e.g., <= 1%
Note4: Assumed sleep state is up to company report.
Note5: In this evaluation, no further power scaling based on the number of occupied SSB symbols within a slot for the measurement by EE processing
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For collection of UE energy saving gain results for neighboring cell RRM measurement by EE processing in RRC idle, companies are encouraged to consider the following cases:
    • At least the following are encouraged to be provided:
      • Case 4-6 vs case 4-2
Case Serving cell RRM measurement Neighboring cell RRM measurement Paging monitoring
Case 4-2 EE processing Non-EE processing I-DRX with DL-WUS
Case 4-4 EE processing Non-EE processing with relaxation.e.g., 4 times or 16 times I-DRX with DL-WUS
Case 4-6 EE processing EE processing I-DRX with DL-WUS
Note1: for case 4-2 and 4-6, measurement is assumed to be performed every I-DRX cyle.
Note2: Neighboring cell RRM measurement includes at least intra-frequency measurement, inter-frequency measurement is up to company report. How neighboring cell RRM measurement is performed by EE processing is up to companies’ report, including power consumption.
Note3: Effective waking up rate is up to company report, e.g., <= 1%
Note4: Assumed sleep state is up to company report.
Note5: In this evaluation, no further power scaling based on the number of occupied SSB symbols within a slot for the measurement by EE processing
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For collection of UE energy saving gain results for 6GR DL WUS triggering PDCCH monitoring in RRC connected, companies are encouraged to consider the following cases:
    • C-DRX
    • DCP with C-DRX, UE monitors DCP during the X [slots/symbols] prior to the beginning of a slot where the UE would start the drx-onDurationTimer. X is up to companies’ report
    • 6GR OFDM sequence based DL WUS with C-DRX, UE monitors 6GR DL WUS during the X [slots/symbols] prior to the beginning of a slot where the UE would start the drx-onDurationTimer. X is up to companies’ report
    • 6GR OFDM sequence based DL WUS without C-DRX
    • Note1: it’s up to companies’ report how the evaluated C-DRX different from NR C-DRX
    • Note2: it’s up to companies’ report how the evaluated DCP different from NR DCP
    • Note3: when comparing different cases, companies are encouraged to at least consider the same monitoring periodicity of 6GR DL WUS and C-DRX cycle. Other periodicities are up to companies’ report.
    • Note4: Companies to report assumptions on measumrents

R1-265094

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

At least the following assumptions are made for evaluating the achievable SNR and accuracy for serving cell RRM measurement for both RRC idle and RRC connected by EE processing.

Carrier frequency 3.5 GHz
WUS SCS 15kHz for 700MHz; 30 kHz for other frequencies
Channel model TDL-C, 300 ns delay spread
UE velocity 3km/h
PSS/SSS NR PSS/SSS
Impairment modelling TO before SSB for measurement: up to x us
CFO before SSB for measurement: up to x ppm
Note: the uniform distribution from -max to +max is assumed for TO and CFO in the evaluation
Number of Tx antennas 1
Number of Rx antennas 1, 2
Number of samples for measurement averaging 1, 2, 3, 4
SNR [-6 dB, -7dB, -8 dB]
FFS the SNR for ~7GHz
Inter-cell interference 3dB higher than measured cell.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For intra-frequency neighboring cell RRM measurement for RRC idle and RRC connected by EE processing, study at least
    • RRM measurement by EE processing, including at least
    • How to perform neighboring cell measurement, considering timeline and the number of neighboring cells
    • Whether/how to limit the applicable cases: synchronous case only or both synchronous case and asynchronous case
    • Cell detection/identification (if applicable), is performed by:
    • Alt 1: EE processing, including at least
      • Study feasibility of
        • cell ID detetion, SSB index detetion if applicable
        • Note: Sequence related processing is assumed
      • How to perform neighboring cell detection/identification, considering timeline and the number of neighboring cells
      • Whether/how to limit the applicable cases: synchronous case only or both synchronous case and asynchronous case
    • Alt 2: non-EE processing
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the paging rate per PO for evaluation purpose, assume per UE paging rate as RE, REF= 1%, 0.1%, 0.01% or 0.001% and YREF = 1.28s, and group paging rate RG can be determined as below: - RG = 1 – (1 – RE)N, where N is the number of UEs in the group - FFS: Value of N Note: - For i-DRX with cycle duration Y second, - Per UE paging probability RE = 1 – (1 – RE, REF )Y/YREF - For e-DRX with K i-DRX cycles duration, PTW duration of L i-DRX cycles, and an i-DRX cycle duration Y second - Per UE paging probability is - RE = 1 – (1 – RE, REF )(K-L+1)Y/YREF for the first i-DRX cycle within the PTW - RE = 1 – (1 – RE, REF )Y/YREF for each of the remaining L-1 i-DRX cycles within the PTW

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • The relative power values of EE processing are applied to the serving cell RRM measurement by EE processing.
    • Sequence related processing is assumed
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Scale EE processing power of intra-frequency measurement only as below when no cell detection is assumed
N: Number of cells for intra-frequency measurement Synchronous case
N=8 1.5x
N=4 1.2x
- All above values are slot-averaged power
- Synchronous case means actual SSB transmissions from cells are time-aligned e.g., timing of SSB i from cell i is aligned with timing of SSB i from cell j.
- Sequence related processing is assumed
- N includes serving cell and neighbor cell(s)
- Note: Sleep power is not scaled by the table
- Note: values are for FR1, and  ~7GHz
- FFS relative power values of asynchronous case
Uplink WUS and operation (10.6.2)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601555 Summary #2 of uplink WUS and operation for 6GR Moderator (LGE)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603342 — Summary #1 (final revision) of uplink WUS and operation for 6GR
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study further necessity and feasibility of UL WUS under the following deployment scenario (DS):

  • DS#1: Standalone cell where UE obtains UL WUS configuration e.g., from standalone cell and/or pre-defined in the specifications

    • DS#1a: Prior to UL WUS, nothing transmitted on the standalone cell
    • DS#1b: Prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals with or without PBCH on the standalone cell but no SIB1 on the standalone cell
    • DS#1c: Prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals with PBCH on the standalone cell and periodic SIB1 on the standalone cell Note: UL WUS is transmitted to the standalone cell RAN1 to consider at least
  • Coverage target of UL WUS

  • How UE acquires synchronization for UL WUS
  • How UE decides UL WUS transmission power
  • RRC states for the above scenarios Note: The above scenarios can be applicable to multi-TRP deployment scenario if TRP is transparent to UE at the time of UL WUS transmission Note: The above scenarios are for study purposes only and do not imply 6GR support.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study further necessity and feasibility of UL WUS under the following deployment scenario (DS):

  • DS#2: Multi-cell/carrier where UE obtains UL WUS configuration from cell/carrier #1

    • Always-on 6GR synchronization signals with PBCH on cell/carrier #1, and SIB1 on cell/carrier #1
    • DS#2a: Prior to UL WUS, nothing transmitted on cell/carrier #2
    • DS#2b: Prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals with or without PBCH on cell/carrier #2 but no SIB1 on cell/carrier #2
    • DS#2c: Prior to UL WUS, 6GR synchronization signals with PBCH on cell/carrier #2 and periodic SIB1 on cell/carrier #2 Note: UL WUS can be transmitted to cell/carrier #1 or cell/carrier #2 RAN1 to consider at least
  • Coverage target of UL WUS

  • How UE acquires synchronization for UL WUS
  • How UE decides UL WUS transmission power
  • Whether the cells/carriers are in the same band or not
  • Whether the cells/carriers are collocated or not
  • RRC states for the above scenarios
  • Whether the above scenarios can be applicable to multi-TRP deployment scenario Note: The above scenarios are for study purposes only and do not imply 6GR support.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#2b:

  • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #1:
    • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR synchronization signals and PBCH transmitted by cell/carrier #1.
    • UE can determine UL WUS transmission power at least based on always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by cell/carrier #1 and information to determine UL WUS transmission power, if information is possibly available at least from cell/carrier #1.
  • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #2:
    • For the case where prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals with PBCH on cell/carrier #2 are transmitted:
      • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization at least via always-on 6GR synchronization signals and PBCH transmitted by cell/carrier #2, or the feasibility and applicability by cell/carrier #1
    • For the case where prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals without PBCH on cell/carrier #2 are transmitted:
      • It is required to further study whether/how UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization via always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by cell/carrier #2, or the feasibility and applicability by cell/carrier #1
    • UE can determine UL WUS transmission power at least based on always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by cell/carrier #2 and information to determine UL WUS transmission power, if information is possibly available at least from cell/carrier #1.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#1b:

  • For the case where prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals with PBCH on the standalone cell are transmitted:
    • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR synchronization signals and PBCH transmitted by the standalone cell.
  • For the case where prior to UL WUS, always-on 6GR synchronization signals without PBCH on the standalone cell are transmitted:
    • It is required to further study whether UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by the standalone cell.
  • For both cases:
    • UE can determine UL WUS transmission power at least based on always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by the standalone cell and information to determine UL WUS transmission power, if information is available
    • It is required to further study whether/how information to determine UL WUS transmission power can be delivered to UE by e.g., PBCH, predefined in spec, or other methods
    • It is required to further study the minimum information size/content necessary at least for UL WUS transmission/operation and how such information can be delivered to UE.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#1c.
    • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR SSB transmitted by the standalone cell.
    • UE can obtain information necessary for UL WUS transmission/operation and determine UL WUS transmission power at least via always-on 6GR SSB and periodic SIB1 and/or RRC signaling transmitted by the standalone cell.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#2a.
    • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #1,
      • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR SSB transmitted by cell/carrier #1.
      • UE can determine UL WUS transmission power at least based on always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by cell/carrier #1 and information to determine UL WUS transmission power, when information is available at least from cell/carrier #1.
    • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #2,
      • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR SSB and/or periodic SIB1 transmitted by cell/carrier #1, if cell/carrier #1 and cell/carrier #2 are co-located and synchronized. Otherwise, it is required to further study how to acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization.
      • UE can determine UL WUS transmission power at least based on always-on 6GR synchronization signals transmitted by cell/carrier #1 and information when available at least from cell/carrier #1, if cell/carrier #1 and cell/carrier #2 are co-located and synchronized. Otherwise, it is required to further study the feasibility and how to determine UL WUS transmission power and/or transmission beam.
  • Scenario where UE moves from cell/carrier #1 to cell/carrier #2 (where cell/carrier #1 may not provide underlay coverage for cell/carrier #2) and can maintain DL timing/frequency synchronization and UL WUS configuration for a certain period of time is part of DS#2a
    • it is required to further study the feasibility and how to maintain DL timing/frequency synchronization and UL WUS configuration for a certain period of time.
  • It is required to further study triggering conditions for UE to transmit UL WUS for cell/carrier #2, given that no DL signals/channels are available from cell/carrier #2.
  • Note: Whether cell/carrier #1 and cell/carrier #2 are synchronized follows RAN4 definition.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#1a.
    • Majority companies expressed the concern that UE cannot discover the cell or UE cannot acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission even with the assistance of GNSS, while some companies claimed that GNSS (if applicable) can be used for GNSS-capable UE to derive timing information and acquire frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission.
    • Majority companies expressed the concern that UE cannot determine UL WUS transmission power without DL signals by the standalone cell, while some companies claimed that UE can use pre-configured or pre-defined parameters for UL power control for UL WUS transmission. Some companies indicated that pre-configured or pre-defined parameters for UL WUS transmission power may lead to excessive interference and BS/UE energy consumption.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR EE evaluation,
    • BS power consumption is provided by PDLUL=Ptype1DLUL+Ptype2DLUL
      • For Ptype2DLUL,
        • Ptype2DLUL=PdynamicDLUL for BS in active DL transmission or UL reception where PdynamicDLUL is the BS dynamic power determined based on TR 38.864 and the scaling methods for BS for non-sleep mode in TR 38.864 clause 5.1 are reused, or
        • Ptype2DLUL=0 for BS in sleep mode
      • For Ptype1DLUL,
        • Option 1 or Option 2 (which option is taken is up to company) is applied for the case of reference configuration Set 4 and TRxRUs more than 64 and Option 1 is applied for the other cases.
        • Option 1: Ptype1DLUL=Pj
          • Pj is the relative power corresponding to the current sleep state and Pj=P3 for BS in active DL transmission or UL reception.
          • j∈1,2,3
        • Option 2: Ptype1DLUL=1-k∙Pj+k∙xa∙Pj+1-xa∙Pi
          • k is {0.5, 0.8, 0.9, 0.99} or optionally (0
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study of feasibility for UL WUS, at least followings are observed for DS#2c.
    • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #1,
      • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR SSB transmitted by cell/carrier #1.
      • UE can obtain information necessary for UL WUS transmission/operation and determine UL WUS transmission power at least via always-on 6GR SSB and periodic SIB1 and/or RRC signaling transmitted by cell/carrier #1.
    • If UE transmits UL WUS to cell/carrier #2,
      • UE can acquire DL timing/frequency synchronization for UL WUS transmission at least via always-on 6GR SSB transmitted by cell/carrier #2.
      • UE can obtain information necessary for UL WUS transmission/operation and determine UL WUS transmission power at least via always-on 6GR SSB and periodic SIB1 and/or RRC signaling transmitted by cell/carrier #2.
NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation (10.7.1)
RAN1#124 FL Summary R1-2601471 Feature lead summary#3 on NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation Moderator (Qualcomm Incorporated)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2603093 — Feature lead summary #3 on NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation — Moderator (Qualcomm Incorporated)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604772 — Feature lead summary#5 on NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation — Moderator (Qualcomm Incorporated)
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study NTN specific issues/requirements at least for the following aspects for 6GR NTN under this agenda:

  • Uplink time-frequency synchronization
  • HARQ issues: e.g. enable/disable HARQ feedback (which may include how to efficiently operate with HARQ feedback enabled/disabled), number of HARQ processes, etc.
  • Timing relationships with large RTT.
  • Coverage target
  • Physical layer aspects of multi-satellite operation (including multi-orbit)
  • Aspects related to Multiple beams per satellite
  • Aspects related to satellite having more beam footprints than simultaneously active beams
  • Other aspects are not precluded.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR supports large scheduling offsets to accommodate the RTT introduced by the satellite channel. Further discuss how to realize these scheduling offsets:

  • Option 1: Reuse the k_offset concept from NR as a baseline with potential modifications.
    • NOTE: Under this option, additional scheduling offsets (e.g. similar to K1/K2 in NR) may be supported for scheduling flexibility, which apply in addition to k_offset.
  • Option 2: The large scheduling delays to accommodate the RTT are incorporated into the scheduling offsets (e.g. similar to K1/K2 in NR), which may or may not be common for TN and NTN

Conclusion: NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation (10.7.1)

When reporting inputs for the link budget template and evaluation assumptions to RAN1#124b, companies are encouraged to provide them in an xls attached to their contribution following the format of the xls attached to R1-2601471.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For NTN link budget template, RAN1 to take the TN link budget template as baseline with specific rows / values (including adding new rows) to be further discussed.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 will define evaluation parameters for at least the following combinations of satellite orbit and bands:

  • S-band:
    • LEO 300, LEO 600, GEO
  • Ka band:
    • [LEO 300], LEO 600, [LEO 1200], GEO
  • Ku band:
    • LEO 1200, GEO NOTE 1: The evaluations for S band are expected to be similar to L-band. NOTE 2: This is only for the purpose of evaluations.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

RAN1 to use the following terminology when discussing GNSS availability at least for physical layer operation.

  • GNSS-based: Refers to the network mode of operation which relies on devices being equipped with a GNSS receiver and the devices can obtain a position fix within a given accuracy
    • FFS: How often the UE may be required to obtain a position fix, which may be related to the required accuracy.
    • FFS: if position under this operation can be obtained by means other than GNSS that provides a comparable accuracy, e.g. pre-configuration for a fixed device. This may also include information other than positioning.
  • GNSS-degraded: Refers to the network mode of operation which relies on devices being equipped with a GNSS receiver, the devices were able to obtain a position fix at some point in time, but the devices may not currently have a position fix within a given accuracy.
    • NOTE: The UE may be able to use the position fix for physical layer operation
  • GNSS-free/GNSS-less: Refers to the network mode of operation which does not rely on devices being equipped with a GNSS receiver, or devices are equipped with a GNSS receiver but do not have a current position fix that can be used for physical layer operation.
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR NTN targets to support GNSS-based operation, GNSS-degraded operation and GNSS-less/GNSS-free operation.

RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR NTN uplink time-frequency synchronization follows the same principle as NR NTN as baseline:

  • The concept of "uplink synchronization reference point" is introduced in 6GR NTN.
  • 6GR NTN provides satellite assistance information
  • At least for GNSS-based operation, it is supported that UE uses its own location information + satellite assistance information to perform time-frequency pre-compensation.

Conclusion: NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation (10.7.1)

As a general principle for 6GR NTN study:

  • Under NTN agenda item, we will identify issues / requirements specific to NTN.
  • Potential solutions to these issues / requirements may be studied under the NTN agenda
    • The outcome of this study may be discussed under other agenda items if common design is possible.
  • These solutions may end up resulting in an extension of the TN design.
    • This may depend on the solution/issue/ requirement
  • NTN specific solutions may be introduced when a common / extended design cannot meet the NTN requirements.
  • When targeting a common design TN performance is prioritized.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN evaluations, consider the following additional orbit for S-band, at least for link budget calculation purposes:

  • MEO-7000
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN study, RAN1 considers at least the following duplex types:

  • FD-FDD.
  • HD-FDD on UE side.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR NTN, for the issue of satellite having more beam footprints than simultaneously active beams, study the following solutions, including their achievable coverage ratio of satellite and applicability:

  • Value of default SSB periodicity
  • Hierarchical beam structure (e.g. using beams of various sizes)
RAN1#124bis Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, for S-band LEO-600 and LEO-300, the following assumption for SAN antenna model is adopted:

Parameter S-band LEO-600 S-band LEO-300
Frequency S-band (i.e., 2 GHz) S-band (i.e., 2 GHz)
Orbit LEO-600 LEO-300
TXRU mapping (for phased antenna array) Fully connected Fully connected
Satellite antenna configurations (Option 1: Phased antenna array) Antenna elements: 1296 (36×36), Separation: 0.5 lambda, Number of polarizations: 1 or 2.
1-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)=(36,36,1,1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)
2-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)=(36,36,2,1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)
Antenna elements: 400 (20×20), Separation: 0.5 lambda, Number of polarizations: 1 or 2.
1-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)=(20,20,1,1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)
2-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)=(20,20,2,1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)
Satellite Polarized antenna modelling Circular Circular
Satellite antenna element gain pattern Table 7.3-1 in TR 38.901
H/V 3dB beam width: [90]°/90°
Element max directivity: 5dBi
Antenna efficiency: 50% (effective element max gain: 2dBi)
Resulting overall antenna gain: 33.126dB
Table 7.3-1 in TR 38.901
H/V 3dB beam width: [90]°/90°
Element max directivity: 5dBi
Antenna efficiency: 50% (effective element max gain: 2dBi)
Resulting overall antenna gain: 28.02dB

Other separate assumptions may be further considered for e.g. other satellite payload types. NOTE: For the link budget template, the 50% efficiency should be accounted for.

RAN1#124bis Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, for the UE antenna model for S-band (all orbits), consider a subset of the following combinations:

UE antenna modelling Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU Alt 1: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng;Mp,Np), (dH,dV), or Alt 2: UT device antenna model
Combination0 1 1T1R Alt 1: 1T: (1,1,1,1,1;1,1); 1R: (1,1,1,1,1;1,1)
Alt 2: 1T, 1R
Combination1 2 1T2R, 2T2R Alt 1: 2R: (1,2,1,1,1;1,2) or (1,1,2,1,1;1,1), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ
Alt 2: 2R: [(1,5) or (4,8)]
Combination2 4 1T4R, 2T4R, 4T4R Alt 1: 4R: (1,2,2,1,1;1,2) or (2,2,1,1,1;2,2), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ
Alt 2: 4R: [(2,4,6,8) or (1,3,5,7)]
Combination3 8 1T8R, 2T8R, 4T8R, 8T8R Alt 1: (1,4,2,1,1;1,4) or (2,2,2,1,1;2,2) or (2,4,1,1,1;2,4), (dH,dV)=(0.5,0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)
  • FFS: Which of the combinations are considered, Total Number of TXRU, and details of Alt 1/Alt 2 for the antenna model.
  • FFS: Whether some of the combinations only apply for some device types.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

In 6GR NTN, under the label of "physical layer aspects of multi-satellite operation", at least the following aspects are studied, including its applicability:

  • Physical layer aspects related to mobility
    • NOTE: Coordination with RAN2 is expected for this topic; physical layer aspects of satellite selection and satellite switch can be brought under this topic.
  • Physical layer aspects related to inter-satellite interference management.
    • FFS: Details of interference management techniques.
  • NOTE: For the two aspects above it is assumed that the UE is only connected to one satellite at a time.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, for realizing large scheduling offsets, the following is supported in principle:

  • Reuse the k_offset concept from NR as a baseline with potential modifications.
    • Note: Under this option, additional scheduling offsets (e.g. similar to K1/K2 in NR) are assumed to be supported for scheduling flexibility, which apply in addition to k_offset.
  • At least broadcast (FFS whether cell or beam specific) k_offset is supported.
  • FFS whether UE-specific k_offset is supported.

NOTE: This agreement may be revised if 6GR does not define concepts such as K1/K2, or if the baseline design of 6GR scheduling can already cover the RTT range of NTN.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, RAN1 to study whether TA report is beneficial.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, at least for GNSS-based operation, study which parameters are needed for satellite assistance info for UL time-frequency pre-compensation, considering NR NTN parameters in SIB19 as starting point.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For the issue of HARQ stalling due to large RTT in NTN, study the following solutions (which may or may not have specification impact), including their applicability:

  • Solution 1: HARQ feedback disabling.
  • Solution 2: PDSCH / PUSCH transmissions that span multiple slots.
  • Solution 3: aNB reusing the same HARQ process before receiving HARQ-ACK feedback for the previous transmission
  • Solution 4: Sufficient number of HARQ processes
  • Note: Combination of solutions above can be considered.
  • FFS: Whether the above techniques can be harmonized with TN
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR NTN, the link budget template attached to R1-2603091 is endorsed.

  • Note: "Candidate 2" is not considered for NTN.

Conclusion: NTN specific requirements and design for GNSS based operation (10.7.1)

For the 6GR NTN link budget template, for the purpose of illustration the following figure and text describe how the assumed antenna virtualization mode can be used for different antenna types:

For reflector antenna:

  • Antenna gain element (4c) captures the overall antenna gain
  • Scanning loss (4b-2) = 0
  • Loss to beam edge (4b-1) can be set for the satellite and may depend on the elevation angle
  • (1) = (2) (same # of elements as simulated)

For phased arrays:

  • Antenna gain element (4c) captures the per-element antenna gain
  • Scanning loss (4b-2) can be set according to the elevation angle
  • Loss to beam edge (4b-1) can be set for the satellite and may depend on the elevation angle
  • (2) is the number of simulated chains in LLS (either 1 or 2). (1) is the total number of antenna elements.

For UT transmitters with omni antennas:

  • Antenna gain element (4c) captures the overall antenna gain
  • Scanning loss (4b-2) = 0
  • Loss to beam edge (4b-1) = 0
  • (1) = (2) (same # of elements as simulated)

NOTE: The above is for the "Transmitter" part of the 6GR NTN link budget template; the same antenna virtualization mode is used for the "Receiver" part.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Confirm the following working assumption with the following changes

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Confirm the following working assumption in RAN1#124bis with the following changes in red:
  • For 6GR NTN, for S-band LEO-600 and LEO-300, the following assumption for SAN antenna model is adopted:
    • Other separate assumptions may be further considered for e.g. other satellite payload types.
Frequency S-band (i.e., 2 GHz) S-band (i.e., 2 GHz)
Orbit LEO-600 LEO-300
TXRU mapping (for phased antenna array) Fully connected Fully connected
Satellite antenna configurationsOption 1: Phased antenna array i.e. (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp, Np), (dH,dV), (dg,H,dg,V) if any(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)- M: Number of vertical antenna elements within a panel, on one polarization- N: Number of horizontal antenna elements within a panel, on one polarization- P: Number of polarizations- Mg: Number of panels in a column;- Ng: Number of panels in a row;- Mp: Number of vertical TXRUs within a panel, on one polarization- Np: Number of horizontal TXRUs within a panel, on one polarizationNote: Mp and Np may not be applicable for fully-connected TXRU.Option 2: Reflector antenna Antenna elements: 1296 (36x36)Separation: 0.5 lambdaNumber of polarizations: 1 or 2.
1-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)= (36, 36, 1, 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
2-pol:(M,N,P,Mg,Ng) = (36, 36, 2, 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
Antenna elements: 400 (20x20)Separation: 0.5 lambdaNumber of polarizations: 1 or 2.
1-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)= (20, 20, 1, 1, 1), , (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
2-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng) = (20, 20, 2, 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
Satellite Polarized antenna modellinge.g., models in section 7.3.2 in TR38.901 Circular Circular
Satellite antenna element gain pattern Table 7.3-1 in TR 38.901Horizontal/vertical 3 dB beam width of single element (degree): [90] for H, 90 for VElement max directivity: 5dBi.
An antenna efficiency of 50% is assumed which results in an effective element max gain of 2dB.
The resulting overall antenna gain (after applying the array factor) is 33.126dB
Table 7.3-1 in TR 38.901Horizontal/vertical 3 dB beam width of single element (degree): [90] for H, 90 for V
Element max directivity: 5dBi.
An antenna efficiency of 50% is assumed which results in an effective element max gain of 2dB. The resulting overall antenna gain (after applying the array factor) is 28.02dB
  • NOTE: For the link budget template, the 50% efficiency should be accounted for (e.g. either in the “boresight antenna element gain”, in “other losses” or in “Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc”)
  • Note: The above does not impact whether the multi-layer MIMO will be studied or not.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • At least the following parameters for satellite assistance info for UL time-frequency pre-compensation are supported in 6GR NTN:
    • Ephemeris
    • Epoch time
    • Validity duration
    • RAN1 to further discuss whether the following parameters are supported:
      • Parameter(s) to compensate common Doppler of the feeder link
      • Common TA
      • Common TA drift rate
      • Common TA drift rate variation
    • FFS: details for each of the parameters
    • Note: Use of the terminology “Ephemeris”, “Epoch time” and “Validity duration” does not imply that the solutions are the same as 5G NR-NTN.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 to study the following techniques for k-offset in 6GR NTN:
    • UE-specific k-offset.
    • Update of broadcast k-offset over time (e.g. based on satellite location)
    • For broadcast k-offset (which is agreed to be supported)
      • Beam specific k-offset
      • Cell specific k-offset
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR NTN, RAN1 to agree link level evaluation assumptions for the link budget template at least for the following channels:
    • PDCCH
    • SSB
    • PDSCH
    • PUSCH
    • PRACH
    • PUCCH
  • NOTE: The purpose of link budget evaluation is to determine coverage gaps and margines.
  • NOTE: Structure of NR signals / channels can be initially used for evaluation until other agenda items progress on the 6GR signals / channel structure.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6G NTN, RAN1 to evaluate solutions for satellite having more beam footprints than simultaneously active beams by reporting the following for a given combination of {hierarchical beam structure scheme, default SSB periodicity}:
    • Coverage ratio for common channels, obtained as per Rel-19 methodology as (N2/(N1 + N2)) assuming N3=0.
    • Resource overhead of common channels.
    • Impact on link budget and cell acquisition latency (e.g. for a single sync raster point).
    • Impact (from RAN1 perspective) on measurements
    • NOTE: Details on assumptions for this evaluation (e.g. percentage of simultaneous active beams for UL and DL, calculation of cell acquisition latency, link budget, what common channels and their configuration are included for the resource overhead, etc.) will be separately discussed, and can be reported by companies until RAN1 can reach an agreement.
    • Companies to report details on the proposed hierarchical beam structure scheme and default SSB periodicity, including at least:
      • Details on hierarchical beam structure scheme include at least the following:
        • Assumed beam structure (e.g. wide/narrow beam, including the assumed beamwidth for the different beams), for both UL and DL.
        • What channels / signals are transmitted in the different beams.
        • Peak EIRP / antenna gain of the different beams
        • Beam illumination pattern for the different beams (e.g. TDM between wide/narrow beam)
        • Methodology for calculation of N1/N2
      • Details on default SSB periodicity include at least the following:
        • Beam illumination scheme for different signals / channels.
        • SSB periodicity value.
    • NOTE: The above does not imply that hierarchical beam structure is only relevant for cases where the satellite has more beam footprints than simultaneously active beams
    • NOTE: Structure of NR signals / channels can be initially used for evaluation until other agenda items progress on the 6GR signals / channel structure.
  • NOTE: The Rel-19 agreement including the definition of N1/N2/N3 is as follows:
For system level study based on analytical evaluation:
N1 beam footprints are in state “off”
These beam footprints are not served by any signal (no satellite service in this area)
N2 beam footprints are in state “common messages only”
These beam footprints do not have any active user traffic, and are served the necessary information for cell discovery and initial access.
Optionally, companies may consider user arrival (e.g. RACH access) in this type of cell, and should describe how this is taken into account in the analytical evaluation
N3 beam footprints are in state “active traffic”
These beam footprints have X active (e.g. VoNR) users each.
These beam footprints are also served the necessary information for cell discovery and initial access
N1 + N2 + N3 = “Total number of beam footprints “
N1, N2, N3, X are to be reported by companies.
Resource utilization obtained under the assumptions above is to be reported by companies.
Other assumptions made in the evaluation are to be reported by companies, e.g. power sharing scheme, beam hopping scheme, etc.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR NTN, RAN1 to develop an SLS methodology for multiple satellites to evaluate PHY aspects of multi-satellite operation:
    • FFS: How many satellites, including whether to simulate a whole constellation
    • FFS: Which scenarios, e.g. single or multi-orbit
    • NOTE: Unless explicitly agreed otherwise in future RAN1 meetings, it is assumed that the UE is served by one satellite at a time.
  • NOTE: Single-satellite SLS methodology will also be developed.
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

  • At least under GNSS-based operation, for TA report for 6GR NTN, RAN1 observes at least the following potential benefits if TA report is available:
    • The aNB does not know the TA applied by the UE. TA report conveys this information to the aNB
    • Knowledge of the TA applied by the UE may allow the aNB to:
      • Determine scheduling delays (e.g. through UE-specific k-offset or other means)
      • Alleviate UL-DL collisions for HD-FDD UEs.
    • TA report provides more benefits in cases where the differential delay within a beam/cell is large.
    • Note: The benefits of TA report depend on TA report granularity and triggering conditions.
  • RAN1 observes at least the following potential issues:
    • TA report may increase the signaling overhead and UE energy consumption
  • NOTE: Separate discussion is needed for the case when TA report is not available, including alternative solutions.

Email discussion LLS assumption for link budget during Jun 22~26.

RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For Ka-band LEO-600 in 6GR NTN for UL and DL, take the following scenarios as the starting point for further evaluation:
    • Note: all the values in the table below will be revisited. Companies are encouraged to use these values for initial evaluations and initial alignment, but conclusions will not be drawn based on these values if they are modified.
Set 6G-1 Set 6G-2
Maximum Satellite Bandwidth per beam (MHz) 400.00 400.00
Satellite EIRP density/beam (dBW/MHz) 11 16
Total number of simultaneously active beams 64 16
Satellite Max Tx/Rx antenna gain (dB) 34.00 34.00
Payload total DL power level (dBW) 21 20
Total number of beam footprints [800] [800]
% of active beams [8] [2]
Satellite max G/T (dB/K) 6.7 5.1
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR NTN, for Ka-band LEO-600, the following assumption for SAN antenna model is adopted:
    • Other separate assumptions may be further considered for e.g. other satellite payload types.
Frequency Ka-band
Orbit LEO-600
TXRU mapping (for phased antenna array) Fully connected
Satellite antenna configurationsOption 1: Phased antenna array i.e. (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp, Np), (dH,dV), (dg,H,dg,V) if any(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)- M: Number of vertical antenna elements within a panel, on one polarization- N: Number of horizontal antenna elements within a panel, on one polarization- P: Number of polarizations- Mg: Number of panels in a column;- Ng: Number of panels in a row;- Mp: Number of vertical TXRUs within a panel, on one polarization- Np: Number of horizontal TXRUs within a panel, on one polarizationNote: Mp and Np may not be applicable for fully-connected TXRU.Option 2: Reflector antenna Antenna elements: 1600 (40 x 40)Separation: 0.5 lambdaNumber of polarizations: 1 or 2.
1-pol: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng)= (40, 40, 1, 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
2-pol:(M,N,P,Mg,Ng) = (40, 40, 2, 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)
Satellite Polarized antenna modellinge.g., models in section 7.3.2 in TR38.901 Circular
Satellite antenna element gain pattern Table 7.3-1 in TR 38.901Horizontal/vertical 3 dB beam width of single element (degree): 90 for H, 90 for VElement max directivity: 5dBi.
An antenna efficiency of 50% is assumed which results in an effective element max gain of 2dB.
The resulting overall antenna gain (after applying the array factor) is 34.03dB
  • NOTE: For the link budget template, the 50% efficiency should be accounted for (e.g. either in the “boresight antenna element gain”, in “other losses” or in “Cable, connector, combiner, body losses, etc”)
  • Note: The above does not impact whether the multi-layer MIMO will be studied or not.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For S band GEO:
    • Set 6G-1: Reuse GEO Set 1 from 38.821
    • Set 6G-2: Reuse GEO Set 1 from 38.821 with the following modifications:
      • 30m antenna diameter instead of 22m antenna diameter.
      • Antenna gain of 55dBi instead of 51dBi
      • G/T of 23dB/K instead of 19dB/K.
      • NOTE: EIRP density remains the same
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For S-band LEO-600 in 6GR NTN for UL, take the following scenarios as the starting point for further evaluation:
    • Note: all the values in the table below will be revisited. Companies are encouraged to use these values for initial evaluations and initial alignment, but conclusions will not be drawn based on these values if they are modified.
Set 6G-1 Set 6G-2 Set 6G-3
Maximum Bandwidth per beam 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz
Beam size (note 1) 50km 50km 50km 50km
Satellite Rx max Gain 33 dBi 33 dBi 33 dBi 33 dBi
Satellite max G/T [5.5] dB/K [5.5] dB/K [5.5] dB/K [5.5] dB/K
Total number of beam footprints 1058 1058 1058 1058
Total number of simultaneously active beams* 212 32 16 212
% simultaneously active beams* 20.04 % 3 % 1.5% 20.04 %
*Absolute number of simultaneously active beams is up to 212 for sets 6G-1 and 6G-3, and up to 16/32 for set 6G-2 (due to limitation of RF)
Note 1: Reference beam size, different beam sizes may be evaluated and reported by companies (for e.g. hierarchical beam structure)
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For S-band LEO-600 in 6GR NTN for DL, take the following scenarios as the starting point for further evaluation:
    • Note: all the values in the table below will be revisited. Companies are encouraged to use these values for initial evaluations and initial alignment, but conclusions will not be drawn based on these values if they are modified.
Set 6G-1 Set 6G-2 Set 6G-3
Maximum Bandwidth per beam 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz
Beam size (note 1) 50km 50km 50km 50km
Satellite EIRP density /beam (dBW/MHz) 40 37 37 29
Payload Total DL power level (dBW) 34 26 23 23.24
Aggregated EIRP (Total) (dBW) 67 59 56 56.24
Satellite Tx max Gain 33 dBi 33 dBi 33 dBi 33 dBi
Maximum EIRP per Satellite beam (dBW) 47 44 44 36
Total number of beam footprints 1058 1058 1058 1058
Total number of simultaneously active beams* 106 32 16 106
% simultaneously active beams* 10.02 % 3 % 1.5% 10.02 %
*Absolute number of simultaneously active beams is up to 212 for sets 6G-1 and 6G-3, and up to 16/32 for set 6G-2 (due to limitation of RF)
Note 1: Reference beam size, different beam sizes may be evaluated and reported by companies (for e.g. hierarchical beam structure)
RAN1#125 Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For 6GR NTN, for the UE antenna model for S-band (all orbits), the following combinations are supported, with Combination1 (1T2R) with (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) as the baseline for evaluations at least for LEO.
    • Additional combinations may be further added in the future.
    • Note: The above does not impact whether the multi-layer MIMO will be studied or not.
    • Note: Linear polarization is assumed at the terminal
    • FFS: Whether some of the combinations only apply for some device types.
    • FFS: Value of UE antenna gain
UE antenna modelling for RAN1 evaluations Total number of antenna elements Total number of TXRU Alt 1: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng; Mp,Np), (dH,dV), (dg,H,dg,V) if any, or
Alt 2: UT device antenna model using candidate antenna locations as described in section 7.3 in TR38.901
Combination0 1 1T1R, Alt 1:
1T: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)=(1, 1, 1, 1, 1; 1, 1)
1R: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)=(1, 1, 1, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Alt 2:
1T
1R
Combination1 2 1T2R, 2T2R Alt 1:
2R: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)=(1, 2, 1, 1, 1; 1, 2) for single polarization or (1, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1) for dual polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2:
2R: [(1, 5), or (4, 8)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901.
Combination2 4 1T4R,
2T4R,
4T4R
Alt 1:
4R: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)=(1, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2:
4R: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3 8 1T8R,
2T8R,
4T8R,
8T8R
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (1, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4), or (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR38.901
ISAC Evaluations (10.8.1)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602522 — FL summary #5 on ISAC evaluations — Moderator (CATT)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603929 — Moderator summary #5 on ISAC evaluations — Moderator (CATT)
RAN1#124bis Working Assumption FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation:

  • evaluate object detection and/or tracking for the following sensing targets/objects: UAV, human, vehicle, AGV
  • discuss further on evaluation on communication assistance

Conclusion: ISAC Evaluations (10.8.1)

For Rel-20 6G ISAC evaluation, the attributes (e.g. antenna pattern, mobility, etc.) of different UEs are for the purpose of evaluation discussion. No intention to study or specify diverse device type.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G sensing performance evaluation of object detection and/or tracking, the following cases/combinations are considered as baseline cases/combinations:

Sensing target Indoor or outdoor Scenario Carrier frequency
UAV Outdoor UMa-AV, SMa 4 GHz, ~7 GHz, 30 GHz (for UMa-AV only)
Human Outdoor UMa 4 GHz, ~7 GHz, 30 GHz
Human Indoor Indoor Hotspot 4 GHz, ~7 GHz, 30 GHz
Vehicle Outdoor Urban Grid, Highway 4 GHz, ~7 GHz, 30 GHz (for Urban Grid only)
AGV Indoor Indoor factory (SH) 4 GHz, ~7 GHz, 30 GHz

Note: sensing mode(s) for each row will be discussed. Note: In this agreement, no intention to de-prioritize other scenarios or carrier frequencies.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Companies are encouraged to bring input to the evaluation on communication assistance in next meeting, including but not limited to:

  • Necessity of evaluation on communication assistance
  • For proponents, provide: what to sense and, if necessary, what/how to assist communication
  • What metric of sensing is to be defined
  • Whether/what metric related to communication is to be defined
  • Whether performance target/KPI is to be defined, for either sensing metric or communication metric
  • Necessary channel model extension
  • Necessary update of evaluation methodology on top of 5G NR sensing evaluation methodology
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Companies are encouraged to bring input to the sensing mode related evaluation assumptions in next meeting, using the following table as starting point:

Sensing mode Parameter Value
TRP mono-static Sensing Tx/Rx operating simultaneously or not Simultaneously, or not simultaneously (FFS: with/without switching time)
TRP mono-static BS antenna isolation For ~7 GHz and below 7 GHz: Option 1: 80 dB; Option 2: 65 dB
For 30 GHz: Option 1: 100 dB; Option 2: 72 dB; Option 3: 85 dB
TRP mono-static BS transmit power Simultaneously: min{BS Tx power from table, BS Rx saturation power + isolation}, BS Rx saturation power = -28 dBm
Not simultaneously: Follow BS Tx power in general evaluation assumption
TRP mono-static BS self-interference impact Residual leakage interference/noise: -174 + 10log10(BW) + X dBm, X = {-∞, 0, 5} (company report)
Note: X = -∞ corresponds to not modelling self-interference.
UE mono-static Sensing Tx/Rx operating simultaneously or not FFS
UE mono-static UE transmit power FFS
UE mono-static Availability of UE location, velocity and orientation Option 1: Known, ideally (baseline)
Option 2: Known, with error (FFS distribution)
Option 3: Unknown, rely on actual measurement
TRP-TRP bi-static Timing/frequency error Option 1: Ideal (baseline)
Option 2: With error, FFS value range and distribution
TRP-TRP bi-static Coherency and phase continuity among symbols within a CPI Option 1: Always coherent
Option 2: Coherency assumed under some conditions; FFS: Conditions
UE-UE bi-static Timing/frequency error Option 1: Ideal (baseline)
Option 2: With error, FFS value range and distribution
TRP-UE bi-static Timing/frequency error Option 1: Ideal (baseline)
Option 2: With error, FFS value range and distribution
UE-TRP bi-static Timing/frequency error Option 1: Ideal (baseline)
Option 2: With error, FFS value range and distribution

Note: This is not intended to specify all sensing modes. Note 2: This does not mean any sensing mode is applicable to any scenario/use case.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Revise the content of ‘sensing Tx/Rx operating simultaneously or not’ of TRP mono-static sensing mode as follows.

Sensing mode Parameter Value
TRP mono-static Sensing Tx/Rx operating simultaneously or not Simultaneously
Part of the antenna elements and TxRUs are used for transmission and the other part is used for reception when operating simultaneously
No switching time is needed
Not simultaneously
Full or half antenna elements and TxRUs are used for transmission and reception when operating non-simultaneously
Switching time
Alt 1: 0.5 us
Alt 2: 2 us
Alt 3: other value
Companies should report the switching time assumed in the evaluation

Note: The above values are only for RAN1 sensing evaluation purpose, and the feasibility has not been verified in RAN4.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Revise content of time/frequency error of each related sensing modes as follows.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation, for object detection and/or tracking, regarding the performance target in UMa and Indoor Factory scenarios given by RAN Plenary:
    • The vertical localization accuracy requirement is applicable to the case of sensing UAV.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For object detection and/or tracking, define velocity accuracy for 6G ISAC evaluation:
  • Velocity accuracy is defined as the absolute value of the difference between the estimated velocity and the corresponding true velocity of a sensing target. For single node monostatic sensing or single pair of bistatic sensing, both the radial velocity accuracy and the 3D velocity accuracy can be estimated. The true radial velocity is the sum of the following two components:
    • Component 1: The projection of the velocity difference vector on the unit-norm vector from target to STX, where the velocity difference vector is between the true 3D velocity of the target and the true 3D velocity of the STX;
    • Component 2: The projection of the velocity difference vector on the unit-norm vector from target to SRX, where the velocity difference vector is between the true 3D velocity of the target and the true 3D velocity of the SRX.
  • Note: If STx and SRx are static, true radial velocity is 2v3Dcosβ2*cosα, where v3D is the true 3D velocity of the target, β is the bistatic angle between incident direction and scattering direction, and α is the angle between the true 3D velocity vector and the bisector vector within the bistatic angle β. For mono-static sensing, β=0.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Revise content for UE mono-static as follows.

UE mono-static UE type for sensing Companies to report
Sensing Tx/Rx operating simultaneously or not Simultaneously
Part of the antenna elements (and TxRUs if applicable) are used for transmission and the other part is used for reception when operating simultaneously
No switching time is needed
Not simultaneously
Full or half antenna elements and TxRUs are used when operating non-simultaneously
Switching time
Alt 1: 2 us
Alt 2: other value
UE transmit power Simultaneously: min {UE transmit power in Table of ISAC system configuration, UE Rx saturation power + UE antenna isolation}, assuming the UE Rx saturation power = -20 dBm
Not simultaneously: Follow UE transmit power in the table of general evaluation assumption
UE Antenna isolation Option 1: 15 dB
Option 2: 20 dB
Option 3: 40 dB (not applicable for FR1 handheld UE)
Option 4: 10 dB
UE Self-interference impact The residual leakage interference/noise is modelled e.g., by additional additive white Gaussian noise, -174 + 10log10(BW) + X dBm in BW Hz, BW is simulated bandwidth, X = {-Infinity, 0, 5} is up to company report.
Note: X = -Infinity corresponds to not modelling self-interference.

Note: ‘Availability of UE location, velocity and orientation’ is separately discussed. Note2: The above values are only for RAN1 sensing evaluation purpose, and the feasibility has not been verified in RAN4.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Revise content of availability of UE location, velocity and orientation as follows.

Availability of UE location, velocity and orientation Option 1: Known, ideally (baseline)
Option 2: Known, with error.
location error: Truncated Gaussian distribution within [-2σ, 2σ] with σ = 0.5 m per axis
velocity error: Truncated Gaussian distribution within [-2σ, 2σ] with σ = 0.5 m/s per axis
orientation error: Truncated Gaussian distribution within [-2σ, 2σ] with σ = 2° per axis
Note: Option 2 is not applicable to CPE UE or Fixed UE at Roadside
Option 3: Unknown, rely on actual measurement
Note: UE location, velocity and orientation are individually determined and can be evaluated separately

Note: The above values are only for RAN1 sensing evaluation purpose, and the feasibility has not been verified in RAN4.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Revise content of coherency for each related sensing modes as follows.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation of object detection and/or tracking, for the baseline cases/combinations, encourage companies to explore different sensing modes. Note: Evaluating any sensing mode in this agenda does not necessarily mean any RAN1 specification impact.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For Rel-20 6G ISAC evaluation on communication assistance, the following SAC (sensing assisted communication) evaluation scope is considered:
    • Further discuss the sensing measurement/result used to assist communication, which may include, e.g.:
      • Delay/Doppler/angle/power/phase related information of the ISAC channel
      • Information of detected objects (static or moving) and/or large size surface (e.g. EO type-2)
    • Further discuss evaluation of the performance of sensing measurement/results, which are used to assist communication.
      • Scenario: At least Urban Grid is considered
        • Urban Grid with or without EO type-2 can both be considered
        • Other scenarios are not precluded.
      • FFS detailed evaluation assumptions, sensing modes, prior information of EO-type2, etc.
      • When evaluated, company should report:
        • Performance metrics on sensing measurement/result used to assist communication
        • How such sensing measurement/result is able to assist the communication
        • The corresponding performance of sensing measurement/results
    • Further discuss evaluation of communication performance assisted by sensing.
      • SAC use cases that observed in AI 10.8.2 can be considered
      • When evaluated, company should use the same scenario/assumptions (and ISAC channel if applicable) as sensing performance evaluation.
      • When evaluated, company should clarify whether ideal/non-ideal sensing measurement/result is used to assist communication.
      • When evaluated, company should report:
        • Communication-related performance metrics
        • Detailed methods on how the sensing measurements/results assist the communication
        • The corresponding communication performance gain/loss
  • Note: Strive for minimizing/no extension on existing channel model. It is up to company to use chapter 7/8 of TR38.901 for communication performance evaluation.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation, adopt the following evaluation assumption table for baseline case/combination of sensing AGV.

Parameter Sensing AGV
System configuration Scenario Indoor Factory (SH)
Carrier frequency and spectrum 4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
Waveform CP-OFDM can be used
Other waveforms are up to companies report
Subcarrier spacing (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) 30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
120 kHz for 30 GHz
CP length (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) Normal CP as in communication can be used.
Other values are up to companies report
Reference signal 6GR communication RS or existing 5G NR communication RS can be used as starting point.
Other RS are up to company report
Information on sensing RS, assumed TDD UL/DL configuration if applicable Companies to report the necessary information of sensing RS, e.g. pattern in time and frequency domain, assumption in spatial domain, sequence, TDD configuration (if applicable), etc.
Bandwidth 100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
400 MHz for 30 GHz
Layout ISD = 50 m
Follow the layout (InF-SH, sparse clutter, high BS) in TR 38.901/TR 38.914
Wrap-round No wrap-round
BS configuration BS antenna height 8 m
BS transmit power (per 20 MHz) For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
24 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 33 dBm for indoor for the above carrier frequencies.
For 30 GHz
23 dBm
Note: For around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
BS antenna configuration 4 GHz:
32 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1 ,1; 4, 4), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
32 TXRUs, 128 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 8, 2, 1 ,1; 2, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
32 TxRU, 64 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 8, 2, 1, 1; 2, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
128 TxRU, 512 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 3”)
30 GHz
8 TxRU, 128 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
2 TxRU, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 4”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
BS noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
Around 15GHz and above: 7 dB
BS mechanical/electrical tilt Mechanical tilt: 180° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, if other values than the mechanical tilt is used.
Sensing capable UE configuration UE antenna height Handheld: 1 m
CPE: 1 m
UE Transmit power (maximum) Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
CPE:
35 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 55 dBm.
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
UE antenna configuration Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
30 GHz:
Config 0: 1 panel,(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
CPE:
4 GHz:
Combination3(8R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
~ 7 GHz:
Combination4(16R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2,4) , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ;
Alt 2: up to company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
30 GHz:
Config 0: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1);
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
CPE can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
UE array orientation Handheld: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
CPE: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.
UE mobility Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: 3 km/h
CPE:
0 km/h
UE distribution Handheld:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20 30, 60(baseline), 90(baseline), 120, 180} UEs uniformly distributed in the horizontal area of the convex hull.
CPE:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20, 30(baseline), 60, 90} UEs uniformly distributed in the horizontal area of the convex hull.
Other values are not precluded.
UE noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
30 GHz: 10 dB
Sensing target/object configuration (AGV) Outdoor/indoor 100% Indoor
Physical information and RCS Size (Length x Width x Height)
Option 1: 0.5 m x 1.0 m x 0.5 m
Option 2: 1.5 m x 3.0m x 1.5 m
RCS based on Clause 7.9.2.1 in TR 38.901
Option 1: single scattering point
3D distribution N targets uniformly distributed over the horizontal area of the convex hull
Baseline: N = 5
Optional: N = 1, 2, 10, 15
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
Mobility Option 1: Uniform distribution in the range of up to 30 km/h
Option 2: Fixed velocities {3, 10} km/h
Orientation Random, horizontal plane only
Trajectory Up to company report
Minimum 3D distance between STx/SRx and sensing target Min distances based on min TRP/UE distances defined in TR 38.901
Minimum target-target 3D distance Option A: At least larger than the physical size of a target
Option B: Fixed value, 5 m
LOS/NLOS LOS and NLOS
Simulation assumption Inter-site interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Co-site inter-sector interference Not applicable
Concatenation of TX-target and target-RX links The NLOS rays in the STX-SPST link are 1-by-1 randomly coupled with the NLOS rays in the ST-SRX link.
The power threshold for path dropping after concatenation for target channel -40 dB for concatenation
CPI length Companies to report
Note: separate discussion for waveform/RS
Periodicity of CPI for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Number of CPI within one period for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Overhead of sensing resource Both Overhead 1 and Overhead 2 ((defined in TR 38.765) shall be reported
Overhead 1 (Type_1 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 (Type_1 – Type_2 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 less than 10% is encouraged
Selection of sensing Tx-Rx pair Companies report the option and selection method for STx-SRx pair:
Option 1: a same target is modelled in the channel of single Sensing Tx/Rx
Option 2: a same target is modelled in the channel of multiple Sensing TXs/RXs
Option 3: a same target is modelled in the channel of all Sensing TXs/RXs
Selection of STx-SRx pair shall be based on achievable measurement information (e.g. RSRP, pathloss, RSRPP, etc.), but not genie-aided information of the target (e.g. location of the target, range between target and STx/SRx, etc.).
Tx/Rx beam information, (mt x nt) / (mr x nr) Companies report the Tx and Rx beam information, of BS and/or UE, when applicable.
Algorithm for detection Companies report the algorithm for detection, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Algorithm for tracking Companies report the algorithm for tracking, if applicable, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Other additional features Optional
Up to companies report (e.g. low power clutter, clutter mobility).

FFS: AGV UE as sensing capable UE

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation, adopt the following evaluation assumption table for baseline case/combination of sensing vehicle.

Parameter Sensing Vehicle
System configuration Scenario Urban Grid Highway
Carrier frequency and spectrum 4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
Waveform CP-OFDM can be used as starting point/benchmark
Other waveforms are up to companies report
Subcarrier spacing (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) 30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
120 kHz for 30 GHz
30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
CP length (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) Normal CP as in communication can be used as starting point
Other values are up to companies report
Reference signal 6GR communication RS or existing 5G NR communication RS can be used as starting point.
Other RS are up to company report
Information on sensing RS, assumed TDD UL/DL configuration if applicable Companies to report the necessary information of sensing RS, e.g. pattern in time and frequency domain, assumption in spatial domain, sequence, TDD configuration (if applicable), etc.
Bandwidth 100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
400 MHz for 30 GHz
100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
Layout FR1:
Option 1: ISD = 500 m
Follow the layout in TR 38.901
Option 2: ISD = 250 m
Follow the layout in TR 38.901, Table 7.9.6.1-3
FR2:
ISD = 250 m
Follow the layout in TR 38.901, Table 7.9.6.1-3
FR1:
Option 1: ISD = 1732 m (baseline)
Follow the layout in TR 37.885.
Option 2: ISD = 500m
Follow the layout in TR 36.885 Figure A.1.3-3.
Wrap-round Baseline: No wrap-round
Up to companies to report if warp-around is adopted.
BS configuration BS antenna height 25 m 35 m
BS transmit power (per 20 MHz) For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
46 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor for the above carrier frequencies.
For 30 GHz
33 dBm for all scenarios
Note: For around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
49 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor for the above carrier frequencies.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
BS antenna configuration 4 GHz:
4 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 0 (optional)”)
64 TXRUs, 192AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
64 TXRUs, 256AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
512 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) =  (64, 16, 2, 1, 1, 16, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5), (“Outdoor Combination 5”)
30 GHz
4 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 16, 2, 2, 1; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 3”)
16 TXRUs, 2048 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 4, 2; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
4 GHz:
4 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 0 (optional)”)
64 TXRUs, 192AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
64 TXRUs, 256AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
512 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) =  (64, 16, 2, 1, 1, 16, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5), (“Outdoor Combination 5”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
BS noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
30 GHz: 7 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
BS mechanical/electrical tilt Mechanical tilt: 90° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, e.g. 102° in GCS
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
Mechanical tilt: 90° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, e.g. 102° in GCS
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
Sensing capable UE configuration UE antenna height Handheld: 1.5 m
Fixed UE at Roadside: 5 m
Vehicle: 1.6 m (Type 2, high antenna position)
Fixed UE at Roadside: 5 m
Vehicle: 1.6 m (Type 2, high antenna position)
UE Transmit power (maximum) Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Option 1: 23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
Option 2 (follow CPE):35 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 55 dBm.
Vehicle:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43dBm.
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Option 1: 23 dBm as baseline
Option 2 (follow CPE):35 dBm as baseline
Vehicle:
23 dBm as baseline
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
UE antenna configuration Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
30 GHz:
Config 0: 1 panel,(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Fixed UE at Roadside:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ
16R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ
Reuse CPE antenna configuration
30 GHz:
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 4; 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
Reuse CPE antenna configuration
Other configurations are not precluded.
Fixed UE at Roadside can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Vehicle:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
16R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
30 GHz:
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 4; 1, 1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Fixed UE at Roadside:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ
16R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ
Reuse CPE antenna configuration
Other configurations are not precluded.
Fixed UE at Roadside can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Vehicle:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz
8R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (1, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
16R, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2, 4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
UE array orientation Handheld:
Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Option 1: Follow the model for RSU in TR 37.885
Option 2: Follow the model for CPE
Note: The orientation of the panel can be optimized.
Vehicle:
Follow the model for vehicle in TR 37.885
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Option 1: Follow the model for RSU in TR 37.885
Option 2: Follow the model for CPE
Note: The orientation of the panel can be optimized.
Vehicle:
Follow the model for vehicle in TR 37.885
UE mobility Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: 3 km/h
Fixed UE at Roadside:
0 km/h
Vehicle:
60 km/h in all lines
Optional: 0 km/h, 15 km/h
Fixed UE at Roadside:
0 km/h
Vehicle:
140 km/h in all lines
Optional: 70 km/h
UE distribution Handheld:
Option 1: A number of N = {60, 128} handheld UEs are dropped with equal space along the sidewalks surrounding the centre grid.
Option 2: Follow pedestrian dropping in TR 37.885/TR 36.885
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Option 1: Fixed UE are dropped at the intersections surrounding the centre grid
Besides the fixed UE at intersection, additional N’ fixed UE can be distributed around the grid (N’ = 8, 20) where sensing targets are dropped.
Option 2: Based on the distribution of RSU in TR 38.859
Vehicle:
Option 1: A number of N = 3 vehicles distributed in each lane of centre grid following Option A in TR 37.885. (A total of 4*2*N vehicle UE are distributed in the whole Urban Grid scenario)
Option 2: Follow vehicle dropping Option A in TR 37.885
Other values are not precluded.
Fixed UE at Roadside:
Based on the distribution of RSU in TR 38.859
Vehicle:
A number of N = 5 Type 2 vehicles per lane in TR 37.885 are dropped based on Option A in TR 37.885. (A total of 6*N vehicle UE are distributed in the whole Highway scenario)
Other values are not precluded.
UE noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
30 GHz: 10 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
Sensing target/object configuration (vehicle) Outdoor/indoor 100% Outdoor
Physical information and RCS Size (Length x Width x Height):
Type 2 vehicle type: 5 m x 2 m x 1.6 m
RCS based on Clause 7.9.2.1 in TR 38.901
Option 1: single scattering point
3D distribution Option 1: N = {1, 2} targets uniformly distributed per lane of each side that surrounding the center grid following vehicle UE dropping Option A in TR 37.885. (A total of N*2*4 targets)
Optional:
Part of the sensing targets (vehicle) may be collocated with some vehicle UEs. When collocated, the UE is not selected as the STx/SRx for this collocated sensing target.
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
Option 1: N = 2 targets distributed on each lane of highway, following vehicle dropping Option A in TR 37.885. (A total of N*6 targets)
Optional:
Part of the sensing targets (vehicle) may be collocated with some vehicle UEs. When collocated, the UE is not selected as the STx/SRx for this collocated sensing target.
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
Mobility 60 km/h in all lanes
Optional: 15 km/h
140 km/h in lines
Optional: 70 km/h
Orientation Lane direction in horizontal plane
Trajectory Up to company report
Minimum 3D distance between STx/SRx and sensing target Min distances based on min TRP/UE distances defined in TR 37.885
Minimum target-target 3D distance 10 m
LOS/NLOS LOS and NLOS (including NLOSv)
Simulation assumption Inter-site interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Co-site inter-sector interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Concatenation of TX-target and target-RX links The NLOS rays in the STX-SPST link are 1-by-1 randomly coupled with the NLOS rays in the ST-SRX link.
The power threshold for path dropping after concatenation for target channel -40 dB for concatenation
CPI length Companies to report
Note: separate discussion for waveform/RS
Periodicity of CPI for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Number of CPI within one period for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Overhead of sensing resource Both Overhead 1 and Overhead 2 ((defined in TR 38.765) shall be reported
Overhead 1 (Type_1 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 (Type_1 – Type_2 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 less than 10% is encouraged
Selection of sensing Tx-Rx pair Companies report the option and selection method for STx-SRx pair:
Option 1: a same target is modelled in the channel of single Sensing Tx/Rx
Option 2: a same target is modelled in the channel of multiple Sensing Txs/Rxs
Option 3: a same target is modelled in the channel of all Sensing Txs/Rxs
Selection of STx-SRx pair shall be based on achievable measurement information (e.g. RSRP, pathloss, RSRPP, etc.), but not genie-aided information of the target (e.g. location of the target, range between target and STx/SRx, etc.).
Tx/Rx beam information, (mt x nt) / (mr x nr) Companies report the Tx and Rx beam information, of BS and/or UE, when applicable.
Algorithm for detection Companies report the algorithm for detection, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Algorithm for tracking Companies report the algorithm for tracking, if applicable, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
EO type-2 Optionally modelled
Up to 4 walls modelled as Type-2 EO, per building of size 413 m x 230 m x 20 m.
Not modelled
Other additional features Optional
Up to companies report (e.g. low power clutter, clutter mobility).
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation, adopt the following evaluation assumption table for baseline case/combination of sensing human.

Parameter Sensing Human
System configuration Scenario UMa Indoor Hotspot (Indoor-office)
Carrier frequency and spectrum 4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
Waveform CP-OFDM can be used as starting point/benchmark
Other waveforms are up to companies report
Subcarrier spacing (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) 30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
120 kHz for 30 GHz
CP length (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) Normal CP as in communication can be used as starting point.
Other values are up to companies report
Reference signal 6GR communication RS or existing 5G NR communication RS can be used as starting point.
Other RS are up to company report
Information on sensing RS, assumed TDD UL/DL configuration if applicable Companies to report the necessary information of sensing RS, e.g. pattern in time and frequency domain, assumption in spatial domain, sequence, TDD configuration (if applicable), etc.
Bandwidth 100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
400 MHz for 30 GHz
Layout ISD = 500 m
7 x 3, single layer, hex grid (baseline)
19 x 3, single layer, hex grid (optional)
ISD = 20 m
Follow the layout in TR 38.901/TR 38.914
Wrap-round Baseline: No wrap-round
Up to companies to report if warp-around is adopted.
No wrap-round
BS configuration BS antenna height 25 m 3 m (ceiling)
BS transmit power (per 20 MHz) For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
46 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor for the above carrier frequencies.
For 30 GHz
33 dBm
Note: For around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
24 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 33 dBm for indoor for the above carrier frequencies.
For 30 GHz
23 dBm
Note: For around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
BS antenna configuration 4 GHz:
4 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 0 (optional)”)
64 TXRUs, 192AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
64 TXRUs, 256AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
512 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) =  (64, 16, 2, 1, 1, 16, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5), (“Outdoor Combination 5”)
30 GHz
4 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 16, 2, 2, 1; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 3”)
16 TXRUs, 2048 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 4, 2; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
4 GHz:
32 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1 ,1; 4, 4), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
32 TXRUs, 128 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 8, 2, 1 ,1; 2, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
32 TxRU, 64 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 8, 2, 1, 1; 2, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
128 TxRU, 512 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 8), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 3”)
30 GHz
8 TxRU, 128 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 2, 2; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 1”)
2 TxRU, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Indoor Combination 4”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
BS noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
30 GHz: 7 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
30 GHz: 7 dB
BS mechanical/electrical tilt Mechanical tilt: 90° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, e.g. 102° in GCS
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
Mechanical tilt: 180° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, if other values than the mechanical tilt is used.
Sensing-capable UE configuration UE antenna height Handheld: 1.5 m
CPE: 1m above building height in TR 38.901
Handheld: 1 m
CPE: 1 m
UE Transmit power (maximum) Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
CPE:
35 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 55 dBm.
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
CPE:
35 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 55 dBm.
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
UE antenna configuration Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
30 GHz:
Config 0: 1 panel,(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
CPE:
4 GHz:
Combination3(8R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
~ 7 GHz:
Combination4(16R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2,4) , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ;
Alt 2: up to company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
30 GHz:
Config 0: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1);
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
CPE can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
30 GHz:
Config 0: 1 panel,(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
CPE:
4 GHz:
Combination3(8R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
~ 7 GHz:
Combination4(16R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2,4) , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ;
Alt 2: up to company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
30 GHz:
Config 0: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1);
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
CPE can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
UE array orientation Handheld: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
CPE: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.
Handheld: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
CPE: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.
UE mobility Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: {3, 10} km/h
CPE:
0 km/h
Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: 3 km/h
CPE:
0 km/h
UE distribution Handheld:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20, 30 (baseline), 60, 120} UEs uniformly distributed within each sector of centre site, 100% Outdoor.
CPE:
Rooftop mounted (TR 36.873, building height uniformly 4-8 floors, 3 m per floor); 100% Outdoor, N = {1, 10, 20, 30(baseline), 60, 120} uniformly distributed per sector of centre site
Other values are not precluded.
Handheld:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20 30(baseline), 60(baseline), 120} UEs uniformly distributed in the horizontal area of the convex hull.
CPE:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20, 30(baseline), 60} UEs uniformly distributed in the horizontal area of the convex hull.
Other values are not precluded.
UE noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
30 GHz: 10 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
30 GHz: 10 dB
Sensing target/object configuration (Human) Outdoor/indoor 100% Outdoor 100% Indoor
Physical information and RCS Size (Length x Width x Height):
Adult: 0.5 m x 0.5 m x 1.75 m
RCS based on Clause 7.9.2.1 in TR 38.901
Option 1: model 1 (angular independent)
Option 2: model 2 (angular dependent)
3D distribution N targets uniformly per sector in the center site only
Baseline: N = 5
Optional: N = 1, 2, 10,
Height is 1.5 m
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
N targets uniformly distributed over the horizontal area of the convex hull
Baseline: N = 5
Optional: N = 1, 2, 10, 15
Height is 1.5 m
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
Mobility Horizontal only
Option 1: 3 km/h (baseline)
Option 2: 10 km/h
Option 3: Uniform distribution between 0 km/h and 10 km/h
Horizontal only
Option 1: 3 km/h (baseline)
Option 2: Uniform distribution between 0 km/h and 3 km/h
Orientation Random over the horizontal area
Trajectory Up to company report
Minimum 3D distance between STx/SRx and sensing target For TRP as STx/SRx, the minimum 2D distances between STx/SRx and the sensing target 35 m for UMa scenarios
For UE as STx/SRx, the minimum 2D distance between STX/SRX and the sensing target is 1 m (as in TR 38.858)
For TRP as STx/SRx, the minimum 2D distance between STx/SRx and the sensing target is 0 m
For UE as STx/SRx, the minimum 2D distance between STx/SRx and the sensing target is 1 m (as in TR 38.858)
Minimum target-target 3D distance Option 1: At least larger than the physical size of a sensing target
Option 2: Fixed value, 1 m
LOS/NLOS LOS and NLOS
Simulation assumption Inter-site interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Co-site inter-sector interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Not applicable
Concatenation of TX-target and target-RX links The NLOS rays in the STX-SPST link are 1-by-1 randomly coupled with the NLOS rays in the ST-SRX link.
The power threshold for path dropping after concatenation for target channel -40 dB for concatenation
CPI length Companies to report
Note: separate discussion for waveform/RS
Periodicity of CPI for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Number of CPI within one period for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Overhead of sensing resource Both Overhead 1 and Overhead 2 ((defined in TR 38.765) shall be reported
Overhead 1 (Type_1 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 (Type_1 – Type_2 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 less than 10% is encouraged
Selection of sensing Tx-Rx pair Companies report the option and selection method for STx-SRx pair:
Option 1: a same target is modelled in the channel of single Sensing Tx/Rx
Option 2: a same target is modelled in the channel of multiple Sensing Txs/Rxs
Option 3: a same target is modelled in the channel of all Sensing Txs/Rxs
Note: Selection of STx-SRx pair shall be based on achievable measurement information (e.g. RSRP, pathloss, RSRPP, etc.), but not genie-aided information of the target (e.g. location of the target, range between target and STx/SRx, etc.).
Tx/Rx beam information, (mt x nt) / (mr x nr) Companies report the Tx and Rx beam information, of BS and/or UE, when applicable.
Algorithm for detection Companies report the algorithm for detection, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Algorithm for tracking Companies report the algorithm for tracking, if applicable, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Other additional features Optional
Up to companies report (e.g. low power clutter, clutter mobility).
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC performance evaluation, adopt the following evaluation assumption table for baseline case/combination of sensing UAV.

Parameter Sensing UAV
System configuration Scenario UMa-AV SMa
Carrier frequency and spectrum 4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
30 GHz, TDD
4 GHz, TDD
~ 7 GHz, TDD
Waveform CP-OFDM can be used as starting point/benchmark
Other waveforms are up to companies report
Subcarrier spacing (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) 30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
120 kHz for 30 GHz
30 kHz for 4 GHz and ~ 7 GHz
CP length (when OFDM-based waveform is applied) Normal CP as in communication can be used as starting point.
Other values are up to companies report
Reference signal 6GR communication RS or existing 5G NR communication RS can be used as starting point.
Other RS are up to company report
Information on sensing RS, assumed TDD UL/DL configuration if applicable Companies to report the necessary information of sensing RS, e.g. pattern in time and frequency domain, assumption in spatial domain, sequence, TDD configuration (if applicable), etc.
Bandwidth 100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
400 MHz for 30 GHz
100 MHz for 4 GHz
200 or 400 MHz for ~ 7 GHz
Maximum 200 MHz for UE transmission
Layout ISD = 500 m
7 x 3, single layer, hex grid (baseline)
19 x 3, single layer, hex grid (optional)
ISD = 1299 m, or 1732 m
7 x 3, single layer, hex grid (baseline)
19 x 3, single layer, hex grid (optional)
Wrap-round Baseline: No wrap-round
Up to companies to report if warp-around is adopted.
BS configuration BS antenna height 25 m 35 m
BS transmit power (per 20 MHz) For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
46 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor for the above carrier frequencies.
For 30 GHz
33 dBm for all scenarios
Note: For around 30GHz, BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of EIRP 75dBm.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
For 4 GHz and ~7 GHz
49 dBm
Note: BS Tx power scales up with bandwidth proportionally under the limitation of the maximum BS Tx power is 56 dBm for outdoor for the above carrier frequencies.
Other BS transmit powers are not precluded (companies to report)
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
BS antenna configuration 4 GHz:
4 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 0 (optional)”)
64 TXRUs, 192AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
64 TXRUs, 256AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
512 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) =  (64, 16, 2, 1, 1, 16, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5), (“Outdoor Combination 5”)
30 GHz
4 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 16, 2, 2, 1; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 3”)
16 TXRUs, 2048 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 4, 2; 1, 1), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5) , (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
4 GHz:
4 TXRUs, 32 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (8, 2, 2, 1, 1; 1, 2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 0 (optional)”)
64 TXRUs, 192AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (12, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
64 TXRUs, 256AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (16, 8, 2, 1, 1, 4, 8). (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
Around 7 GHz:
128 TXRUs, 768 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (24, 16, 2, 1, 1; 4, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 1”)
256 TXRUs, 1024 AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (32, 16, 2, 1, 1; 8, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.8), (“Outdoor Combination 2”)
512 TXRUs, 2048AEs, (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) =  (64, 16, 2, 1, 1, 16, 16), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5), (“Outdoor Combination 5”)
Other antenna configurations are not precluded (companies to report)
BS noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
30 GHz: 7 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 5 dB
BS mechanical/electrical tilt Mechanical tilt: 90° in GCS
Electrical tilt: Company to report, e.g. 102° in GCS
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
Mechanical tilt: 95° in GCS for ISD = 1299m; 92° in GCS (pointing to horizontal direction) for ISD = 1732m;
Electrical tilt: Company to report, e.g. 102° in GCS
Other mechanical tilts are not precluded (companies to report)
Sensing -capable UE configuration UE antenna height Handheld: 1.5 m
CPE: 1m above building height in TR 38.901
Handheld: 1.5 m
CPE: 1m above building height in TR 38.901
UE Transmit power (maximum) Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 43 dBm.
CPE:
35 dBm as baseline
For 30 GHz, EIRP should not exceed 55 dBm.
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
Handheld:
23 dBm as baseline
CPE:
35 dBm as baseline
Other values (e.g. 26 dBm, 29 dBm) are not precluded, but should follow those in communication evaluation assumption agenda.
Note: Tx power may be further limited due to mono-static sensing.
UE antenna configuration Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
30 GHz:
Config 0: 1 panel,(M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 1, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1)
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
CPE:
4 GHz:
Combination3(8R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
~ 7 GHz:
Combination4(16R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2,4) , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ;
Alt 2: up to company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
30 GHz:
Config 0: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1; 1, 1);
Config 1: 2 panels on front and back, 8 elements per panel (M, N, P) = (2, 2, 2), 2T2R TxRU per panel
Other configurations are not precluded.
CPE can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
Handheld:
4 GHz and ~ 7GHz:
Combination2(4R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 1, 1, 1; 2, 2) for single polarization, (dH,dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: [(2, 4, 6, 8), or (1, 3, 5, 7)] as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
Combination3(8R)
Other configurations are not precluded.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
CPE:
4 GHz:
Combination3(8R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np) = (2, 2, 2, 1, 1; 2, 2) for dual polarization or (2, 4, 1, 1, 1; 2, 4) for single polarization , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ
Alt 2: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) as described in section 7.3 in TR 38.901
~ 7 GHz:
Combination4(16R)
Alt 1: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng; Mp, Np)= (2, 4, 2, 1, 1; 2,4) , (dH, dV)= (0.5, 0.5)λ;
Alt 2: up to company to report the antenna placement, directional pattern orientation of the CPE panel.
Other configurations are not precluded.
CPE can be equipped with multiple (up to 4) antenna panels.
Companies to report other details if necessary, e.g. device antenna model
UE array orientation Handheld: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
CPE: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.
Handheld: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
CPE: Follow the models in communication evaluation assumption agenda
Note: The orientation of the CPE panel can be optimized.
UE mobility Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: {3, 10} km/h
CPE:
0 km/h
Handheld:
Baseline: 0 km/h
Optional: {3, 10} km/h
CPE:
0 km/h
UE distribution Handheld:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20, 30 (baseline), 60, 120} UEs uniformly distributed within each sector of centre site, 100% Outdoor.
CPE:
Rooftop mounted (TR 36.873, building height uniformly 4-8 floors, 3 m per floor); 100% Outdoor, N = {1, 10, 20, 30(baseline), 60, 120} uniformly distributed per sector of centre site
Other values are not precluded.
Handheld:
A number of N = {1, 10, 20, 30 (baseline), 60, 120} UEs uniformly distributed within each sector of centre site, 100% Outdoor.
CPE:
Rooftop mounted (TR 36.873, building height uniformly 4-8 floors, 3 m per floor); 100% Outdoor, N = {1, 10, 20, 30(baseline), 60, 120} uniformly distributed per sector of centre site
Other values are not precluded.
UE noise figure Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
30 GHz: 10 dB
Around 7GHz and below: 7 dB
Sensing target/object configuration (UAV) Outdoor/indoor 100% Outdoor
Physical information and RCS Size (Length x Width x Height):
Option 1: 1.6 m x 1.5 m x 0.7 m
Option 2: 0.3 m x 0.4 m x 0.2 m
RCS based on Clause 7.9.2.1 in TR 38.901
Option 1: RCS model 2 for UAV with large size
Option 2: RCS model 1 for UAV with small size
3D distribution N targets per sector in the center site only
- Baseline: N = 5
- Optional: N = 10
- Optional: N is uniformly distributed from 1 to 10
Horizontal plane: Uniformly distributed in a sector
Vertical plane: Uniformly distributed between 25 m and 300 m
Optional: between 1.5 m and 300 m.
NOTE: N = 0 may be considered for the evaluation of false alarm
Mobility Horizontal: uniformly distributed between 0 and 180 km/h
Optional: up to 320 km/h
Vertical: 0 km/h
Orientation Random in horizontal domain
Trajectory Up to company report
Minimum 3D distance between STx/SRx and sensing target 10 m
Minimum target-target 3D distance 10 m
LOS/NLOS LOS and NLOS
Simulation assumption Inter-site interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Co-site inter-sector interference Option 1: Not modelled
Option 2: Explicitly modelled
Including interference from communication signal, if applicable.
Concatenation of TX-target and target-RX links The NLOS rays in the STX-SPST link are 1-by-1 randomly coupled with the NLOS rays in the ST-SRX link.
The power threshold for path dropping after concatenation for target channel -40 dB for concatenation
CPI length Companies to report
Note: separate discussion for waveform/RS
Periodicity of CPI for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Number of CPI within one period for the same STx/SRx pair Companies to report
Overhead of sensing resource Both Overhead 1 and Overhead 2 ((defined in TR 38.765) shall be reported
Overhead 1 (Type_1 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 (Type_1 – Type_2 + Type_3) over all radio DL and UL resources
Overhead 2 less than 10% is encouraged
Selection of sensing Tx-Rx pair Companies report the option and selection method for STx-SRx pair:
Option 1: a same target is modelled in the channel of single Sensing Tx/Rx
Option 2: a same target is modelled in the channel of multiple Sensing Txs/Rxs
Option 3: a same target is modelled in the channel of all Sensing Txs/Rxs
Note: Selection of STx-SRx pair shall be based on achievable measurement information (e.g. RSRP, pathloss, RSRPP, etc.), but not genie-aided information of the target (e.g. location of the target, range between target and STx/SRx, etc.).
Tx/Rx beam information, (mt x nt) / (mr x nr) Companies report the Tx and Rx beam information, of BS and/or UE, when applicable.
Algorithm for detection Companies report the algorithm for detection, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Algorithm for tracking Companies report the algorithm for tracking, if applicable, including whether/how fusion of sensing data from multiple SRx is used
Other additional features Optional
Up to companies report (e.g. low power clutter, clutter mobility).

FFS: UAV-UE as sensing capable UE

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC evaluation, if tracking sensing targets/objects is evaluated, up to companies to report the trajectory (straight-line constant velocity trajectory, or non-straight-line/ non-constant velocity trajectory)

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For Rel-20 6G ISAC evaluation, adopt the following channel model for sensing UAV in SMa scenario:

Aspects of integration with communication for ISAC (10.8.2)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602592 — Summary #4 on integration with communication for ISAC — Moderator (Xiaomi)
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2603997 — Summary #4 on integration with communication for ISAC — Moderator (Xiaomi)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On RS for ISAC, study at least the following aspects, considering sensing performance, resource overhead and impact to communication:

  • RS for communication is reused for sensing
  • Enhanced RS for sensing, taking reuse of RS for communication as starting point
    • Note: Part of or all of the RS may be used for communication purpose, and it does not mean the final decision on whether the enhanced RS is used for communication purpose is to be made in this agenda.
  • Dedicated RS for sensing
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On measurement report for ISAC, study impacts from at least the following aspects from RAN1 perspective:

  • Measurement reporting mechanism:
    • E.g., Periodic, semi-persistent, aperiodic, event-triggered report as starting point
  • Reporting signaling e.g., L1, L2, higher layer, etc.
  • Other aspects are not precluded

The study may require cross-WG coordination.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Study RE patterns of RS for sensing, considering sensing performance, resource overhead and impact to communication.

  • Note: enhancements on RS sequence if any will be discussed in agenda 10.8.3
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On measurement report for ISAC, study at least the following aspects and applicable scenarios (e.g., sensing modes, targets, etc.) from RAN1 perspective:

  • Measurement reporting mechanism from UE:
    • Option 1A: The UE measurements and/or assistance information if needed from UE can be directly sent to aNB
    • Option 1B: The UE measurements and/or assistance information if needed from UE can be sent to SF
  • Measurement reporting mechanism from aNB:
    • Option 2A: The aNB measurements and/or assistance information if needed from aNB can be directly sent to UE
    • Option 2B: The aNB measurements and/or assistance information if needed from aNB can be sent to SF
  • The study may require cross-WG coordination.
  • Note: combination of multiple options is not precluded. Measurements in each option may be different.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

On measurement for ISAC, study at least the following aspects:

  • Measurement definitions/levels for TRP-side measurement, taking the measurement Levels studied in NR ISAC as starting point
  • Measurement definitions/levels for UE-side measurement
  • Impacts of non-ideal factors on measurement
  • Other aspects are not precluded

Note: this discussion may or may not mean there is specification impact.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Further study following options for evaluation of RE pattern of RS for sensing in addition to theoretical RE pattern characteristics analysis.
    • Option 1
      • Full SLS as 10.8.1:
        • All evaluation assumptions/metrics/KPI agreed in 10.8.1 are reused
    • Option 2
      • SLS with non-cooperative sensing (i.e., no fusion)
        • All evaluation assumptions/metrics agreed in 10.8.1 are reused except
          • LOS condition is always assumed for each STX-target-SRX link
          • FFS other simplification
    • Option 3
      • SLS with single STX and single SRX
        • Evaluation assumptions/metrics agreed in 10.8.1 are reused except
          • LOS condition is always assumed for each STX-target-SRX link
          • FFS other simplification
    • Option 4 (same way as 10.8.3)
      • Companies are encouraged to provide either LLS or a simplified SLS. It’s up to company to select and how to model LLS or a simplified SLS.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study the necessity, scenarios and related physical layer specification impacts of sensing RS resource allocation, consider at least the following aspects.
    • Frequency resource allocation for sensing resource that may or may not be different from the frequency resource allocation for communication
    • Other aspects are not precluded
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study ISAC in all 6GR frequency ranges
  • Study ISAC using each individual sensing mode
  • Study ISAC using the combination of multiple sensing modes from RAN1 perspective
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • On time domain phase continuity for sensing RS, study at least the following aspects.
    • Definition of CPI
    • Factors that impact phase continuity in a CPI
    • Whether/how to maintain phase continuity in a CPI?
    • Whether/how to recover phase continuity in a CPI?
    • Impacts on sensing measurement/reporting
    • Other aspects are not precluded
  • Companies are encouraged to bring up evaluation results including considered measurement and potential spec impacts on phase continuity issues in RAN1#126, e.g., the tolerable phase discontinuity.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For study on resource multiplexing within sensing and between sensing and communication, consider at least the following aspects.
    • TDM/FDM/CDM/SDM/PDM (power domain multiplexing) multiplexing within sensing and between sensing and communication
    • Collison handling or signal sharing within sensing and between sensing and communication
    • Other aspects are not precluded
RAN1#125 Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Observation:

  • The following use cases from RAN1 perspective for sensing assisted communication are proposed by the proponent companies
    • Sensing assisted beam management
    • Sensing assisted CSI acquisition and reporting
    • Sensing assisted mobility/handover
    • Sensing assisted resource allocation/link adaptation
    • Sensing assisted channel estimation
    • Sensing assisted power saving
    • Sensing assisted power control
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • RAN1 should identify at least one representative use case of sensing assisted communication for study in Rel-20
    • RAN1 to study the potential impacts if any on physical layer design for sensing assisted communication beyond what is necessary for object detection/tracking use-cases for UAV/human/Vehicle/AGV.
    • FFS: physical layer design aspects are limited to the scope of AI10.8
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the necessity, scenario and related physical layer specification impacts of beam related aspects for RS used for sensing, taking communication beam management as starting point.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the necessity, scenarios and related physical layer specification impacts of UE power control/TRP power allocation for RS used for sensing considering both sensing performance and impacts to communication
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • On TRP-side measurement report, measurement Level A from NR ISAC is not considered for 6G ISAC.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Study the necessity, scenarios and related physical layer specification impacts of interference handling for sensing, to mitigate the interference within sensing and between sensing and communication, taking interference handling for communication as starting point.
Waveform and frame structure for ISAC (10.8.3)
RAN1#124bis FL Summary R1-2602985 — Summary #5 on waveform and frame structure for 6G ISAC — LG Electronics
RAN1#125 FL Summary R1-2604767 — Summary #5 on waveform and frame structure for 6G ISAC — Moderator (LGE)
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

CP-OFDM waveform as defined for 6GR is the starting point for 6G ISAC waveform study.

  • Study on enhancements on CP-OFDM or other waveforms is not precluded.
RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

CP-OFDM is used as the benchmark for evaluating the benefits of sensing waveforms.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Companies are encouraged to provide views on necessity/pros/cons/metrics of LLS and/or SLS and pros/cons/metrics of theoretical waveform characteristics analysis, for evaluation of ISAC waveform and/or integration with communication, to RAN1#125 meeting.

RAN1#124bis Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

6GR communication frame structure is the starting point for 6G ISAC frame structure study, in at least the following aspects:

  • Frame/sub-frame/slot/symbol structure
  • CP length
  • SCS

Enhancements on frame structure/above aspects are not precluded.

RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • Companies are encouraged to provide theoretical waveform/RS sequence characteristics analysis for waveform/RS sequence evaluation for 6G ISAC.
  • Companies are encouraged to provide either LLS or a simplified SLS in addition to the theoretical waveform/RS sequence characteristics analysis. It’s up to company to select and how to model LLS or a simplified SLS.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For handling of a sensing signal reception beyond the communication CP length, if the necessity is identified, at least the following methods are studied for 6G ISAC without changing frame structure.

    • Effective CP length extension based on successive N OFDM symbols
    • Effective CP length extension based on frequency-domain comb pattern
    • Time gap before/after/within sensing signal
    • Effective CP length extension based on phase continuity across successive symbols
  • RS sequence enhancement across symbols

  • By Transmission of RS in successive N OFDM symbols without CP length extension implementation without any spec impact
  • FFS: applicable sensing modes
  • FFS: whether applicable to dedicated sensing RS or RS shared with communication
  • FFS: impact on integration with communication
  • FFS: resource overhead consideration
  • Note: Other methods are not precluded.
  • Note: RAN1 strives for a solution that has maximum commonality with 6GR communication frame structure and numerology.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For waveform/RS sequence evaluation for 6G ISAC, at least the following waveform/RS sequence characteristics are considered as the evaluation metrics.
    • PAPR
    • Tx power gain
      • PA model used should be reported by company
    • Ambiguity function/auto-correlation property
      • PSLR / ISLR / main lobe width
      • FFS: details of the definitions, time/frequency/doppler domain, linear / circular correlation, etc.
    • Cross-correlation
      • FFS: details of the definition
    • Out-of-band characteristics
      • Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio(ACLR) / Out-Of-Band Emission(OOBE)
      • PA model used should be reported by company
    • Resilience to interference
      • Resilience to ISI, ICI, self-interference, inter-cell interference
      • FFS: details of metrics
  • FFS: whether applicable to dedicated resource and/or shared resource with communication
  • FFS: applicable metrics per evaluation scenario
  • Other metrics are not precluded.
RAN1#125 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20
  • For the study of enhancement based on CP-OFDM for signal/RS used for sensing, at least the following methods can be considered.
    • Zadoff-Chu sequence enhancement
    • Gold sequence enhancement
    • LFM/Chirp-like sequence (incl. frequency sweeping/Chirp rate/slope)
    • Quasi-complementary sequence set (QCSS)
    • Transparent/Non-transparent Tx/Rx time-domain processing and/or frequency-domain processing (e.g., FDSS)
    • Pi/2 BPSK for RS
    • Non-Linear FM sequence
    • Pulse-type waveform/RS generation
    • Phase continuity in the sensing resource block considering the guard band
    • RS sequence randomization in time and/or frequency domain
    • RS sequence spanning across multiple symbols
  • FFS: whether applicable to dedicated resource and/or shared resource with communication
  • FFS: The applicable sensing modes.
  • Note: Not all enhancements directions may be applicable for each of the above methods
  • Note: Other methods are not precluded.
AI/ML in 6GR interface (10.9, 11.6)
RAN1#122 FL Summary R1-2506455 Moderator summary #1 on AI/ML for 6GR Samsung (Moderator)
RAN1#122bis FL Summary R1-2508117 Moderator summary #4 on AI/ML for 6GR Samsung (Moderator)
RAN1#123 FL Summary R1-2508811 Moderator summary #4 on AI/ML for 6GR Moderator (Samsung)
RAN1#122 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, for each (sub-)use case proposed, proponent companies are encouraged to study and report the following:

  • Definition of each (sub-)use case, including at least AI/ML model input/output
  • The evaluation assumption, methodology, KPIs, benchmark, and preliminary simulation results
  • Assumption on training types, e.g.,
    • offline training, online training/finetuning
    • Label construction (if applicable), including whether/how to obtain label data for model training
  • Assumption on model location for inference, e.g., UE-sided model, NW-sided model, and two-sided model
  • Collaboration/interaction between UE and NW, e.g.,
    • no collaboration/interaction
    • UE/Network collaboration targeting at separate or joint ML operation
  • High level potential specification impact
RAN1#122bis Other FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

SITE OWNER NOTE: This proposal was very long. For details of the tables, please, check the FL summary.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [24 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on low overhead CSI-RS or CSI prediction with AI/ML.

  • [23 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on frequency and/or spatial domain CSI prediction with sparse/low overhead CSI-RS with AI/ML.
  • [6 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on CSI time domain prediction with AI/ML.
  • [4 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on CSI prediction cross carrier/band/frequency block with AI/ML.
  • [2 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on CSI prediction across analog beams with AI/ML.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on Tokenized CSI prediction with linear projection as pre-processing.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [23 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on low overhead DMRS with AI/ML receiver.

  • [22 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on sparse orthogonal DMRS in frequency and/or time domain with AI/ML receiver.
  • [11 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on superimposed pilot with AI/ML receiver.
  • [5 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on DMRS free with AI/ML receiver.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [13 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on CSI compression and feedback.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [4 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on low overhead SRS with AI/ML. [1 source] provided preliminary simulation results and initial analysis on low PAPR SRS sequence design with help of AI/ML.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [3 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on AI-enabled UL precoder indication.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [3 sources] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on AI/ML based waveform for PAPR reduction.

Observation For 6GR AI/ML use cases identification/categorization, [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on pathloss prediction in the spatial, temporal, and/or frequency domain, to use the predicted pathloss in UL (PUSCH/PUCCH/PRACH/SRS) power control.

  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on UL closed-loop power control with an NW sided AI/ML model, where the model predicts the optimal power adjustment (or TPC command index) for the UE.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on prior-information-aided DCI decoding.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on lossless DCI compression.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on early contention resolution in RACH.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on sensing based RAN digital twin construction with NW-side AI/ML model.
  • [one source] provided preliminary simulation results and analysis on AI/ML-enabled RAN digital twin with distributed model.
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

For study/evaluation of the performance and feasibility of AI/ML use cases in 6GR, at least the following may be considered

  • Intermediate performance KPIs (e.g., SGCS), link level KPIs (e.g., BLER) and system level KPIs (e.g., throughput vs overhead), etc
  • Computation complexity/latency (inference/monitoring)
  • Power consumption, if feasible to evaluate
  • Model size
  • Data collection impact
  • Scalability (refer to the examples in TR 38.843)
  • Generalization performance
    • FFS on whether and how to consider realistic deployment scenarios
  • Overhead/complexity associated with data collection, inferencing, performance monitoring, online/site specific fine-tuning, inter-vendor collaboration (if applicable)
  • Online training/fine-tuning training latency, if feasible to evaluate
  • Inter-vendor collaboration impact, if applicable Note: Details to be discussed per use case. Note: above aspects may be considered for both AI/ML and non-AI counter part
RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

Endorse observation 2.1 ~observation 2.17 in R1-2508811 section 6. Note: this is to replace the corresponding observation in RAN 1 #122bis

RAN1#123 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

From RAN 1 perspective, the following use cases can be matched to the identified primary agendas of RAN1

Use cases Primary agendas
Low overhead CSI-RS or CSI prediction with AI/ML CSI-RS and CSI acquisition
Low overhead DMRS with AI/ML receiver UL & DL DMRS associated with PUSCH/PDSCH
Note: Sub-Case C: DMRS-free may be related to modulation
CSI compression and feedback CSI acquisition
Note: this may be related to uplink control
AI/ML for beam management and extension Initial access for Sub-case D
Beam management for other sub-cases
Note: sub-case A/B/D maybe related to mobility
AI/ML for SRS
    Low overhead SRS with AI/ML
    Low PAPR SRS sequence design
SRS
    AI/ML based SRS power imbalance compensation Not RAN1-led
AI-enabled UL precoder indication UL MIMO
AI-based non-linearity handling at transmitter or receiver Not RAN1-led
Note: this may be related to DMRS, SRS, Power control in RAN 1
AI/ML for (de)modulation modulation
Note: Sub-case B may be related to MIMO
Note: assuming no change to DMRS
AI/ML based waveform for PAPR reduction Waveform
AI/ML based HARQ-ACK feedback Channel coding
Note: this may be related to uplink control
PDCCH related
    Prior-Information-Aided DCI Decoding
DL control
    Lossless DCI Compression Power control related
UL closed-loop power control Power control
Pathloss prediction
RACH related design
    Early contention resolution in RACH
Random access/PRACH
    Low PAPR PRACH sequence design
Site Specific Learning for AI/ML using RAN Digital Twin Depending on corresponding use case where site specific learning is applicable, e.g., DMRS
Digital twin construction related use cases
    AI/ML-enabled RAN digital twin with distributed model
ISAC
    Sensing based RAN digital twin construction with NW-side AI/ML model ISAC
AI for positioning Positioning related agenda, if any
To accommodate AI/ML service, e.g., token traffic if any impact, most likely scheduling/HARQ
RAN1#124 Agreement FS_6G_Radio · Rel-20

10.9 AI/ML for RAN#111 LS R1-2601598 is endorsed.